diff options
Diffstat (limited to '41425-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 41425-8.txt | 10501 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 10501 deletions
diff --git a/41425-8.txt b/41425-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 09e328b..0000000 --- a/41425-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10501 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Under the Star-Spangled Banner, by F. S. Brereton - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: Under the Star-Spangled Banner - A Tale of the Spanish-American War - -Author: F. S. Brereton - -Release Date: November 21, 2012 [EBook #41425] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER *** - - - - -Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Mary Meehan and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - - - UNDER THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER - - _A Tale of the Spanish-American War_ - - BY CAPTAIN F. S. BRERETON, R.A.M.C. - - AUTHOR OF "WITH RIFLE AND BAYONET," "THE DRAGON OF PEKIN," "A - GALLANT GRENADIER," ETC., ETC. - - - NEW YORK - STITT PUBLISHING COMPANY - 1905 - - - - -[Illustration: "THE BOWS OF THE MAINE WERE CRUSHED INTO SHAPELESS -WRECKAGE."] - - - - -CONTENTS - - - CHAPTER PAGE - - I. THE MARCHANT FOUNDRY 1 - - II. "FACE TROUBLES LIKE A MAN" 9 - - III. AN EVENTFUL VOYAGE 18 - - IV. A CALL FOR VOLUNTEERS 27 - - V. NO REST FOR THE WEARY 38 - - VI. A FRIEND IN NEED 47 - - VII. ALL BUT KILLED 56 - - VIII. THE LOSS OF THE "MAINE" 68 - - IX. "THE EVER-FAITHFUL ISLAND" 82 - - X. A SUDDEN ATTACK 94 - - XI. A BOLD COURSE 111 - - XII. A RISKY UNDERTAKING 128 - - XIII. IN DANGER AND DISTRESS 146 - - XIV. A DASH FOR LIBERTY 163 - - XV. WITH THE AMERICAN FLEET 178 - - XVI. THE BEGINNING OF HOSTILITIES 195 - - XVII. A BAPTISM OF FIRE 209 - - XVIII. A DESPERATE UNDERTAKING 226 - - XIX. FORTUNE FAVORS THE BRAVE 245 - - XX. THE INVASION OF CUBA 260 - - XXI. NEARING THE END 278 - - XXII. THE FLOWER OF THE HACIENDA 295 - - - - -UNDER THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER - - - - -CHAPTER I - -THE MARCHANT FOUNDRY - - -The city of Birmingham was wrapped in a mantle of fog so dense that the -inhabitants found it difficult to move about. The thick, soot-laden -atmosphere covered everything, and only a few faintly glimmering lights -showed that they really existed. - -The clock in the church tower had just struck two, and yet the street -lamps were ablaze. - -The pedestrians moved with the utmost care. Trudging along the soppy -pavements, their footsteps sounded hollow and unreal, and were heard -long before they themselves put in an appearance. - -One of the inhabitants, however, contrived to find his way with -comparative ease, for he was such an old resident that his feet would -not go astray, however absent-minded their owner happened to be. There -was a certain air of authority about him; yet there was that about the -stern, calm features that denoted a warm heart and a kindly disposition. -But still, as if the fog was not in existence, he hurried on, turning -from the main street to the lower part of the town. - -Ordinarily he could never accomplish this walk without meeting many an -acquaintance, for Mr. Thomas Marchant was a well-known man. He was one -of the magnates of this busy town, a wealthy employer of labor, and it -was to the work his foundries gave that many of the inhabitants owed -their prosperity. - -Mr. Marchant was troubled; for only a year ago he was one of the -wealthiest men in the city. His foundries were working night and day, -and even then could hardly keep pace with the orders. - -"I've never known such a rush," he said to his manager when discussing -the matter. "It gives me great satisfaction, for our men will benefit by -the increased orders as well as ourselves." - -That was a short year ago, and now there was a different tale to tell. -True, the iron foundry was still in full swing, but cotton mills, which -Mr. Marchant owned in addition, were losing money every day, and in -those few months he had been ruined; and he knew that the world would -know him and speak of him as a bankrupt, while his possessions would be -seized upon by the creditors. - -The Marchant iron-works were in full swing. As Mr. Marchant entered, a -mass of sputtering iron was dragged by a powerful man, dressed in rough -trousers and thin vest, and protected by an apron of leather. Another -dark and perspiring figure came to his aid, and the weight was dropped -onto a small trolley, on which it was run to the big steam hammer -standing near at hand. - -Mr. Marchant watched them a moment, and then walked to his office, in -which a somewhat untidily dressed gentleman was sitting. - -"Good-day, Mr.Tomkins," he said. - -"Good-afternoon, sir," Mr. Tomkins, who was the manager of the foundry, -responded. Then, in a doubtful manner, he said, "There have been some -visitors to see you this morning, and I told them to come again. One was -Steinkirk." - -"Does Hal know? Has he been told?" Mr. Marchant asked abruptly. - -"No one has liked to break the news to him yet, sir. We weren't certain, -and we hoped that things would turn out all right. I suppose it's -hopeless now, sir?" - -"Absolutely!" Mr. Marchant replied. "I am irretrievably ruined. The -mills are gone, and to obtain money when the times were bad, I had to -mortgage these works. I have nothing left. But I have seen to one -matter; if trouble has come upon me, there is no reason why it should -swamp all whom I employ. The creditor will carry on the work, and you -and all the others will remain as at present. Poor Hal! He is the one -who will suffer, more even than his father. He is a beggar!" He sank his -face into his hands and groaned. - -"It's not so bad as that, sir," said Mr. Tomkins. "Hal's got plenty of -spirit, and if there's no money, why, he'll put his shoulder to the -wheel. You should see how he works here. He's in the casting-shed, and -to look at him any day you'd think he had his bread to earn." - -"Which he has from this moment," Mr. Marchant exclaimed. "You do me -good, Tomkins. When I was a lad I had nothing. I had literally to slave -for years, and to deny myself many a long day. Then fortune came with a -rush which almost overwhelmed me. It has gone almost more quickly, and I -must learn to make the best of my troubles. As for Hal, I think you are -right. Let us go across and see him." - -They left the office and entered a shed in which a number of men were at -work. In a corner one of them was ramming a plug of clay into the -orifice of a furnace, and was replacing the lining of similar material -which protected the trough down which the molten metal was destined to -run. At the end of the trough was an enormous bucket, suspended from a -crane, which traveled backwards and forwards overhead. - -The remainder of the shed was occupied with castings, or rather, with -molds in various stages of preparation. Here and there were artisans at -work, and amongst them, kneeling on the sand which covered the floor, -was a youth who might well be taken for the son of a foundry hand. He -was between seventeen and eighteen years of age, and of more than medium -height. Dressed in a pair of rough trousers and a flannel shirt, he was -to the casual observer merely an ordinary employee. But there was a -certain something about this young fellow that made him different from -the others at work in the shed. There was a grace about his figure, -while his features were more refined than those commonly met with -amongst the working classes. - -This was the son of the owner, and he was known to all at the foundry as -Hal Marchant. - -It was delicate work upon which he was engaged. With a special tool he -was smoothing down the mold, carefully rounding off corners, building up -a portion here which had broken down. Finally he sat up, and, surveying -the work with an air of satisfaction, exclaimed: - -"That's finished, and I think it'll do. Now I'll get the foreman to pass -it, and then we'll see it cast. Hallo! The guv', as I live! Why, you -made me jump. What do you think of that?" - -"Very good, old boy," Mr. Marchant replied. "You are an adept at the -trade. What says the foreman?" - -"He knows what he's up to, he does," the latter remarked. "Another week -or so of this work and he'll be fit to boss the shed." - -"Ah, that's satisfactory," said Mr. Marchant. "But I've something to say -to you, Hal, so come to the office." - -He turned and walked from the shed, taking no notice of the friendly -glances his workmen threw in his direction. - -"What can be wrong with the guv'?" he asked, looking after Mr. Marchant, -and then at the manager. "What is it, Tomkins? Tell me." - -For a moment the manager of the works wavered, uncertain whether to tell -the truth. - -"After all, he's got to know, sooner or later," he murmured. -"Something's wrong, Hal," he continued. "There's no use in beating about -the bush any longer. My only surprise is that you haven't seen for -yourself that things were completely upset. I suppose every workman here -knows what is going on, and it seems strange that they haven't dropped -you a hint. The fact is, the foundry is broken, and the owner has lost -every penny he possessed. He's ruined, and the works go to a creditor." - -"Ruined! Part with the works! Why, we are full of orders, and by all -accounts are in the most thriving condition!" - -"Just so, Hal, that's the bitter pill about this matter. The cotton -mills up Preston way have broken. For two years they have been working -at a dead loss. Your father mortgaged the mills, hoping to tide over bad -times. But instead of improving they became even worse. Then the foundry -had to go to raise the money. The folks who advanced the money have -claimed it, and your father is unable to pay; so the long and short of -it is that he no longer owns these works; and, to put it bluntly, he has -scarcely a sixpence left, and both he and you must work for a living." - -Hal attempted to stutter out some answer, but a big lump rose in his -throat, making him almost choke. And yet, had it been possible to read -his thoughts at this trying time, there would have been found nothing -selfish about them, for the question as to what was to become of himself -had not crossed his mind. No; only the deepest sympathy with his father -was felt, for they were the very best of friends. - -"I can scarcely believe all you tell me," Hal said at length. "What will -father do? It is a terrible blow for him." - -"It's bad, and there's no denying that," Mr. Tomkins replied. "But come -along and hear what the guv' has to say." - -Hal followed the manager to the office and seated himself at the desk -beside which his father had taken a place. They looked at each other in -the most painful silence. Then Hal stretched out his hand and took his -father's. - -"I'm sorry, dad," he said. "I've heard all now, and only wish that I -could help you." - -"There is no help; nothing can mend what has happened," answered Mr. -Marchant, in despondent tones. "I have lost everything, and now that you -know, I only wish to discuss what is to happen to you. What will you do -for a living? For myself, I shall probably remain to conduct the -business for the new owner, and, of course, if you wish it, you may also -stay." - -"It is a difficult question to answer, dad," said Hal. "For the present, -at any rate, I shall remain where I am, as if nothing had occurred. -Perhaps later on, it will be better for me to go elsewhere." - -"I think you are right. Stay where you are for a while, and later I will -contrive to get a good post for you. There are reasons why I do not wish -you to stay at the foundry longer than can be helped. Now I will go, for -I have other matters to attend to." - -"Good-by, dad. Don't be too downhearted," said Hal cheerfully. -"Remember what you were when you were my age, and you will see that -there is no reason why matters should not improve." - -"Young men do not feel so acutely as the middle-aged," Mr. Marchant -replied. "Nor do the latter set their faces against adversity as easily -as they did in their earlier days." - -He smiled half tearfully, and, waving his hand, went out into the dense -fog. - -"It's a bad business--a cruel affair altogether," said Mr. Tomkins, at -length. "If the failure had been of his own doing, one might not have -felt the same for him. But I know that he has been the most cautious and -far-seeing of owners, and his mills have been patterns of well-ordered -establishments. But now it is all finished with." - -"One moment," exclaimed Hal. "Why should I leave the foundry?" - -"Ah, I thought you'd want to know," the manager answered. "The fact is -we are now the servants of a hard-fisted fellow. The gentleman who -advanced the money sold the mortgage, and the buyer has a very evil -reputation. It is because of this that your father advises you to quit. -Moses Steinkirk is the fellow who has bought us up, and I fear we shall -all have an uncomfortable time of it. Now we'll go back to the -casting-pit. That wheel's got to be finished." - -Quitting the office, they struck across the yard and entered the shed, -to find that the mold upon which Hal had been engaged was completed. - -"All ready for the metal, sir," said the foreman. - -"The top cover of Mr. Hal's wheel was slung on a few minutes ago, and it -will be as good a job as we ever put out. What do yer say, sir?" - -"I don't know that it will be as good as the castings usually turned -out from here," Hal replied. "Still, I hope it will do us credit." - -"That it will, sir. Joe finished it up when you and the guv' cleared -off, and he said as it was the best he'd seen for many a day." - -"Jack, boy, you can let her go," sang out the foreman at this moment. - -"Right yer are," was the gruff answer. "Now then, all of yer, bring the -bucket closer, and mind yer toes." - -Grasping a long iron rod, he thrust it into the lump of clay which -closed the orifice of the furnace, and which was by this baked almost as -hard as stone. A second later a jet of white-hot fluid poured out with a -gurgle, and, emitting showers of sparks, rushed in a broad stream into -the bucket. - -"She's full. Up with her, boys!" cried the foreman. - -At once the big crane creaked, and hoisting up the bucket, swung it -towards the mold. Meanwhile two of the men had grasped the handles, and -drawing the bucket to the orifice, tipped it. The fiery stream -disappeared into the depths of the mold. Then it began to well up in the -opening, and a moment or two later the empty bucket was whisked away. - -"That's finished, so far. Now, Tom, up yer get, and see that she cools -as she ought to," cried Mason. - -Tom, the man he had beckoned to, stepped onto the framework, and, taking -a rod, commenced to ram it into the opening through which the metal had -been poured. - -"That's finished, and we may as well go," said Tomkins. "It will take -five hours for that to cool. Come along, Hal. Good-night to you, Mason." - -"Good-night, sir. Good-night, Mr. Hal." - -The words came from all parts of the shed, and replying to them -cheerfully, Hal repaired to the office with the manager. - - - - -CHAPTER II - -"FACE TROUBLES LIKE A MAN" - - -Seen in the glare of the furnace flames as he emerged from the foundry, -Hal Marchant was a very different individual from the workman who had -been so diligent in the casting-pit. - -Then he had been much like his fellows--just a roughly clad artisan, -covered with sand, and with hands and face streaked with soot and dirt. -Now that he was ready to go into the town, however, he was a spruce and -dapper young gentleman. He had the manners of his father, and though not -a prig, nor less given to mirth than others of his age, he was a very -respectable and creditable member of society. - -But Hal was genuinely grieved about his father, and as he walked home, -his thoughts were busy wondering what he would do, and how he could -possibly extricate himself from his difficulties. - -"Surely this man will allow father to work off the debt," he murmured. -"I know for a matter of fact that we have numerous orders, and must be -making money. Why, then, should he not be allowed to remain? It might -take a few years to work off the amount, but it would be done." - -But Hal did not know the world very well. If he had he would have -realized that this was a business transaction, and that when the -creditor had a power over the profits of the foundry, and particularly -one with such a reputation, he was not likely to forego his claims. - -"We must just make the best of a bad matter," Hal at length remarked. -"I'll do my utmost to help, and all I make shall go to the funds to keep -up the house." - -He turned into the gates of the big mansion and, mounting the steps, -opened the door with a latch-key. He paused on the threshold to listen, -but there was not a sound in the house. - -"Strange!" he murmured. "The guv' said he was returning at once, and -these last few weeks one has usually known immediately whether he was at -home by hearing his steps as he paced up and down the floor of his room. -That was what first gave me an idea that something was wrong. But -perhaps he is in, and has fallen asleep in his chair, as I have often -known him to do." - -Hal walked across the fine hall, and opening the door on the left, -looked into an apartment which was evidently library and smoking room in -one. He put his head through the doorway and inspected the apartment. -But there was no sign of his father, and he was about to withdraw when a -faint groan fell upon his ear. In an instant he darted in, and -discovered a figure huddled in a chair in a dark portion of the room. It -was Mr. Marchant. - -Hal sprang to his side and looked eagerly in his face, but there was no -sign of recognition, for the eyes were closed. He placed his hand on the -wrist and felt for a pulse without success. Then the truth dawned upon -him--slowly at first, and then with a whirl, and with all its cruel -force. - -"Dead!" he gasped. "Father dead!" - -There was no doubt about it, and Hal had to face the matter. Once more -he felt for a pulse, and then he went to the bell and pressed the -button. - -"Send for the doctor at once, please," he said when the servant -arrived. "I am afraid that my father is dead." - -"Dead, sir? Dead!" the girl exclaimed in a whisper. - -"Yes, that is the case," Hal answered. "Send for Dr. Harding." - -Five minutes later the doctor arrived. He pronounced life extinct. "A -stroke," he said. "He died painlessly and swiftly. May we all do the -same, for it is a merciful ending. But tell me, Hal, was there cause? -Was there any sudden shock that you know of?" - -"Yes; there was a great one," Hal answered slowly. "Father was ruined. -To-morrow he would have been in the position of his manager, instead of -the employer of hundreds of hands." - -"Then he has had a merciful escape," said the doctor. "The blow was a -heavy one, and the life to follow would have been extremely hard. And -what of yourself, my boy?" - -"I, too, have lost all my prospects," Hal answered steadily. "But I am -hardly more than a boy. The world is before me, and I will make my way -in it. This house will be sold, I suppose, and if all the debts cannot -be met, someone will have to wait. It shall be my business to work, make -money, and clear my father's name." - -"A resolution to be proud of. Face troubles like a man, and half the -battle is already won," exclaimed the doctor. "But I hope that when all -is sold no debts will remain. Then you will be free to rise solely on -your own account." - -He pressed Hal's hand and left the house. - -A week passed and found Hal in lodgings in the town, for Mr. Marchant's -house had been sold, and, to Hal's relief, it was ascertained that not a -penny was owing to any man. - -"Now for myself," he said as he sat over the fire. "What to do is the -question." - -There was a knock at the door, and Mr. Tomkins put his head into the -room. "Hallo!" he said. "Do you feel inclined for a chat?" - -"Yes; come in. I'm wondering what to do with myself." - -"And so am I," was the answer. "That is, I'm wondering what would be -good for you. How about the foundry? Will you stick to it?" - -"On no account," Hal replied. "I could not bear to go there now. In -fact, I mean to leave Birmingham, for it would bring back these last few -days every time I passed the old home. I must work, and pay my way, for -at present I possess fifteen pounds and a few suits of clothes; that is -all." - -"I thought you'd not go back to the works," said Mr. Tomkins. "I've been -there boy and man these twenty years, and I've risen to be manager. But -I am leaving with my old master, for I cannot fancy the new. I'm lucky, -too, for I've accepted the post of manager to another foundry in the -north. Come along with me, and I'll see that you get something good." - -Hal thanked him, and thought the matter over before answering. - -"I scarcely know what to say," he said. "But I am determined to leave -Birmingham. I couldn't stand it." - -"It would be rough, I own," Mr. Tomkins said. "But what about coming -north?" - -"It is very good of you to suggest it, Tomkins," Hal answered, "but, -before deciding, there is something that I should like to know about. Of -course, I am not very well up in trade affairs, but I do happen to know -that the Americans are very go-ahead in the matter of iron-works. They -undertake bridge-building to a great extent, and I thought that it -might be worth my while to cross the water. I certainly ought to get a -job. They pay well out in America, Tomkins. What do you say to the -plan?" - -"Those Yanks are hard at work," he said. "They are go-ahead people, as -you say, and there's no doubt that they can show us a thing or two in -the way of bridges. Yes, anything to do with iron and engineering is -booming across the Atlantic, and there must be lots of openings for -youngsters. There's something else besides. In good old England we're -overcrowded, but in America there's a demand for chaps who know a little -above the ordinary. I should say it would be a good thing, Hal, and if -you decide upon it, the traveling there, and the new life, will rouse -you a bit, and help you to forget present troubles." - -"You think well of it," said Hal. "Then I shall go to America and try my -luck. I may as well start as soon as possible, and I wish very -particularly to do so, for while in this city I run the chance of -meeting old friends. Besides, if I went to see any of them, they might -think that I was looking for help, and I want to make a place for -myself." - -"And quite right too. Independence is the thing," the manager cried, -patting him on the back. "Now, look here, youngster, are you willing to -rough it from the very commencement? If so, I can help you get to -America." - -"Quite," Hal answered promptly. - -"Then come along with me to the office of a shipping firm I know. -They've carried many a time for the foundry, and I've only to drop the -manager a hint that you are wanting to get across at the cheapest rate -possible, and I'll be bound he'll arrange." - -"I've no cousins or relatives of any sort," he said, "and I've come to -the conclusion that this is the best thing I can do." - -"That's good! I'm certain you are doing what is right," Mr. Tomkins -answered. - -They went into the street, and within a few minutes were at the shipping -office. - -"Good-day, Mr. Tomkins. What can we do for you this time?" asked the -clerk. - -"A good deal, if you care. Can we come in behind? I want to speak to you -about my young friend here." - -"To be sure," the clerk replied. "Step in. Now, what is it?" he asked. -"I recognize your companion. He is the son of the late Mr. Marchant." - -"Quite so; and he wishes to go abroad to America, to make his way in the -world. Can you do anything for him in the way of a cheap passage?" - -"He could go for nothing, or rather, could earn a pound and food besides -the berth. But he'd have to rough it." - -"I'm ready for that, any day; in fact, I'd like to start right away," -Hal said, eagerly. - -"Then I may as well tell you that there is a vacancy for a greaser -aboard the _Mohican_. Will you take that? There! A passage, your grub, -and a pound at the end of the trip." - -"You can put my name down for it," said Hal. "I'll go on the _Mohican_; -and I thank you for your kindness." - -"Not at all; it's nothing after the freights we got from your father's -foundry. Good-day, sir; good-day, Tomkins. Excuse me, but I'm very -busy." The clerk nodded in a friendly way, and departed. - -"I put that down as a good omen," said Tomkins as they emerged into the -street. "You're in luck, Hal, for right from the commencement you get -what you want. The rest will come just the same, let us hope. Now I'll -leave you, as I have matters to attend to." - -He shook Hal's hand and walked up the street. - -Hal returned to his rooms, and hunted out his belongings. It was getting -dark as he went into the street with a bundle over his shoulder. He -entered a shop which he had noticed on former occasions, wondering what -class of people patronized it. - -"How much for these?" he asked, opening his bundle, and displaying five -suits which he had been in the habit of wearing in Birmingham. - -"They're not much good to me," he said. "They're not the class o' togs I -want. Six shillings the lot." - -"Six shillings!" said Hal quietly. "They cost four times as many pounds, -and that quite recently. Bid again." - -"Six the figure. Not a penny more," exclaimed the man. - -"I'll take four pounds for the lot," said Hal. - -"You may, but not from me, young man. Good a'ternoon to yer." - -"Good-day; I'll go elsewhere," said Hal quietly, and at once did up the -fastenings of his bundle. Then he lifted it, and walked calmly out of -the shop. - -"Hold hard there!" cried the man, arresting him at the door. "Let's see -the togs again." He inspected them closely; but it was merely a -pretense, for anyone could see with half an eye that they were really -good. "I'll make it three ten," he said. - -"Very well, you can have them," Hal replied, glad to get so good a -price. - -Next day he was told that the _Mohican_ would sail on Saturday. - -"She's one of the intermediate boats," said the clerk. "Of course, she -carries very few passengers--some thirty in all. You'd better be aboard -on Friday, for she leaves the river early the following day. Good luck -to you." - -"And many thanks to you," Hal answered. "I'll do my best to fill the -place you have obtained for me." - -Hal took a cheap ticket to Liverpool, and trudged from the station to -the dock in which the _Mohican_ was lying. - -Hal picked his way to the wide and slippery gangway, and began to cross -it. A notice above an alleyway caught his eye. "Engineers only," it -said. - -He entered the alleyway, and walked along it till he came to a door on -the left, where he knocked. - -"Who's there? Come right in," someone cried in a sleepy voice. - -Hal entered, and found a big man reclining full length on the settee. He -was dressed in an old uniform, and had a handkerchief tied round his -neck. - -"Wall, what aer it?" he asked. "A feller can't no more get ter sleep -upon this hulk than fly. Who aer yer?" - -He sat up and surveyed Hal sleepily. - -"I'm sorry I roused you. I'm the new hand--the greaser," said Hal. - -"Oh, you're the greaser! Wall, yer aint the sort as ships aboard the -_Mohican_ every time. What aer it? Rows with the boss? High jinks at -home? Broke; aint that it?" - -"Not quite, but nearly," Hal answered with a smile. "I'm working my -passage." - -"So; then you've come to right ship ter do it. But you'd better get to -your quarters; there, along the alleyway. So long, young 'un, and when -yer want a bit of a help, come along to me. I'm Old Yank, the boss of -the engine-room." - -Closing the door, Hal went along the alleyway till he came to a large -cabin, above which was painted "Greasers." No one was in, but one of the -bunks had evidently not been appropriated. - -"That will do for me," thought Hal. "I'll put my bundle here, and then -have a look round." - -Five minutes later he descended the ladder which led to the depths of -the ship. Beneath him was a maze of machinery. Down below were one or -two figures moving about. A wave of hot air ascended, while a loud whir, -caused by the revolving armature of the dynamo, filled the engine-room. - -Hal felt somewhat out of his element; but, congratulating himself on the -fact that he had some right to be where he was, he hastened down the -ladder, and dropped to the floor. - - - - -CHAPTER III - -AN EVENTFUL VOYAGE - - -Lost in bewilderment, Hal stared at the machinery, wondering at its size -and complexity, and which were the main and which the auxiliary parts. -Then someone addressed him: - -"Fine engines, and as clean as waste will make them," remarked a little -man, who was dressed in naval uniform. "What can I do for you? I'm the -'second.'" - -Hal turned round to find himself face to face with the second engineer. - -"They are, indeed, very fine, and I have never seen anything like them -before," he said. "But perhaps you will think I have no business here, -so I had better tell you I am the new hand. I have shipped as a -greaser." - -"Ah, then you're the fellow I was told to expect. Now, tell me what you -know about engines. Mind you, if you are ignorant of your surroundings, -you have picked a very dangerous job. I've seen more than one man maimed -for life, simply because he did not know where to look out for -accidents, and therefore could not avoid them. On the other hand, I've -known a greaser who had been at the game for many years meet his end -simply and solely on account of carelessness. But I'm going ahead. What -experience have you had?" - -"I am sorry to say that I have never been in the engine-room of a ship -before," Hal replied; "but I've worked amongst the machines we had at -the foundry, and have learned to grease them, and also how to effect -small repairs. Then I have spent some time in the turning shops, and, -latterly, have been in the casting-pits and in the drawing-office." - -"That's a record to be proud of. But it will be different here, and you -will have much to learn. Come along with me. I'll take you round. Whip -off your coat, and get hold of a handful of that cotton waste. After -this you'll never be without it, for it's always wanted down here, and -fellows get so used to having it; in fact, prefer it to a handkerchief." - -Mr. Stoner, as the second in command of the ship's engines was known, -smiled in a friendly way, and patted Hal on the shoulder as if to show -that he had already made up his mind to patronize him during the voyage -to America, so as to make it as pleasant as possible. - -"When do you sail?" asked Hal, returning from the corner in which he had -placed his coat. - -"Late to-night, or to-morrow morning, I should think. We are due on the -other side in about nine days, and put out again a week later." - -Leading the way, he passed to the back of the nearer of two enormous -pillars, which supported the cylinders above the revolving parts of the -machinery. Then he pointed to the pistons, which drove the propeller -shaft, and from these to the hundreds of other parts which it would be -useless to attempt to describe. - -"Chockful of bits that make the old girl go, isn't it?" said Mr. Stoner. -"Now we'll get into the stoke-hole. The dirty part first, and afterwards -the job you'll have to tackle. But it's as well for you to see all that -we've got down here." - -He passed into a lower part of the ship. A wave of heat fanned Hal's -face as he followed, and he was conscious of stepping into a warmer -atmosphere. - -"Yes, it's warm," said the "second," "but nothing to what I've known it -in the Suez Canal or in the Red Sea. That's where it _is_ hot. Now for -the coal bunkers," he said. "We've one here, and another amidships, -which we usually keep in reserve. Look out for your head again, and -follow closely." - -After inspecting the bunkers, Mr. Stoner then led the way back to the -engine-room, and began to show Hal round it. - -"This'll be your particular job," he said, "and you will have to keep -your ears open. I'll tell you all I can, and then hand you over to our -'fourth.' His name is Masters, and he's been with us only a few trips. -He's our electrical expert, and is as mischievous as a monkey." - -For half an hour longer the "second" devoted himself to Hal, and -instructed him in his duties. Then, as someone came swarming down the -ladder, he led him forward to the foot. - -"Here's Masters," he said. "I'll hand you over at once. He'll tell you -about the life, and will let you know your hours of duty, and when you -grub. Good-by, and bear in mind what I have told you." - -Hal thanked him, and was then introduced to the "fourth," a young fellow -of his own age, but shorter and slighter than himself. - -"There," said Mr. Stoner, "I've brought you a pal. He's not exactly -green, and he's only a temporary hand. He's tramping it to the other -side." - -"Right; I know the sort. Out of work at home, and bitten with the -Yanks," laughed the youth known as Masters. "By the way," he continued, -"what's your name, and where do you come from?" - -"As we are to be comrades," said Hal, "I'll tell you something about -myself. But I must not forget that you are an officer, so that comrade -is not quite the word I should have used." - -"Officer!" Masters cried hotly. "Officer be hanged! You've got to -remember nothing of the sort. I am an officer if you like, but we're not -going to talk about it. We are aboard a vessel plying to America, and -the Yanks don't take too much notice of officers. Everyone as good as -his fellow, whether millionaire or pauper, is what they think. But I -interrupted you." - -"You asked me who I was," said Hal, "and I may as well tell you. Things -have gone rather badly for me, and you will realize the truth when I -tell you that, barely a week ago, I had a fair prospect of some day -becoming the owner of a flourishing foundry. But there was a smash, and -the shock killed my poor father. I had to do something for a living, and -it occurred to me that I might manage to get employment over the water. -A friend helped me to get this berth, and here I am, ready to be guided -by you, and prepared to rough it to any extent." - -"Which shows that you are starting with the right kind of spirit," -exclaimed the "fourth." "This is no drawing room, I can assure you, and -at times the work is very hard indeed. But you'll get used to it. But, I -say, this isn't work. Come along with me." - -Masters gathered up a handful of cotton waste and led the way amongst -the engines. Hal followed, taking pains to listen to all that was told -him. After all, he found that the duties of a greaser were not onerous, -for the parts of the machinery requiring constant oiling were not -numerous, and in most cases were automatically lubricated. Half an hour -was sufficient for his lesson, and then he left the engine-room. - -"Say, young feller," said Masters, who, on the strength of a few trips -over to America, was much given to aping its ways and speech, "suppose -we knock off now. You've had a tidy teaching, and by the time we're over -you'll have had your fill of machinery. Let's get something inside, for -the old ship sheers off precious soon, and then there won't be so much -as a bite for us still we're out of the river. Come on, and I'll show -you to your mess, and fix it for you with your mates. They are a rough -set, but good fellows." - -Climbing out of the engine-room and turning to the left till he came -next to the room in which Hal had already deposited his belongings, then -glancing into a cabin, ushered his companion in. It was a tiny place, -and a fixed table in center of it seemed to fill it almost entirely. -Round it sat some five or six men, dressed in blue cotton overalls, and -for the most part with sleeves rolled to the elbow and grimy hands. They -were the greasers, or rather, half of them. - -"Here's a new pard," Masters sang out. "Look after him, men. He's -tramping it." - -"Walk in, and make yerself comfortable," one of the men answered. "Sit -right down there, pard, and fall to at it." - -Thus bidden, Hal entered and took a place at the table. There was a dish -of smoking and extremely appetizing sausages before him, and within a -minute the man who had welcomed him had forked one on to a plate, and -had added a pile of potato to it. - -"There yer are," said the first. "We're sailin' ter day, and coffee and -tea aer the stuff we drink. It's a kind er rule on the line. Fall to, -pard, and look lively, for the standby'll be soundin' afore long." - -Hal took the advice given him, and after eating heartily felt like -working again. For a few minutes he remained in the cabin chatting with -the men, then rose from his seat, and was in the act of leaving, when a -bell sounded far away, and he, as well as the other greasers, hurried to -the engine-room. - -"The signal's gone to 'stand by,'" said Masters, who stood on the plates -below. "Keep your optic on that dial, and watch 'Old Yank' when he -comes. Another thing, mind you touch your cap to him. He's boss down -here, and knows it." - -A few minutes later the first engineer made his appearance, and stood to -look round at the engines and men, ere he went to inspect all more -closely. Hal stood near him, and at once touched his cap. - -"Helloo! that you?" cried the "first" in a friendly voice. "Hang me, but -you've took to it like a duck. Cappin' the chief and all. Wall, come a -few hours more, and we'll see the stuff you're made of." - -He made a round of the engines, and then returned to the bottom of the -long iron ladder, where he waited talking to the third officer, by name -Mr. Broom. Suddenly the bell tinkled, and the hand on the dial placed on -the wall pointed to "stand by." - -Again the gong sounded, and, looking up, Hal saw that the hand now -indicated half steam ahead. He saw the "chief" place his fingers on a -big wheel and revolve it rapidly to the right. Then he moved a lever, -and the big piston-rods shot downward, the crank plunged forward, -swished round in a circle, and sent the propeller shaft rolling round. -The _Mohican_ trembled all along her length, and Hal felt her move ever -so slightly. After that he had little time for observation, for his -services were required. - -About three in the morning the _Mohican_ cleared the bar, and slowed up -to allow the pilot to leave. Then the gong sounded again, and the lever -was pushed right over, giving full steam to the engines. - -"There, she'll stick at that if we've ordinary luck," said Masters. -"Your watch is up, Marchant, and I'd advise you to turn in and make the -most of the off time, for you'll feel pretty boiled in four hours if you -don't get a rest." - -Hoisting his weary body up the long ladder, Hal made for the greasers' -cabin, and, without troubling to undress, threw himself on the bunk. He -was asleep almost immediately, in spite of the proximity of the engines. - -Four days passed uneventfully, and meanwhile the _Mohican_ had been -steadily forging a course towards America. The weather had been fine, -but for the past two days a fresh breeze had been blowing from the -north, and now a fine sleet was accompanying it. - -When Hal turned in at night, and lay down to make the most of the -respite allowed him, the _Mohican_ was wallowing in the seas, and our -hero was anything but comfortable. But he resolutely forced himself to -swallow his evening meal. And now he lay down on the hard bunk, and at -last he fell into an uneasy doze, when there was a terrific crash, and -the _Mohican_ was thrown on to her side. Hal was hurled from his bunk, -and was brought to a sudden stop by striking against the wooden wall, -now in the position of the floor. Close beside him was the door, and he -struggled to it, aided by the light given by the electric burners, which -still did their work. - -Then shrill cries and a loud thumping proceeded from the engine-room. - -"There's trouble down there. She's on her beam ends," thought Hal, in a -half-dazed way. "I suppose she's sinking." - -Next moment his soliloquy was cut short by the sudden righting of the -ship. There was a tremendous tearing crash as the weight of water on her -decks wrenched the rails and bulwarks away; then she swung into her -proper position, throwing Hal violently to the other side of the cabin. -Instantly he sprang to his feet, and darted towards the engine-room. It -was dangerous work descending, but Hal did not pause, and soon gaining -the iron plates below, he saw a sight that made him pause in -consternation. - -"Good gracious!" he exclaimed. "What a wreck!" - -Close beside the door leading to the stoke-hole lay the "second," -motionless. Just within the door stood one of the stokers clutching the -ironwork, and looking upon the scene as if in a dream. Farther to the -right lay two other figures, while in the center was the most ghastly -sight of all. Up and down, thrusting with irresistible force, the -piston-rod of the low-pressure cylinder worked, revolving the crank -which still hung loosely to its bearings, and tossing six feet of broken -propeller shaft from side to side. - -Thump, thump, thump! Time and again the sharp end crashed upon the -plates, tearing them like paper. Bang! The bearing gave way, and the -shaft of steel plunged downward, threatening to crash through the bottom -of the ship. - -What was to be done? Cut off steam? Yes. But who would take the risk? -for still that giant shaft swung like a flail, smashing the floor of the -engine-room; and all the while a huge jet of scalding steam shrieked -from a severed pipe close by. - -"It must be done," said Hal to himself, taking in the situation at once. -"I'll do it." - -He waited a moment while the ship rolled her rails under, when he let -his fingers slip from the ladder, and darted to the lever which cut off -the steam. - -Bang! Crash! The shaft struck the plates just beside his foot, and, -giving him a violent blow upon the shoulder, sent him flying to the -other side of the engine-room. - -"I won't be beaten!" Hal exclaimed recklessly. "It must be done, or the -ship will go to the bottom." - -Once more he approached the lever, and with a jerk threw it over to the -notch above which was stamped the word "Off." A moment later Hal felt a -stunning blow on the side of his head, and fell to the floor as helpless -and as unconscious as the "second." - -What happened afterwards he did not know, but when he came to, he found -himself lying in a corner of the engine-room, with Masters leaning over -him, while a short length of rope secured him to a bolt in the wall, and -prevented him from rolling with the ship. - -"Pull yourself together now," said the latter. "There, sit up, and say -how you feel. All right? Then I'll get off. We're in an awful mess below -here." - -He went across the iron plates, clinging to anything that would give him -a holding. Hal watched him dreamily at first, and then with awakening -interest. Then he moved, and a violent pang shot through his shoulder. - -"George!" he groaned, "I feel badly knocked about. That shaft has given -me a nasty bang, for my head's aching as if it would burst, and I am -sore all over." - -He lay back again, but thinking his services might be of use soon, sat -up again and struggled to his feet. - -"There's work to be done," he said doggedly, "and I am going to take a -share of it." - - - - -CHAPTER IV - -A CALL FOR VOLUNTEERS - - -Hal stood up and looked about him, feeling still dazed. Shouts filled -the engine-room, and figures were hurrying to and fro. Suddenly the -voice of "Old Yank" rang out clear: - -"Boys," he said hoarsely, "this here ship's done for right away ef we're -not precious slippy. That 'ere shaft'll be breaking clean away with the -next big roll, and will sweep the whole room. Bustle there, and let's -get cables and anything that's handy to shear things up. Here, Masters, -skip off, and see what's to be had." - -The latter, who was behind the massive pillar that supported one end of -the cylinders, started for the ladder. - -"I'll help," cried Hal. "Hold on, Masters; I'll come with you." - -"So; that aer the way--that aer the style of grit," answered the young -engineer. "Come along then," he continued; "there's precious little time -ter lose. That shaft has cracked the base of the big pillar, and ef -another of those rolls catches her, she'll carry away every cylinder in -the place." - -He ran up the ladder, and Hal followed, feeling at first so stiff and -sore that he could scarcely move. - -"We want cables badly," said Masters. "Look here, Marchant, I'll skip -along for'ard while you go aft. Find the quartermaster, and get him to -help you. If he's my way I'll send for you, and if not I'll return. -Savvey? Then off, and mind your toes as you cross the decks, for I've -heard that there has been a clean sweep." - -Turning on his heel, he groped his way along the passage, clinging to -the rail to keep himself upon his feet. Hal went in the opposite -direction, until he reached the alleyway, which led to the well-deck. -And here another sight was presented to him. - -"A clean sweep, as Masters said," he murmured. "Derricks the only things -remaining, and not a sign of bulwarks. Ah! it's going to be a nasty -place to cross." - -Of this there could be no doubt, for the waist of the ship had filled to -overflowing as she lay on her beam ends, and on righting, the water had -torn the rails away on either side, and hurled overboard everything that -was not built into the frame of the ship, or securely bolted to it. Only -the derrick engine remained in the center, and Hal looked across a level -sweep of wet and soppy deck between himself and the poop. At that moment -an enormous wave curled over the side, and fell with all its force upon -the _Mohican_. She shivered at the blow, and then recovering, reared her -bows high in the air, sending the water rushing across the waist and -over the side. Now was the time, and Hal made the most of it. He darted -from the alleyway and raced across the slippery deck. Bump! The -_Mohican_ buried her bows deep in the sea, and at once a fresh wave rose -high in the air, to fall with a crash upon the deck. - -It was a moment of peril, and Hal sprang towards the derrick engine, -and, passing his arms through the spokes of the fly-wheel, clung there -with might and main. Instantly he was buried in a foaming mass of water. -His limbs were almost pulled from his body, so great was the drag, but -just as his strength was exhausted, the ship lurched and tossed the -water off. A minute later Hal gained the poop, and clambered upon it by -means of the hydrant pipes, for the ladders had long since gone -overboard. - -"Now for the quartermaster," he gasped. - -He crossed to the deck-house, and pulled open a door. It shut to upon -him with a bang, and he was precipitated across the narrow cabin. - -"Hallo! What's up?" cried a man who was seated on the floor in one -corner, busily preparing some lashings. "One of the greasers! What is -it, lad?" - -"I want some lengths of cable for the engine-room," Hal answered. "The -propeller shaft has broken, and the cylinders may carry away. Can you -help me?" - -"Help! Why, I'm full up with work already," the quartermaster replied, -"but ef yer want cables there's plenty of ten-foot lengths under the -floor, in the lockers. Now you can see to it yourself, though how on -airth you're going ter get 'em across to the engines is more than I can -guess." - -Hal knelt at the opening in the floor, and laboriously dragged five -lengths of cable out. - -"That's about all you'll manage," said the quartermaster. "You'd better -get along with them." - -"That will keep them from slipping when she rolls," he said to himself. -"And now to get them across. They're heavy. Ah, I have it; a piece of -rope will settle the matter." - -He dived into the locker again, and finding a long cord, he at once -passed it through the last link of the cables. Then he ran across to the -edge of the poop, and having dragged them after him, he prepared to -cross again to the alleyway. - -"It's got to be done," Hal muttered. "Here goes!" - -He dropped to the waist, and at once commenced to run across. Crash! A -monstrous wave bumped on board, and catching him midway across the deck, -washed him dangerously near the side; but a roll of the ship sent it in -another direction, and gathering pace as the _Mohican_ suddenly shot -her bows into the air, the mass of water carried Hal aft, and finally -flung him down, breathless, at the entrance of the alleyway. - -"By George, that was a near one!" said Masters, who was standing near. -"You're always in the wars. First you get smashed up by the shaft, and -now you nearly sail overboard. Look here, if I hadn't gripped hold of -your collar that time, you'd be a hundred yards astern by this. Hallo! -What's this?" - -"That? Oh, that's the rope I made fast to the cables," exclaimed Hal, -struggling to his feet, to find that he still retained the length of -cord in his hand. - -"Tell you what, Marchant," said Masters, "for a greaser, and a green 'un -aboard a ship, you walk right off with the prize! It takes no small -allowance of grit ter do that rope trick. Come along, now; the 'chief' -is waiting for the cables." - -He shook Hal's hand heartily, then helped him to haul the cables to the -engine-room. - -"Good boys!" said the chief engineer, coming towards them. "Where did -you get a hold of them?" - -"He did it," answered Masters, pointing to Hal. "I can tell you, sir, -that he has grit. He just clung to the rope after going across to the -poop, and when I saw him he was within an inch of being over the side. -He got caught by a sea, and got badly flung about. But still he hung on -to the rope, and that's how it is that you see the cables here so soon." - -"So; aer that so?" said the "chief." "Reckon you're a good 'un, young -Marchant. I don't forget as it wur you as turned the steam off the old -girl. Ef it wasn't fer that we'd all be down below by this. Wall, this -aint the time fer gassing, but 'Old Yank' won't let it slip, and when -the time comes round we'll let the right folks know. Now, you had better -skip, and fetch a second heap. We shall want them, and more. Look extry -slippy, boys, while we get these bits fixed." - -Hal and Masters sprang to the ladder again, and prepared to cross the -waist in search of more cables. There was little time to lose, for as -they stood in the engine-room both had noticed a big crack in the -massive pillar that supported the cylinders. The end of the propeller -shaft had evidently struck it a tremendous blow, and had fractured it. - -"It looks very nasty," said Masters, as they climbed to the alleyway; -"and ef the old girl rolls like she did when the shaft went, why, it'll -be a case of all up. We'd better hurry up." - -They stood at the opening of the alleyway for a few moments then raced -across the deck. This time Hal was more fortunate, for he, as well as -his companion, escaped injury. They reached the poop in safety, and were -soon hauling out more cable. A rope was run through the end links as -before, and they started to return. - -"Now's the time, and mind you run for it," exclaimed Masters, lowering -himself to the waist. - -Darting across as rapidly as he could, Hal had gained the shelter he -aimed at before Masters was halfway there, and he turned just in time to -see his companion caught by a mighty wave which came aboard at that -moment. It hoisted the poor fellow high in the air, tossing him from his -feet. Then it swept him along and dashed him violently against the -corner of the alleyway. Hal just managed to grasp his coat as the water -receded, and dragged him into the shelter. But Masters was badly hurt, -for there was a long red seam along the side of his head, and he was -bleeding profusely. - -Picking him up, Hal carried him to the cabin and laid him on one of the -bunks. - -"Now for the rope and the cables," he said. - -Stepping into the alleyway, he was retracing his steps when the -_Mohican_ rose high in the air, trembled violently as a sea struck her, -and at once rolled heavily on to her beam ends. - -"Good gracious! that will finish it!" exclaimed Hal. "Ah, what was -that?" - -A loud crash reached his ears, coming from the open door of the -engine-room. He ran to the entrance and swarmed down the ladder. - -Once more he was to see a sight that seldom meets the eye. The chief -engineer had feared the effect of another roll, and though this one had -lasted for only a few seconds, and the _Mohican_ was now back in a more -or less upright position, yet the sudden movement, the weight of so much -metal thrown violently to one side, had proved too great a strain upon -the fractured pillar. It had given way, and had carried the cylinders -with it, the whole was bringing up against one of the massive ribs of -the ship. One sharp angle, projecting beyond this support, had struck -the steel plates and ripped them open. - -A fountain of water spurted in as Hal reached the engine-room, swamping -the place. Turning his eyes to other parts, he saw that the disaster was -even greater than it at first seemed, for lying upon the floor were -three greasers, while the "chief" was huddled at the foot of the broken -pillar. At this moment Mr. Broom emerged from the stoke-hole. - -"What a calamity!" he cried. "We are doomed. Nothing can save the -_Mohican_. The next roll will shake those cylinders free, and then they -will go through the side to the bottom, and we must follow. We are -under-manned as it is, and now so many of our hands have been injured -that we are helpless. What is to be done?" - -He clung to the rail which surrounded the crank-pit, and looked -despairingly at Hal. - -"They are the same on deck," the latter answered. "The quartermaster -told me that four of the hands had been swept overboard, while others -had been seriously injured. But, wait. You want helpers, sir? Why not -call upon the passengers? There are about forty aboard." - -"The very thing!" cried the third engineer. "The work we want done can -be managed by anyone with courage and muscle. Cut off, Marchant, and see -what you can do. I shall be surprised if the whole lot don't volunteer -to a man." - -Hal at once darted up the ladder again, and, reaching the alleyway, -turned to the right, and entered the big dining saloon. It was filled -with ladies and gentlemen, the former reclining on the settees which ran -round the side, while the latter were gathered in a group in the center -discussing the probable fate of the ship. Hal at once walked up to them -and dropped into a seat, for it was difficult to keep on one's feet -owing to the movement of the ship. - -"What is it? Has something more terrible happened?" asked a tall -gentleman, who occupied the center of the group. "I suppose we must -prepare for the worst?" - -"No; I think not," Hal answered. "Gentlemen, I am sorry to have to bring -you bad news. The propeller shaft broke, and before steam could be cut -off the main support of the engines was fractured, and now the ship is -in the greatest danger; for the cylinders have crashed against the side, -and have made a large rent in the plates. If the wreck is not secured -and the hole made tight, we shall certainly founder. The last roll the -ship made completed the break." - -"Then it is bad news!" exclaimed one of the passengers. "What will -become of us all?" - -"Wait; let us hear what this young fellow has to tell us," said the -first speaker. "Perhaps he has something to propose." - -"I have," Hal replied. "All our engine-room hands are injured, and we -want help. Will any of the passengers volunteer?" - -"Yes, here is one," exclaimed the tall passenger. "Here is a strong arm -and a ready will. Command me, and I will do all that I can." - -"And I, and I," came from each of the others in quick succession. - -"You see that all are ready," said the first speaker, whose name was Mr. -Brindle. "Now, what can we do?" - -Hal thought for a moment before answering. Then he turned to the -passengers and said: - -"It is likely to be a long job, and therefore I propose that you divide -into two parties--the first to commence work at once, and the others to -come down in two hours' time. The first party had better bring all the -blankets and bedding they can. We shall want something with which to -stop the rent." - -He rose from his seat, and staggered out. - -"Well," said Mr. Broom, as our hero swung himself on to the floor below, -"what luck?" - -"They have volunteered to a man." - -"I thought they would," was the satisfied answer. "But how are we to -employ them? Tell you what, Marchant, some of the passengers will have -to set to trimming. We've been taking coal from the starboard bunker, -and this side is full, so that it will all have to be put over to the -other. Will you boss the gang? I'm the only officer left down here, and -most of the greasers have been hurt. I'll look to the engines, and will -shear them up, if you'll take the other job." - -"I'll do my best," said Hal. "Ah, here they come." - -At that moment fifteen passengers began to descend the long ladder, each -carrying a roll of blankets under his arm. - -"Hallo, what's this?" the engineer exclaimed. "Bedding! What's that -for?" - -"I thought you'd want something to plug the rent," said Hal. "Don't you -think it might do?" - -"Do! Of course it will! Young fellow, you've a head on those shoulders. -You're a puzzle. Do! Here, pile it all over by the dynamo; and let me -thank you now, gentlemen, for the manner in which you have come -forward." - -"Not a bit of it," answered Mr. Brindle. "We're here for our own sakes -as well as yours; though I own that we should have volunteered in any -case. Now, what are we to do?" - -"Put yourselves in his hands," said Mr. Broom. "He's shown that he has a -head; he's got no end of pluck, too. Take your orders from him, and -you'll be doing your very best for all hands." - -He waved to the volunteers, and at once went to a group of stokers and -greasers near by. Hal turned to the stoke-hole without a word, and, -passing through the tunnel between the boilers, entered the place set -aside for coal. It was divided down the center by a bulkhead, which -reached from the floor to the deck above for the greater length of the -bunker, but was cut down to a height of four feet some six yards from -the door. - -"Now, gentlemen," said Hal, "all this coal wants to be moved to the -other side so as to check the list. I propose that a few toss the stuff -down from above, while the others pitch it over the bulkhead." - -A minute later all were engaged, plying the implements as if they had -been accustomed to them and to no others all their lives. - -"We'll have a breather now," said Hal, an hour after he and his comrades -had set to work. "Let us have a five minutes' interval, and then at it -again, for you will do better if you have a short rest." - -The trimming gang stood there breathing heavily, and making the utmost -of the respite. Some sat down upon heaps of coal, while others leaned -against the sides, and placing their hands upon their hips, supported -them there, as if their weight was too much for them. - -"Time's up, gentlemen. We'd better set to again," said Hal. - -"My hat, sir, but you are a stern taskmaster," cried Mr. Brindle, giving -vent to a hearty laugh. "Here are we poor fellows ready to drop, and you -give us a bare five minutes. But the lad is right. Gentlemen, think of -the lives depending upon us." - -An hour later the second batch of volunteers descended, and replaced the -first, but Hal and Mr. Brindle remained at work. - -All day long the two parties took it in turns to labor in the -coal-bunker, and when night came, Hal was able to dismiss his gang, and -inform Mr. Broom that the task was finished. - -"Good!" exclaimed the latter. "Your fellows have worked like bricks, and -have well earned a sleep. You, too, had better get one. Cut along up to -your bunk, and leave this to me. I'm used to long hours, and will keep -watch below. The _Mohican_ is steering now. That sea-anchor is -overboard, and we're able to keep fairly clear of water. Now, off you -go." - -He waved to the ladder, and Hal at once took his advice. He was, indeed, -worn out with his labors, for all day long he had shoveled coal, till -the skin was worn off his hands. Accordingly, he did not argue with the -"third," but, going to the ladder, climbed to the alleyway. He went to a -locker, and finding the remains of a loaf, tore a portion off, and went, -munching it, to his bunk. Less than five minutes later he was so sound -asleep that he would have slept the clock round had not a violent thirst -from the coal-dust he had inhaled caused him to leave his bed in search -of something to drink. - - - - -CHAPTER V - -NO REST FOR THE WEARY - - -An uncouth object Hal looked as he left his bunk and sought something -with which to quench his thirst. - -He went to a filter which was kept near the stairway leading to the -saloon. It was full, and he took a long and satisfying drink. That done, -he returned to the alleyway, where he stopped and looked out. - -"Good!" he exclaimed. "The sea is falling, and there is scarcely any -wind. That gives the _Mohican_ a better chance. But Mr. Broom will be -wanting me." - -He looked about, and seeing the nozzle of a hydrant at hand, gave it a -turn by means of the key. Whipping his shirt off, he bent beneath the -spouting water which gushed out, and thoroughly soused himself. "That's -better," he said, catching a glimpse of himself in the glass. "I look -more like a Christian again. Now for Masters." - -He went to the engineer's cabin and knocked. - -"Come in," someone cried. - -Hal entered, to find the ship's doctor engaged in dressing Masters' -wounds. - -"Well, what now, my lad?" asked the doctor. "More casualties? If so, I -shall be overwhelmed." - -"It's nothing, sir," Hal answered. "I came to inquire after my friend. -How is he? I left him here yesterday morning, with a big cut across his -head, and haven't been able to come near him since." - -"And we only discovered him a matter of half an hour ago. He has been -lying here ever since. He has a crack across the top of his head that -would kill the average nigger; but, thanks to an extraordinarily thick -skull, he's none the worse." - -Hal looked on for a few moments, then he left the cabin and climbed down -to the engine-room. How changed the place was since the day he first -descended! Then all was bustle, and after the ship had left port, the -noise, the whir of machinery had been unending. That was barely twenty -hours ago, and now all was still. The wreck of a portion of the fine -engines was piled against the side, wound round with innumerable lengths -of cable. Then, at the end of it all, a mass of blanket and bedding -bulged into the room, looking peculiarly out of place. As Hal glanced at -the rent which had been plugged during the night, a mass of water struck -the ship on that side, and drove in the caulk, a flood of water flowing -in immediately. - -"That's scarcely safe," thought Hal. "I had better find the 'third,' and -tell him about it." - -But there was no need to do so, for at this moment Mr. Broom appeared -from behind part of the machinery. - -"There's more work for us," he said wearily. "I've had my eye on that -rent all night, and the plug has gone at last. How are you, youngster?" - -"Fit and well," Hal answered. "But you look worn out, sir. Why not turn -in? Leave this job to me. I'll get the same hands as I had before, and -we'll soon see to it." - -"You can't work without something to keep you going," the "third" -replied. "Besides, I don't know that I am willing to have the job done -by someone else. The poor old chief is dead, and the 'second' was -knocked out of time by the first smash, so I'm in sole charge. I want a -sleep, I own, but I'm not done yet. You cut up now, and perhaps when you -return I'll take a turn at the breakfast table." - -"But I'm as fresh as a lark," exclaimed Hal, "whereas you are completely -done up. Give me directions what to do, and then turn in and have a -sleep. There will be heaps to get in order when you awake, and as you -are the only engineer officer left on the active list, you ought to take -care of yourself." - -"You're right there, lad," the "third" replied, sitting down suddenly -upon a step of the ladder, and turning a deathly gray, his pallor -showing through the thick layer of grime which covered his face. "I'm -done, and need a good rest to put me right. I'll tell you how we'll -manage it. You slip up and get a bite and a cup of tea; then you can -relieve me. You know what I want done. Plug this rent, and brace the -wrecked machinery still more. Then, if another gale springs upon us, we -shall feel secure." - -"Very well, sir; I'll get my breakfast and relieve you," said Hal -briskly. He hastened in search of breakfast. The mess-room was empty, -and when Hal looked into the cabin occupied by the engineer officers, he -found that it had been converted into a hospital, in which the wounded -were being treated. - -"Everything seems to be disorganized," he said. "I'll go to the pantry -and see what the stewards can do." - -He passed through the alleyway, and mounted the narrow stairs. - -"Can I have some breakfast?" he asked of one of the stewards, who -happened to be there. - -"Breakfast! Of course you can," was the hearty answer. "You fellows down -below have worked like bricks, and deserve something good. - -"Did you ever see such a smash?" he proceeded, pointing to the shelves -of the pantry. "Everything is upside down, and more than half the -crockery has been shattered." - -While speaking to Hal the steward had been plying a tin-opener, and at -this moment turned out a big tongue on to a plate. He cut off a slice, -and making a sandwich, handed it to Hal. Then a bowl of tea was put in -his hand, and Hal was on the point of retiring when Mr. Brindle -appeared. - -"My young friend the greaser, I think," he exclaimed. "Ah, how are -matters down below this morning? I assure you that I and my comrades -were so fatigued by the healthy exercise you gave us, that we retired -immediately the trimming was completed, and have slept like so many logs -ever since. But, thank Heaven, all looks well to-day, and hope is high -in everyone's heart." - -"Yes, all is well," Hal responded; "but there is still work to be done." - -"That sounds as though another call might be made for volunteers," said -Mr. Brindle. "Come, now, is that not the case?" - -"That is what I propose to do, Mr. Brindle. You see, the engine-room is -practically deserted. But for a few stokers who keep steam in two of the -boilers, and the third engineer, the place is quite empty. Mr. Broom is -done up, and when I return will place me in charge, and go to his bunk. -As soon as he has gone, I propose to replug the rent." - -"Then you will most certainly want us," said Mr. Brindle. "Come in here, -lad, and talk the matter over. No; you must not refuse. We are all -equals and comrades on this ship, and no one could object to your taking -a meal in the saloon, particularly at this time. Now, come along in, and -take your breakfast comfortably." - -It was useless to attempt to refuse compliance with Mr. Brindle's -request simply on the ground that he was only a greaser in the -engine-room. In ordinary circumstances, the presence of such a person in -the saloon would have led to a scene, and the fact would have been -reported to the captain. But things were changed now. The _Mohican_ was -little better than a wreck, her crew diminished, and those who were left -were incapable of carrying on the work. The call for volunteers had at -once placed regular hands and passengers on a common footing. Many of -them had heard Mr. Brindle speaking to Hal, and they at once supported -his request. - -"You must come in, young sir," one of them cried. "Come along, or you -will be offending everyone in the saloon." - -Hal blushed, grasped the bowl of tea firmly, and tucking the roll of -tongue and bread beneath one arm, made his way to a seat. - -The passengers gathered round him and plied him with eager questions. - -"Now, what is wanted?" asked one of them, with a laugh. - -"The lives of all on board depend upon our exertions," Hal answered. -"With good weather we need not fear, but if the gale blows up again, the -_Mohican_ may very easily go to the bottom. That rent has opened again, -and must be closed. Will anyone help me do it?" - -He looked round at the group of passengers, and was rewarded with an -emphatic nod from each. - -"We shall all be there," said Mr. Brindle. "And when the rent is -patched, what follows?" - -"The cylinder covers should be taken off and the piston-rods and cranks -removed. I fancy I know enough about engines to instruct you, and if -not, we must wait till to-morrow." - -"Perhaps I could help you there," remarked Mr. Brindle. "On the -plantations in Cuba a trained engineer is a rarity. As a consequence, -one becomes something of an expert one's self. Many a time I have had -to effect some minor repair, so that I have picked up some knowledge of -machinery. Now, when shall we come?" - -"As soon after breakfast as possible, and I would suggest that you bring -more blankets." - -"Very well, Marchant. We'll divide into two parties as before, and you -can expect the first in a quarter of an hour." - -Hal thanked him, and left the saloon. Then he went for'ard, and looked -up the carpenter. - -"We want some planks, a few hammers, and a saw down in the engine-room," -he said. "Can you let us have them, Chipps?" - -"You can take what you can find," was the answer. "There, the store is -under the poop. Take a look round and help yourself." - -Hal went into the space set apart for carpenter's stores, and dragged -out two long planks. These he carried to the engine-room. Then he made -other trips, bringing hammers, nails, a roll of canvas, a saw, and many -useful things. - -"Now for Mr. Broom," he said. "I'll get down and free the poor fellow, -for he looked worn out with hard work and want of sleep." - -Glad of the relief, Mr. Broom climbed the ladder, swaying from side to -side, and looking as if he were incapable of controlling his limbs. But -he was not the one to give in easily. He reached the top with an effort, -went to the cabin, and, tumbling upon a bunk, fell into a deep slumber. - -A few minutes later the first batch of passengers appeared, and a -consultation was held. - -"How are you going to do it, lad?" asked Mr. Brindle, looking at the -rent in the vessel's side, and at the mass of blankets displaced by the -sea. "It seems to me that something stronger is wanted--something -behind the bedding, to force it into the opening and keep it in -position." - -"I thought of that," said Hal, "and I've got planks from the carpenter. -I suggest that we cut lengths, which will go from end to end of the -rent. Then back them with cross-pieces. If nailed together in that -position, we shall have a fairly solid board, which can be pressed -against the bedding and wedged in place." - -"That's about as good a way as any," exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "But I've -one idea. Get your canvas soaked with tar, and stretch it over the -blankets. When the edges are squeezed into the rent they will keep the -water out. Undoubtedly our first job is to get the plugging done. Now, -young sir, put us at it." - -It was work which was urgently needed; and the passengers, looking very -business-like in their shirt-sleeves, set to at it so heartily that the -rent was safely filled by afternoon. - -"Now we'll tackle the cylinders and cranks," said Hal. "It has to be -done, and better now than later on." - -The work was tackled willingly, and when the "third" descended to the -engine-room he found the rent safely plugged, the wreck of the engines -securely braced, and the cylinder covers and all movable parts taken -away, and made fast elsewhere. - -He stopped abruptly at the bottom of the ladder, and fell back a pace in -astonishment. - -"Why, what's this?" he cried, as though he could not believe his senses. -"The hole plugged as tight as a barrel, the wreck stayed up with yards -of cable, and all the movable parts unshipped and set aside. Here, -what's been happening? Have we fallen in with another ship, and borrowed -a crew of engine hands?" - -"It means that we carried out your orders, sir," said Hal. "You were -dead tired, and left the engine-room to me. Our friends, the passengers, -came to our aid again, and this is their handiwork." - -"Yes, that is so, and glad have we been to help," Mr. Brindle -interposed. "But allow me to tell you, Mr. Broom, though we have carried -out your orders, it was under the direction of this lad. It seems -extraordinary that he, who never saw the machinery of a big ocean-going -steamer until a week ago, should so soon be placed in a position of -responsibility. Few would have been so level-headed. The lad has won our -admiration, for he is as free from conceit as he is full of resolution. -He will get on in the world." - -"So he will," the "third" responded. "The lad's got grit, sir--the stuff -that won't give way whatever the danger. Who stopped the engines, and -nearly got knocked into so much pulp? Why, this kid. I'm not going to -say one word about the other part, though we don't forget in a hurry -that it was he who stuck like blazes to the trimming. And now he just -goes and packs me off to my bunk, and then coolly tidies the whole place -up, and there isn't anything more to be done! Why, I might just as well -have had my sleep out!" - -"Ha, ha, ha! So you might," laughed Mr. Brindle. "But come along to the -saloon. We are all in need of a meal." - -"By George, we are!" Mr. Broom replied. "Come, Marchant; we'll defer the -discussion of your good works till later. But when the time comes for -you to seek for a job on the other side, you've one here who is your -friend, and who will gladly help you." - -"And here is another," exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "But to dinner now." - -Early next day passengers and crew ascended to the deck, for the time -had come to commit to the deep the bodies of those who had been killed. - -It was a sad group that stood upon the planks, hats reverently in hand, -and peered into the sea, soon to become the grave of those unfortunate -comrades stretched still and motionless at their feet. Swathed in -blankets, with fire-bars to bear them down to their last resting-place, -the chief engineer and two hands lay awaiting the last rites at the -hands of their friends. Very earnestly, and as if he would emphasize -every word, the captain read the burial service, while the ship's bell -tolled mournfully. Then, at a sign from the quartermaster, the grating -upon which the bodies lay was tipped by two of the hands, and the three -forms slipped from beneath the pall, and disappeared forever. - - - - -CHAPTER VI - -A FRIEND IN NEED - - -It would be tedious to describe the manner in which the _Mohican_ -finally reached New York, for from the date of the accident to her -machinery, and the successful plugging of the enormous rent in her side, -all went well. - -But what had once been a fine-looking vessel was now little better than -a bare hulk, with smoke-stack and masts rising from a deck which was -clear of everything save the broken remnants of fixtures which had -defied the fury of the seas. - -"There's one thing about her," said Mr. Broom to Hal, "she's been -stripped clean, and looks dismantled, but she's right and tight still, -and will well repay the overhauling which will be necessary before she -can put to sea again. Wait till we get alongside the dock; there will be -no end of excitement! And when it is known through what dangers we have -come, we shall be the talk of New York; and won't the newspaper -correspondents rush for us!" - -And, indeed, this was the case. No sooner was the _Mohican_ moored than -thousands came down to look at her, and roamed all over her decks, -marveling at the manner in which she had been buffeted, and at the pluck -and skill which had brought her safely into port. - -"I call it wonderful!" said the line manager, addressing the crew after -their arrival. "Two weeks ago business called me across from England to -New York, and I experienced the full fury of the same hurricane which -wrought such destruction here. I know what your difficulties have been, -and I am glad to be here to congratulate you all. It is difficult to -thank you sufficiently, and it is almost impossible to single out any -individual for special praise when all have worked so well. Your -captain, however, has done remarkably; he has shown such seamanship, -skill, and courage, that I at once promote him to the command of one of -our big passenger ships. Your second and third engineers have well -earned promotion, and, by all accounts, so has one of their -subordinates. I refer to the youth called Marchant. He, too, shall be -rewarded. And now, as by bringing the _Mohican_ safely to port you have -saved the company a considerable loss, I am glad to be able to tell you -that two thousand pounds will be divided proportionately amongst you." - -The manager bowed and retired, leaving the crew to discuss the matter. -Next morning Hal found that his share was ten pounds, and to this a -further sum of ten was added for stopping the engines at the time of the -accident. - -"You're a rich man," said Mr. Brindle chaffingly. "At any rate, you have -made more in one trip than you would have earned in three or four -months. What do you propose to do with yourself, may I inquire?" - -"Really I cannot say, Mr. Brindle; of course, I am awfully lucky! The -twenty pounds, with what I had before, will enable me to live while I am -looking for a job." - -"And have you any decided preference?" asked Mr. Brindle. "I mean, must -the employment be in America? I have a proposal to make, and you must -consider it before you decide. I am a Cuban planter. I told you that I -had some rough engineering knowledge. It has been acquired amongst the -machinery on my plantations. I want an engineer, one who can act as -master in my absence. Will you accept the post? The pay shall be good. -You shall have a percentage on the profits, and where your department is -concerned I will give you a free hand. But in addition to the engines, I -shall want you to help me with the management of the plantation." - -He sat on the rail of the ship, and looked curiously at Hal; for he had -taken a fancy to our hero, and was impressed by his behavior on the -ship. - -"It is very good of you, Mr. Brindle," Hal exclaimed. "I never expected -to be offered such an important post, and I accept with pleasure. Tell -me when I am to sail, and where I am to go to." - -"I am glad you fall in with the plan," Mr. Brindle answered. "To tell -you the truth, I have been itching to get hold of you ever since you set -us to work at that trimming. You showed a fine example. You see, -appearance and manner is everything when dealing with blacks; and the -natives of Cuba, who are anything from genuine negro to almost pure -Spanish, recognize and look up to a European who knows how to treat -them, and can show them what to do. Now, as to marching orders, I have -business which will keep me in New York for a few days; after that we'll -go to Florida, where I have another plantation. From there we will sail -to Havana, and three days later we shall reach the hacienda, which goes -by the name of 'Eldorado,' and is one of the most beautiful spots I have -ever seen. But when can you leave the ship? I should be glad to take you -with me this evening." - -"I can get away whenever I wish," Hal answered, overwhelmed by the -prospect before him. "But where do you stay? I am sorry to say that my -clothes are rough, and scarcely fitted for polite society." - -"That is a matter that is easily arranged, my lad. Now, pack your traps, -and come along. Leave the clothes to me, for as my engineer you are -given a free kit, just as they say to the soldier." - -Mr. Brindle smiled pleasantly, and, turning away, hurried to his cabin -to collect his baggage. - -Left to himself, Hal went below, and soon had his few belongings packed -in a bag. Then he went the round of his friends, and took farewell of -them. - -"Lucky beggar!" exclaimed Masters, whom Hal found propped up in his -bunk, with his head enveloped in bandages. "You are a fortunate fellow, -Marchant! But you deserve it all. I wish you were staying, for, after -what has passed, I am sure we should have been capital friends, and had -some splendid trips together. And now you say you are off to Cuba, and I -suppose in a few weeks' time you will be lording it over hundreds of -niggers. Well, old man, must you go? Good-by, and the best of luck." - -"Thank you," Hal answered, with a laugh. "A rapid recovery to you. As to -my looking a swell and doing the grand, why, that's all humbug. Ta, ta; -and if ever you come to Cuba, look me up." - -Whatever idea Hal may have had of his appearance in the future, the -matter was soon settled when he and Mr. Brindle had left the ship. - -"There, in you hop," said the latter, motioning him to enter the cab -which had pulled up beside the wharf. - -Then he mentioned the name of a fashionable hotel, to which they were -driven. They obtained rooms, then emerged from the enormous building, -which rose for many stories into the air, and entered one of the -numerous electric cars that run through the streets of New York, and -within ten minutes they were entering the doors of a big tailoring -establishment known as Riarty's Store. - -"I always get my clothes here," said Mr. Brindle. "It is not more -expensive than obtaining them locally in Cuba, and as they have my -measure for suits, boots, and hats, I can get anything by writing. Ah, -good-day, Mr. Riarty." - -He suddenly stepped towards a florid man, whose enormous proportions -almost dwarfed his own. - -"This young gentleman is my overseer, and requires suitable clothes for -plantation life," he said. "You can take his measure, and I should like -the things in four days. But he wants a ready-made suit for wearing in -town, and an evening one as well. Can you do it?" - -"To be sure I can," was the ready answer. "Step this way. One of the -assistants shall attend to you." - -Hal was astonished at the extent of the order. In the old days--which -already seemed so very long ago, though only a few weeks had actually -elapsed--he would have thought nothing of it. Then he was the son of a -wealthy man, and had no need to stint himself; now it was totally -different, and a gentleman, who was not much more than a stranger, -though one with a kind heart, would pay whatever was called for. - -"But you are ordering too much," expostulated Hal. "I shall never need -all these clothes. Besides, think of the cost!" - -"The cost, my dear young sir; that is my affair," Mr. Brindle laughed -pleasantly. "I can assure you that if you only do your duty by me you -will rapidly repay the outlay. As to there being too many things, you -will want every suit I have ordered. I am an old hand, and know now -exactly what will be useful." - -Hal was silenced, but determined to do his utmost to repay the kindness -of his benefactor. Fortunately, Mr. Riarty had a smartly cut plain suit -which fitted his youthful customer, and another of evening clothes which -required but slight alteration. - -"We'll take the first with us," said Mr. Brindle, "and Mr. Riarty can -send the other to the hotel in time for dinner. Good-day, sir, and -please do not disappoint me. Remember, in four days' time we require the -bulk of the order. Come along now, my friend. By the way, I must have -some shorter name for you. Marchant is far too long. How are you usually -called? Hal? Ah, that is short, and sounds well. It fits your character, -and is a good one." - -Five days later they boarded the railway cars running south, and Hal had -his eyes opened as to the possibilities of traveling in comfort. The -saloons and dining-cars were decorated in sumptuous fashion; and when -night came, the accommodation had nothing of the make-shift about it. -Americans, he discovered, did not consider that discomfort went -hand-in-hand with travel. Their railways were designed for speed, -safety, and easy running, and their cars for rest and freedom from -vibration. Mr. Brindle led the way into the smoking-room at the end of -the cars, and pressed the button for the porter. - -"We shall want two compartments through to Florida," he said. "See that -it is a good one, and take our small traps there." - -When the man had gone Mr. Brindle turned to Hal, and, pointing to a -hand-bag, said: - -"All save that may remain in the sleeping saloon, but the bag you see -contains notes, gold, and valuable securities. Now, I am going to give -you a job. Your duties will commence from this moment, for I place you -in charge of the bag, and will beg of you never to allow it out of your -sight." - -"Then you may rely upon me to look after it, and wherever I go your bag -shall come with me." - -Hal was as good as his word. Hour after hour the train hurried on. -Occasionally the cars would pull up at some wayside station to allow a -change of locomotives, and then the passengers would descend and take a -short walk to stretch their legs and take the stiffness out of them. On -such an occasion Hal strolled along the platform, leaving Mr. Brindle -reading in the car. It was a sultry morning, and, feeling hot and -fatigued, he sat down on a bench, being joined first by one passenger -and then by a second, the former entering into conversation with him. - -"Busy scene, sir," he said with some foreign accent. "Traveling alone, -sir?" continued the stranger. "I should say you're not. The gentleman -with you is Señor--I mean, Mr. Brindle of Cuba?" - -Hal felt annoyed at the catechism through which he was being put. - -"Well," he answered curtly, "and what if he is?" - -What reply the dark-bearded stranger was about to give was cut short by -the sudden clanging of a bell, and by the cry from the conductor, "All -aboard!" - -Starting from the seat, Hal ran some dozen paces, when he remembered the -bag intrusted to him, and which he had placed by his side. To his -consternation it was not where he had left it on the bench; a moment -later, however, he noticed with a thrill of surprise that the stranger -had it, and was hastening with it along the platform. - -"Hi, there! Stop!" cried Hal, running after him. "What do you mean by -taking my bag?" he demanded indignantly, rushing up to the man, and -grasping the handle. - -"Señor's bag! Pardon, but this is my friend's," replied the dark, -Spanish-looking stranger, feigning astonishment and some amount of -anger. - -"Your friend's! Nonsense! It's mine! Give it up!" Hal cried, and without -more ado wrenched the bag away. - -"Sir, how do you dare? Ah, but here is my friend himself. He will -explain," the stranger replied hotly. "Then, señor, you shall answer." - -"What is this? What is the trouble?" the second man, a short, -swarthy-looking fellow, asked, joining them at this moment. "Come, the -cars are about to start." - -"The trouble!" his friend replied. "See; we hasten to board the train, -and you forget your bag. I would rescue it for you when this fine -gentleman wishes to prevent me." - -"But the bag is not mine; it belongs to him," the second man replied -blandly, indicating Hal with a wave of his hand. - -At once the face of the first speaker changed. He smiled, showing an -excellent set of teeth, and made a profuse apology. - -"My dear señor, but you must pardon me," he said. "It was my error, and -a grievous one indeed. A thousand pardons. Señor must have thought me a -thief!" - -Hal certainly did, but it was not quite wise to admit it, and as the -cars were moving, he acknowledged by a curt nod the theatrical bow with -which he was favored, and hurriedly exclaiming, "I am glad the matter is -settled," turned on his heel and boarded the cars. But one thing struck -his attention at the last moment and filled his mind with suspicion. In -the hurry of replacing his hat the Spanish-looking stranger had -displaced a coal-black beard, and disclosed for the fraction of a minute -a clean-shaven chin. Next moment the beard was back in its place, and -the two men had leaped on to the train. - -"I don't like the look of those fellows," thought Hal, as he took his -place beside Mr. Brindle. "It was a trick to steal the bag, and from -what was said I feel sure that they know who we are, and what valuables -I was in charge of. Do you happen to know either of those two men who -were speaking to me on the platform?" he suddenly asked, leaning forward -to address his companion. - -"Do you mean those who joined the cars after you? No, I cannot say that -I do; and yet something about the bearded one struck me as familiar. -What about them? They seemed to me to be holding a heated conversation -with you." - -"They very nearly walked off with your bag," Hal answered. Then he -described the facts of the case. - -"Yes, it looks nasty," said Mr. Brindle at last. "It appears to me that -those two are scoundrels. Strange, but one certainly seems to have a -familiar face. Pshaw! It cannot be! But we must be on our guard in -future." - - - - -CHAPTER VII - -ALL BUT KILLED - - -Undoubtedly an attempt had been made to deprive Hal of his charge. Had -Hal waited another minute before discovering the absence of his -possession, the thieves would certainly have escaped with the valuables. - -"Yes, they are rogues," said Mr. Brindle that evening, returning to the -subject as he and Hal sat down to dinner, "and the more I think about it -the more certain I feel that I am right. After dinner we will endeavor -to ascertain who they are." - -Accordingly, half an hour later, they rose from their seats, just as the -train drew up at a platform, and walked from end to end of the long -string of cars, failing, however, to see the two adventurers. - -"They've gone; and, after all, it was to be expected," exclaimed Mr. -Brindle. "I suppose they slipped off a few minutes after boarding the -train. There can have been no difficulty, as we crawled out of the -station. Well, we shall not be troubled again; but let it be a lesson to -you, Hal. Nowadays, one ought to be most careful when dealing with -strangers." - -Sauntering back, they took their seats once more, and looked at the -people on the platform. At length the bell clanged, and to the familiar -cry of "All aboard!" the cars were once more set in motion. - -"Hallo! Those fellows were here all the time," said Hal, glancing at two -figures on the platform. "Look, Mr. Brindle! There are the men who tried -to steal the bag!" - -"Ah, is that so, Hal?" exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "Precious scoundrels they -look too, and the one with the beard strikes me again as being a man I -have met before. Well, we need not trouble, for the train is off, and -they are left behind. Now, lad, we'll have a good sleep, and to-morrow, -when we leave our berths for breakfast, we shall be within an hour of -Sable Bay." - -Ten minutes later our hero was lying between the sheets, looking -sleepily at the shaded electric light above him. - -Meanwhile, what had become of the two men who had attempted to deprive -Hal of the bag? - -No sooner had the car passed in which Mr. Brindle and his young engineer -were seated, than the swarthy-looking foreigners leaped on to the step -of the following one, and hastily passing through the smoking-saloon, -entered a small cupboard set apart for the porter. - -"That was well managed, Señor Capitan," the darker of the two at once -exclaimed, seating himself. "Ha, ha, did you not see them look at us? It -is clear that they suspected our game, and no doubt their inspection of -the cars was to discover us and have us ejected. We have played our -cards well. While they fancy that we are miles behind them, we are in -reality but a few yards away. No doubt this negro will entertain us till -the time for action arrives, and then we will have the gold you say the -bag contains, even though that stalwart young Englishman objects." - -He spoke in Spanish, gesticulating and gabbling the words, and -introducing a tone of marked disdain when alluding to the porter. There -was little doubt that he was a half-caste, and owed some part of his -existence to the negro race to which he had alluded with such contempt. - -"When do we make the attempt, Señor Capitan?" he asked. "See, it is -half-past eight now, and the majority of passengers are thinking of -going to bed. Shall you try at midnight, or will you think it best to -wait till the early hours of to-morrow?" - -The man addressed did not answer for the moment, but, removing the beard -from his chin, slowly rolled a cigarette. He was a small, active-looking -man, of undoubted Spanish blood. At first sight he would have been -called a handsome fellow, but a glance at his eyes and mouth altered -that impression. There was something not altogether pleasing about him. - -"You are overhasty, and forget yourself, Pedro," he said at length. "One -would have thought that it was all of your planning. Remember that it -was I who decided how we would act; and do not forget that in -undertaking to abstract this bag, I am risking far more than you." - -"For which you will, no doubt, extract a proportionately large share of -the booty," grumbled the one who had been called Pedro. - -"Perhaps. And why not? Am I not the leader? and are you not the servant? -But do not let us argue so, or we might quarrel, and that would be bad -for one of us. Listen to me, and see that you do not interrupt. This -English brat, who just awoke in time to upset the plan which I had -devised so carefully, is still in charge of the precious bag for which -we have traveled so far, and from which we hope to recoup ourselves. We -know that he is about to retire for the night, for the porter has told -us so. Very good. What of the others? They are weary, and will turn in -early, so as to awake fresh and rested to-morrow. Our accomplice here, -the negro whom you scowl at so heavily, will tell us when all in that -car have retired. That will be our time. Any noise we may make will be -unnoticed, owing to the fact that it is so early; while if this young -fool of an Englishman shouts--well, perhaps the rattle of the train will -drown everything!" - -"Perhaps," Pedro growled. "And what if the sounds are heard?" he asked. -"Supposing the Señor Englishman cries loudly for help?" - -"Ah! then he must look to himself. We will deal gently with him till -then; but if he refuses to be silent----In any case, you have the -revolver and some inches of steel? Now we understand each other," said -the Spaniard. "We will wait till all is clear, when we will enter the -Señor Englishman's compartment and bind him. That done, this porter will -signal for the cars to stop and will raise an alarm. Of course he will -not know precisely what has happened, nor, if questions are asked will -he have an idea of the appearance of the two mountebanks who have dared -to commit robbery on the cars. Our friend, the Señor Brindle, will not -dream of us; for did he not see us descend from the cars some miles -back? By the time the passengers have collected their senses we shall be -a mile behind, hidden in the forest, and it will be evil luck indeed if -the bag which we covet is not with us. Then back to 'the ever-faithful -island,' Cuba, the island of freedom, where a Spaniard who is poor may -live in contentment, certain of being able to return to his native -country with provision for the remainder of his life, and all plucked -from the islanders. Yes, Pedro, we will return home and, later on, we -will repeat the process of bleeding the Señor Brindle." - -"Buenos, Señor Capitan! You are a veritable wonder!" Pedro cried -excitedly, waving his cigarette in the air, and patting his comrade on -the knee. "And now to pass the time. It is dull sitting here doing -nothing but smoke and listen to the rattle of the train. Here, boy, -bring glasses and a bottle." - -Thus addressed, the porter produced a decanter of liquor and two -tumblers, and for an hour or more the two conspirators refreshed -themselves, and carried on an eager conversation in low tones, in the -voluble, gesticulating manner common to their countrymen. At length the -porter, who had departed and left them to themselves, returned to inform -them that all was clear. - -"Now for the money, Pedro!" the Spaniard exclaimed. "Wait, though; let -us pay this good fellow for his services." - -Taking a purse from his pocket, he placed four dollars in the porter's -hand, and led the way into the smoking saloon. Two minutes later they -were standing at the end of the car in which Hal was sleeping. They -paused for a moment as if in fear, then they opened the door, and crept -along the passage till they were outside the compartment he occupied. - -"No, not there, Señor Capitan. The English boy has gone into the other -bunk," Pedro whispered, pointing to the next compartment, in which Mr. -Brindle lay. "See, I am sure of it, for here is his coat, hanging -outside the door." - -"Are you quite sure, Pedro?" the Spaniard asked doubtfully. "The porter -said we should find him in the fifth from the forward end of the car, -and this is certainly the one." - -"That is as you say," was the reply. "But here are the young man's -boots. It is clear the negro is mistaken." - -For more than a minute the two crouched silently in the corridor, -doubtful as to the compartment in which Hal slept, and in which lay the -bag they hoped to capture. It was, indeed, a puzzle, and it was long -before they could come to any solution. To enter the wrong compartment -meant ruin to all their hopes. But more than that might come of it, for -Mr. Brindle was a powerful man, and to be caught in his clutches would -be no joke. It was not a pleasant thing to think about, and it troubled -the Spaniard. He ground his teeth, and, muttering an oath, whispered in -Pedro's ear: - -"Keep the revolver," he said, "and give me the knife. Whatever happens, -we must contrive to get away." - -Convinced by the boots which Hal had placed too far to the right when -leaving them in the corridor for the porter to attend to, they crept on -a pace, and grasped the handle of the compartment in which Mr. Brindle -was sleeping. - -"Quick, the key!" whispered the Spaniard, trying the door, and finding -it locked. - -There was a grating sound and a faint click as the key was introduced, -and the bolt thrown back. But slight though the noise was it reached -Hal's ears, even amidst the rattle of the wheels, and startled him from -his sleep. Ignorant as to what had disturbed him, he lay on his back, -his eyes wide open. Another minute, and he would have turned over to -sink into sleep once more, when something bumped heavily against the -woodwork which separated his compartment from Mr. Brindle's. - -"Don't move, or it will be the worse for you, Señor Englishman!" he -heard a hoarse voice exclaim in threatening tones. - -It took a few seconds for Hal to comprehend what was happening. "Don't -move, or it will be the worse for you!" That meant that someone was in -difficulties next door. - -"By Jove, those rascals are making another attempt!" he exclaimed; and -at once sprang from his bunk. - -Flinging the door open, he rushed into the next compartment, to see -kneeling on the floor, in the full glare of the electric light, which -had been switched on by the Spaniard, Pedro, revolver in hand, the -muzzle of which was pressed into Mr. Brindle's ear, while the other hand -was placed over his mouth. - -Hal had just time to notice that the other scoundrel was busily -searching for the bag beneath the bunk, when both men turned and rushed -at him, Pedro pressing the trigger of his revolver. There was a blinding -flash, followed by a loud report, and Hal felt something strike him on -the left shoulder with stunning force. Next second the Spaniard's face, -with the long, coal-black beard, suddenly appeared before him in the -smoke, and he struck at it with all his might, sending the ruffian -staggering back; but he recovered himself in a moment, and rushed -towards the doorway, throwing Hal to the floor as he passed. - -"How is that now, lad? How do you feel, old boy? Better? That's it; -you're smiling. That's the way. Pull yourself together, and drink this -off." - -It was Mr. Brindle who was speaking, and, scarcely understanding what -was said, but feeling dazed and queer, and much inclined to close his -eyes and sleep, Hal swallowed the contents of the tumbler which was -placed to his lips. But suddenly Mr. Brindle's well-known voice brought -him to his senses. - -"By Jove, what a fright you gave me!" he said. "How do you feel, Hal? -Come, pull yourself together and look at me." - -"Eh, what? I'm all right! What's happening? Here, let me sit up!" -exclaimed Hal, suddenly suiting the action to the word, and looking -about him with wide-open eyes. "Why, what's this? I was asleep, and -then----Those thieves! What is it, Mr. Brindle? I dreamed that they had -made another attempt, and that I happened to hear them. It looked as -though all was up with you, and I remember feeling in a terrible way. -After that, everything seemed to stop, and I fell into a glorious -dream." - -"That is just about what has happened, my lad, and very fortunate it was -for me that you awoke when you did; though for you, poor lad, it has -meant trouble. Those Spanish scoundrels did make a second attempt, but, -in their endeavor to get possession of the bag, they pitched upon the -wrong compartment. I can tell you that it was a ticklish moment for me. -As I lay there, not daring to move, I saw you come in. The only wonder -to me is that the gentleman called Pedro did not have his revenge at -once by shooting me. At any rate, he managed to put a bullet into your -shoulder, and then he escaped from the car. The other rascal, whom you -tackled so gamely, and who will have a splendid black eye for his pains, -also got clear away, leaving some of his property behind him. Here it -is." - -He held up a mass of black hair, which had formerly covered the chin of -the Spaniard. - -"Now, Hal, you have the whole story," he continued. "You were wounded -and fainted from loss of blood. A fellow passenger, who happens to be a -doctor, has already examined and dressed the shoulder, and reports most -favorably. A week will see you up and about, so he says, for the bullet -was of very small caliber." - -"What? A week in bed, Mr. Brindle!" exclaimed Hal, aghast. "Why, I am -fit to get up now. See here, I feel quite myself again." - -He struggled to his feet, but next moment he was glad to sit down again, -and was forced, though much against his inclination, to confess that he -was shaken. However, with his old dogged determination, he resolved not -to give way, and not to submit to being put ignominiously to bed. - -"I am a bit groggy," he admitted. "My legs don't seem quite to belong -to me; but it's only a temporary matter. Thank you, I will have another -sip." - -The tumbler was raised to his lips, and he drank deeply, for the loss of -blood had induced a violent thirst. - -"There you see for yourself how fit you are," said Mr. Brindle. "And -now, as the thieves have escaped, and your wound has been seen to, you -will lie down and sleep till morning." - -There was no gainsaying this direct order, for Mr. Brindle waited to see -that Hal lay full length on the bunk. Then he left the section, and -entered his own. As for Hal, though badly shaken, he suffered little -pain. The injured shoulder felt numbed, but nothing more. After lying -awake for half an hour, thinking over the little adventure through which -he had passed, he, too, dozed off, and finally sank into a deep sleep, -from which he was awakened by the opening of his door. - -"Breakfast in half an hour," said Mr. Brindle, putting his head into the -compartment. "How goes it with you this morning, old boy?" - -"I feel quite myself," said Hal briskly, sitting up in his bunk. Then, -to demonstrate the truth of his words, he stood up. "Yes," he continued, -"I feel ever so much stronger than I did last night. I suppose the -excitement and the shock had unnerved me, but now I am perfectly -steady." - -"That's good, Hal, and I am glad to see you making an effort. After all, -there is no reason why a bullet wound in the shoulder should lay you up. -Last night, as you say, the shock and suddenness of the injury had upset -you, and no doubt you felt the rapid loss of blood. A few hours' sleep -have made that good, so that you will quickly mend. I have no fear of -the wound going wrong, for it was skillfully treated from the first. -Now, let me lend a hand, and help to put your clothes on." - -Half an hour later, with his left arm in a sling, and his empty sleeve -pinned to the coat, arm in arm with Mr. Brindle, Hal entered the -breakfast saloon, where they took their places at one of the many small -tables. Numbers of other passengers were already there, and they looked -at our hero with curiosity and admiration. - -An hour later the engine steamed into a large station, and the -passengers descended from the cars. - -"Just look out for the youngsters, Hal," said Mr. Brindle. "They'll be -coming to meet their dad." - -"Youngsters? Your youngsters?" asked Hal, in surprise; for Mr. Brindle -had never mentioned that he was married and had a family. - -"Why, mine to be sure! There's Dora, the dearest blue-eyed girl that -ever breathed; and Gerald, the biggest and most mischievous monkey that -ever wore clothes. You'll know them at once. Ah, there they are, or I am -mistaken." - -"Hallo! There you are, dad!" cried the boy, a sturdy young fellow of -some sixteen years. "Hi! Come along, Dora! Here he is, looking as fat -and jolly as possible." - -Breathless, and with hat tossed to the back of his head, the lad rushed -at Mr. Brindle and embraced him, a graceful and pretty girl, looking -charming and dainty in a white frock, following suit quickly. - -"There, there, how glad I am to see you both again, my dears!" exclaimed -Mr. Brindle. "Both of you looking as well as ever too. But I am -forgetting my duties. Dora--Gerald--come here and let me introduce you a -very great friend, who is to be my overseer. Steady now, shake hands -gently, for he has been in the wars. Hal, my dear boy, let me present -you to my dear children." - -Each in turn shook Hal heartily by the hand, Dora looking -sympathetically, and, at first, somewhat shyly at him; while Gerald, -boy-like, took good stock of the new overseer, not fearing to look well -into his face. - -"What has happened to your arm, Mr. Marchant? What war have you been in? -And are you very much hurt?" Dora asked these questions in rapid -succession. - -"Dora," said her father, "this young gentleman was shot by a ruffian who -attempted to steal my bag. He has risked his life for me, and he is -helpless. I place him in your charge. You have had some experience of -nursing and will do your best. Now, let us get to the carriage." - -Dora was a young lady about whom there was no nonsense. Here was a -fellow-being who was obviously suffering; somehow he had come by his -injury in protecting her father. That was enough for any daughter. For -his sake she would look after Hal. So she marched our hero from the -platform, chuckling secretly at the blush which had now changed his -cheeks from dullest white to brilliant red. They stepped into the -comfortable carriage, and at a crack of the whip, the team of mules set -forward at a hand-gallop. - -What thoughts were Hal's as he was driven to his new home? It seemed -like a dream, for, a few weeks back, he was an orphan, with few friends. -Then he had decided to start to America, where he would be entirely -unknown. But what had happened? Friends seemed to have risen up on every -side. Yes, it was good fortune. At least, that was what he thought as -his eyes wandered from Mr. Brindle and Gerald to Dora. Never before had -Hal taken notice of any girl. - -And here he found himself unconsciously glancing at Dora, and listening -eagerly to every word she said. It was sense too. Indeed, she discussed -everyday matters with her father in a manner which opened Hal's eyes. - -"She's clever," thought Hal, "and she's a pretty girl. How kind she was -to me!" - -And what of Dora? She, on her part, was taking stock of the overseer. -Beneath her lashes she stole many a glance at him, always to meet his -steady eyes, and turn away in confusion. But still, she was able to come -to a conclusion. She saw a stalwart young man, who had yet an inch or -more to grow. He had an open face, and eyes which never flinched or -turned away. - -"I like the new overseer," she said to herself. "He looks honest, brave, -and kind. But how pale he is!" - - - - -CHAPTER VIII - -THE LOSS OF THE "MAINE" - - -Thanks to a healthy constitution, and to the fact that, though painful, -his wound was really a simple one, Hal Marchant was very soon off the -sick-list, and in the stage of convalescence. - -From the railway station at which the train had set them down, he and -Mr. Brindle, together with Dora and Gerald, were driven into the -country, along dusty roads which were fenced in on every side by -luxuriant vegetation of every description and hue. Sometimes a long, -flat, and unsightly marsh came into view, and at the sound of the wheels -thousands of wild-fowl rose, screaming, into the air. But they soon -began to ascend, though at a gentle slope, which the mules galloped up, -still at the same steady pace. - -Up and up the road mounted, curved suddenly to the left, and then -quickly disappeared into a dense jungle of trees and growth, from which -the delicious perfume of orange blossom was wafted. - -"Here we are, and very thankful we ought to be, my lad," said Mr. -Brindle, addressing Hal. "Look over there. Welcome to the 'Barn.' This -is our winter residence, and here I guarantee that you will soon get -back that color which you have lost." - -He pointed with his cane to a fine bungalow which appeared at that -moment at the end of an open glade, nestling beneath a wreath of -foliage. - -It was, indeed, a perfect place for an invalid. Perched high up on -sandy soil, and surrounded by a forest of gorgeous orange trees, the -house peeped over the top of the leaves at a scene beautiful beyond -description. In the veranda, arm in sling, and with legs lazily -stretched along the sides of a big cane chair, Hal could lie the whole -day long, gazing across a sea of green shrubs and leaves--a sea which -rustled musically, and was ever changing from brightest green to -shimmering blue in the rays of the southern sun. And if he but lifted -his eyes an inch or two, a rocky, irregular coast, and an ocean beyond, -looking for all the world like a strip of brightly burnished steel, -filled him with a sort of rapture, so that to lie there was no hardship, -and the hours never dragged, but flew by almost too rapidly for his -liking. - -"You are an exceedingly good patient," said Dora one day, more than two -weeks later, coming on to the veranda and taking a seat which stood -vacant by his side; "but I suppose this obedience will not continue for -long. The doctor who has been attending you says that your wound is -merely a pin-prick--how he can be so very unfeeling I do not know! -Still, he is convinced that it is now so far healed that it requires -very little attention or dressing. That means, I suppose, that you will -throw off my authority, and do your best to get into trouble again at -the very first opportunity. What have you to say to that, sir?" - -"Pin-prick! Quite so, Dora," Hal answered, with a smile. "The wound is, -of course, quite a simple affair, and I am really fit for anything. As -to more trouble, I can only say that, if it comes, I hope you will be -there to nurse me again." - -It was an unusual thing for Hal to indulge in pretty speeches, and it -was as much as he could do to get the words out. His bashfulness made -them stick in his throat, though he meant every syllable. - -"I'm sure you've been awfully good to me, Dora," he said. "How can I -repay you?" - -"Oh, nonsense! Good, indeed! I have only done what any other girl would -gladly have undertaken; and you forget, Hal, that you were wounded in -helping my father. There, we are evens! We owe nothing to each other, -though, if you ever have an opportunity, I am sure you will do your -utmost for us." - -"Hallo! What's this? Pretty speeches, and from my Dora, too! Who would -have thought it!" - -Mr. Brindle stepped on to the veranda just in time to overhear the end -of the conversation between the young people, and burst into a hearty -fit of laughter. - -"There, it is only my chaff," he added with a smile. "A little gratitude -on either side is what one would have expected. But how are you, Hal? -When do you think you could travel?" - -"Now; as soon as you like, Mr. Brindle," exclaimed Hal, springing to his -feet. "Take a look at me. I am as well as ever; and as for the arm, -beyond a little stiffness, which will soon pass away, I have no trouble -with it." - -"Then, we'll clear for the ever-faithful island of Cuba, and for our gay -little hacienda, Eldorado. Hal, you shall see a spot which compares -favorably with this. I built this house in which we are living more than -fifteen years ago, but the hacienda not for some time later. To my eyes -the latter is perfect. It is a gentleman's country residence, and, with -its grounds, is a beautiful oasis in a desert of impenetrable jungle and -burnt-out plantations--not to mention swamps innumerable, for which the -eastern end of the island is notorious. But you shall judge for -yourself. To-morrow we will make our preparations, and on the following -day the steamer will sail with us from Tampa for Havana." - -Accordingly, all at the "Barn" were extremely busy, Hal even taking his -arm from the sling to lend a hand on occasion. By the second morning -their packing was completed, and, leaving the house in possession of a -negro caretaker, the party was driven away in the mule cart to the -harbor at Tampa. Three days later they sighted the coast of Cuba, the -biggest and one of the oldest of Spanish colonies in the West which -remained at that moment in the hands of Spain. - -"It is at once the finest and the most unfortunate island in these -seas," remarked Mr. Brindle to Hal and Gerald, as they gazed towards the -distant shore. "For years--I cannot at the moment recollect how -many--the bulk of the inhabitants have been in rebellion. Fighting has -taken place almost incessantly between the Spanish rulers and the native -population; and things have come to such a pass that ruin stares -everyone in the face. Planters and their laborers have had hard times -indeed, but I trust a brighter future is in store for us. America has -intervened between insurgents and Spaniards, and it seems that her -influence will avert further bloodshed, and peace and prosperity will -then return to this smiling land. I am sure I hope it will be so. -Personally I have not lost, though others have. But it is a long story, -lads, and I will reserve it for another time. Take a look through my -glasses, Hal, and tell me what you see." - -Mr. Brindle suddenly handed his field-glasses to Hal, and pointed -towards the harbor. - -"I see a big passenger boat in there," the latter said, after taking a -long and steady look. "She is lying against the quay, and close beside -her are two ships, which look like men-of-war--one flying Spanish -colors, and the other the Stars and Stripes of America." - -"Good! I thought so," Mr. Brindle exclaimed. "That vessel sailing -beneath the colors of Yankee land is the battleship _Maine_, and she is -here on a special visit, which it is hoped will cement a long friendship -between the two countries. Now, I fancy we had better go below and -prepare for dinner. The gong sounds in half an hour." - -By half-past eight that night, the ever-memorable 15th of February, -1898, the ship upon which Hal and his friends were passengers had -anchored in the harbor of Havana. On the upper deck, beneath the glare -of the electric light, they made a group that was interesting and -pleasing to the eye. - -Stretched in hammock chairs, Mr. Brindle cigar in mouth, and all dressed -in white, relieved in Dora's case by a sash of palest blue, they chatted -in low voices, now and again lapsing into silence and listening to the -sounds that came from other ships across the placid water and from the -dimly lit streets of the town. Some sailor lad aboard the _Maine_ was -delighting his fellows with banjo and song, and our hero and his friends -listened as if enchanted. - -"Ah, honey, my honey"--the words came clear and strong; then they died -down and became merged with the notes of the banjo, only to burst forth -again as the audience took up the chorus, and sent it swelling across -the harbor. - -"How nice it sounds! How peaceful!" exclaimed Mr. Brindle, thoughtfully. -"God grant that this visit from America to a Spanish port may settle -every squabble. I am sure braver and more agreeable fellows could not -have been sent; and if only the Dons are as friendly, all will be well. -Listen! How those lads love that song! They would sing it by the hour if -they were able. But there sounds the bugle, and away they go to their -hammocks. I think, Dora dear, that it is time you and Gerald also went -to your bunks. Remember, we have a long and tiring day before us -to-morrow, and you will be in need of all your energies. Now, off with -you! Hal and I will stay on deck a little longer, as I wish to speak to -him." - -The two young people looked somewhat disappointed, but strict obedience -being amongst their virtues, they said "good-night" and retired. - -"Now for a stroll, Hal," commenced Mr. Brindle. "I have much to say to -you, and you have a great deal before you, for which a little advice -given now will prepare you. Within three days we shall be at Eldorado, -and new duties and new faces will confront you. I want you to have some -knowledge of them beforehand, for it will be better if my overseer can -come to the plantation ready for any emergency. You will thus make a -better start, and will be held in higher estimation by the men. That is -the secret of plantation work. Respect yourself, show that you are -capable, fair, and strong, and the negro hands will be ready to obey you -in every particular." - -Mr. Brindle took Hal by the arm, and walked him up and down beneath the -awning. At length, having communicated to him all the information he -wished, he led the way aft, and the two leaned against the rails at the -stern of the ship. - -Havana, one of the oldest harbors in the West, lay wrapped in the black -mantle of night, dotted here and there by the riding light of some small -fishing schooner, bobbing gently to the swell which ran through the -harbor channel. Closer at hand were other lights, flashing, tier above -tier, from the state cabins of the _City of Washington_--a leviathan -which was filled to overflowing with passengers. She was a contrast to -the _Maine_, aboard which all those who had been so merry and -lighthearted seemed now fast asleep. But for her riding lights, and the -reflection from her gunroom, she was enveloped in darkness, into which a -flicker from her smoke-stacks sometimes flew, to disappear in a moment. -Not a sound came from her deck. All was still, and every soul beneath -her armor-plates, save the few who kept the watch, lay wrapped in -sleep--sleep, alas! to extend forever and ever, to hold them in its cold -embrace till the end of everything. - -What was that? Crash! A second or two's interval, and then a -nerve-shaking boom, an appalling explosion, a rush of flame into the -night, that lights up the surroundings for miles. And then? Ah, Heavens! -shriek upon shriek, the clatter of scattered wreckage and rent iron upon -quay and neighboring ships, and the hissing of flaming woodwork falling -into the sea. A minute before there floated as fine a vessel as ever -sailed from the shores of America, carrying, too, as gallant a crew as -ever shipped under the famous star-spangled banner. Where were they now? - -Clinging to the rail, stunned by the roar of the explosion, and dazed by -the suddenness of it all, Hal and Mr. Brindle looked at a heap of -flaring wreckage, and wondered what had happened. Then the explanation -burst upon them with a shock and a rush which almost unmanned them. - -"She has blown up! The _Maine_ has been smashed to pieces! How -dreadful!" exclaimed Mr. Brindle, in a breath. - -"Yes, something awful has happened," Hal answered. "Quick, sir; there -may be men to be saved. Let us help; everyone will be required, and we -may be of use. Come; I see them manning one of the boats." - -Without waiting for further conversation, he sprang towards the gangway, -followed closely by Mr. Brindle. - -"That's it! More lads for the work. Slip along down that 'ere gangway, -and get fixed up to your places," sang out a quartermaster, who stood on -the deck close to the ladder leading to the boat below. - -As cool as if nothing unusual had happened, he waited a few moments to -collect more men, and then hurried down to the boat in which Hal and Mr. -Brindle had taken their places. - -"Get hold of them there oars," he cried hoarsely. "Some of yer aer new -at the game, but yer can pull for what we want. There, shove her off, my -lad, and out oars all of yer. Bust me! aer some of yer goin' ter take -two weeks about it? Bustle yourselves! Aer yer ready? Then fetch hold of -your time from me. Now--pull--again--once more, my hearties--pull--at -it, lads--we are nearer--good boys--with a will;--pull ho--all -together--ah, steady there all." - -Never could an amateur crew have had a better coxswain. There was no -confusion, and no desperate hurry. Instead, coached by the -quartermaster, they sent the boat flying through the water, and before -they could have expected it, were close beside the _Maine_. - -"She's down by the head," cried Mr. Brindle, who sat next to Hal. "Keep -a look-out for any man in the water." - -"Aye, she's down, and will go more too," the quartermaster shouted. -"She's flaring like a torch, so I reckon we ought ter see any poor -feller who happens ter be about in need of help." - -Indeed, the bows of the _Maine_ were crushed into shapeless wreckage, -which was burning fiercely, the flames lighting up the whole of the -harbor. By this time, too, the death-like silence, which had fallen -immediately after the first cries for help, was broken by a roar of -frightened voices from the town. People rushed from their houses -demanding what had happened. Bells clanged the alarm, and the -fire-brigade turned out, ready for any emergency. And, meanwhile, every -ship in the harbor sent her boats on an errand of mercy, and soon the -sailors, who but a few short minutes before had been sleeping -peacefully, were being lifted from the water. But not all were there to -be helped; numbers of the poor fellows had sunk, others still slept--the -everlasting sleep--beneath the shattered plates of the _Maine_. - -"Look, there is one sailor," cried Mr. Brindle suddenly, pointing to a -figure struggling close beside the _Maine_, and seeming to be almost -enveloped in flame. "Quick, quartermaster; let us row in and rescue -him." - -"No; can't be done. It's hard ter say it, but it can't," was the curt -answer, given with a sad shake of the head. "That 'ere chap don't -scorch, because he's under water. We should, though. We'd be blistered -and dried like so many herrings. It's hard, sir, but it's out o' the -question." - -"Not quite," muttered Hal. "Hold on to my oar, Mr. Brindle. I'm going -for him." - -Next moment there was a splash, and he was overboard, swimming towards -the flaming wreck as strongly as though he had never suffered a wound on -his shoulder. A few lusty strokes took him close to the man, who by this -was spinning round and round in the water, wholly unconscious, and on -the point of sinking. His hand shot in the air, his fingers clutching -desperately, while his eyes seemed on the point of bursting from their -sockets. A sudden flare from the burning woodwork lit up the ghastly -scene, and showed the poor fellow's mouth wide open in the act of giving -vent to a cry for help. But just then the water swirled about him, -overflowing his face, and hiding all but the pair of hands, which still -grasped despairingly at the air. - -"I'll save him whatever happens," said Hal to himself, sinking for a -moment to escape the fierce heat of the flames, which burst forth -furiously from the deck and sides of the unfortunate _Maine_. He swam -beneath the water, and rising a minute later beside the man, grasped him -by the shoulders, and easily turned him upon his back. From that moment -all was plain sailing, for it was not for nothing that Hal had learned -to swim. Floating beside the drowning sailor, he kicked out with his -legs, and towed him towards the boat. Before he thought it possible they -were alongside, and were being hauled on board. - -"Good lad! You're one of the right sort!" sang out the quartermaster. -"There, sit right down and get hold of your wind. Perhaps yer'll be -wanting it again in a minute. Hillo! aint that another poor feller?" - -He shielded his eyes from the glare by placing his hand to his forehead, -and looked towards the _Maine_ once more. A piece of wreckage floated -into the light, and on it was seen another poor sailor, clinging for his -life. - -"Ah, there he aer! Can't yer see him, boys? He's right under the ship, -and she's scorching the life out of him." - -"Yes, he's too close to the fire again; and if we row in there we should -all be shriveled," remarked Hal, very quietly. "Here, I'm for it again, -so keep a look-out for me, quartermaster." - -Once more he slipped overboard, and, pursuing the same tactics, escaped -the heat by diving beneath the water. When he reached the plank upon -which the sailor was lying, it was to find him, like the other, -unconscious, and almost dead from the combined results of heat and -smoke. He did not trouble to take the man from the float, but pushed it -towards the boat, and in due time had the satisfaction of seeing him -lifted from the water with the aid of many willing hands. Then the boat -pulled round the flaming wreck, and, finding no one else in the water, -went beneath the stern, which was free of flames, and made fast to a -rope. - -"Now, right aboard, my hearties!" cried the quartermaster. "If there's -chaps blown into the sea, there's safe ter be a tidy few knocked silly -between the decks, and they'll want helping. Aer there any man aboard -this boat as feels like coming up? It's ticklish business, for this -craft has tons of powder in her magazines, and I reckon the fire'll soon -find it out. Aer anyone following?" - -He sprang at the rope ladder which dangled overboard, and swarmed up it, -followed by everyone who had accompanied him in the boat, save, of -course, those who had been rescued from the sea. - -"What, aer the whole crew of yer coming?" exclaimed the quartermaster. -"George, but yer aer the finest set of pards I ever come across! Every -blessed soul of yer itchin' ter get blow sky-high!" - -He waved to them, motioning to them to scatter in all directions, which -they did at once, diving below, and penetrating as far forward as the -heat would allow. - -"There is danger of the magazines exploding right aft here," Hal heard -someone exclaim in the calmest tones. "Say, men, who is for it? I want -six of the boldest and best." - -The voice, which was that of a young man, came from an officer standing -beside him. At the words a number of dark figures sprang forward from a -group occupied in lowering a boat, and Hal promptly pushed his way in -amongst them. - -"That's the way; and now for the buckets, boys," the officer who had -spoken first exclaimed. "Fill 'em up, and follow down below. Quick's the -word, for there isn't much time to lose." - -Grasping the rope attached to a wooden bucket, one sturdy sailor flung -it overboard, and soon filled a couple of others, which stood at his -feet, while four more were taken to a sea-cock close at hand. Hal -quickly possessed himself of one, and at once hurried below to the -magazine. - -"Hillo! and who's this?" the officer asked, stepping up to him and -lifting a lantern to his face. - -"I'm a volunteer from a ship alongside," Hal answered. - -"And a Britisher?" - -"Yes." - -"Good! Put it right there." The lieutenant shook him heartily by the -hand. - -A moment later the men threw open the magazine, in spite of the terrible -risk they ran, and flung the contents of their buckets upon the -explosives. Then they raced to the deck again for a fresh supply of -water, and did not cease from their arduous labors till all danger of -another explosion was at an end. - -Flinging his bucket away, Hal now made a tour of that part of the ship -which was not in flames. Then, having helped to lift three injured men -into the boat, he descended himself, and at the quartermaster's order -they returned to their own ship. A few minutes later, Captain Sigsbee, -the commander of the _Maine_, stepped sadly from her deck, and was rowed -away, the last living man to leave the terrible scene. - -As for Hal, he slipped into a fresh suit of clothes, and for hours -worked with the other passengers endeavoring to alleviate the sufferings -of the poor fellows brought aboard the ship. Then, tired out with his -labors, for he had taken a prominent and a large share in the work of -rescue, he retired to the upper deck, with Mr. Brindle, Gerald, and -Dora, and flung himself into a chair. But though utterly fatigued, he -was too horrified by the ghastly tragedy he had witnessed, and too -shaken by all that had happened in the past few hours, to be able to get -to sleep. It was out of the question, so that instead of going straight -to his bunk, he felt that he must stay in the open air, where he could -rest, and at the same time talk over the occurrence with his friends. - -"I've a weight here," he cried peevishly, striking himself on the chest. -"The horror of it all distresses me. What a terrible calamity!" - -"Aye, what a misfortune! What an inhuman deed!" replied Mr. Brindle, in -a voice which faltered in spite of himself. "Think of it; try to realize -the cruelty of it all. In the times of peace, in the cause of good-will, -and in the earnest attempt to bring alleviation of suffering to a -long-stricken people, the poor lads of my adopted country are cruelly -blown to pieces, sent into eternity at the very door of those who have -invited them. They came with nothing but friendship in their hearts, -expecting to meet with the same. The shock of the news will be felt from -east to west, and from north to south, and everywhere will be received -at first with incredulity, and later with loathing and scorn, for never -was such a dastardly deed committed." - -"Committed by whom? What do you mean?" asked Hal, in astonishment. "Do -you really think that the explosion was arranged--that it was not a pure -accident?" - -"I do; unhappily, I do," answered Mr. Brindle sternly. "How could it -have been otherwise? It is sad, far too sad for words, and I shall be -mistaken if to-night's work does not prove the cause of a war between -Spain and America." - -"But why war, Mr. Brindle? Had matters come to such a pass that the -destruction of the _Maine_ would set the countries at each other's -throats?" - -"Perhaps not that, Hal, for the aspect of affairs of late was distinctly -brighter. Still, I think I am right in saying that the wrath of the -American people will be so great when the news is known, that serious -trouble will be inevitable. But come, let us to our bunks. To-morrow we -will talk the matter over." - -"To our bunks, dad! I could not possibly sleep!" exclaimed Dora. - -"Nor I," chimed in Gerald. - -"And I must confess that I am too troubled and too disturbed to sleep," -said Mr. Brindle. - -"Then why not fill the time in till morning dawns by telling us about -this affair?" cried Hal. "We are all agreed that we cannot sleep; we -have done our utmost for those who suffered during or after the -explosion, and now we have nothing to do but to lounge here, and fume -and fret till to-morrow. Be kind to us, Mr. Brindle. Stir your memory, -and let us know the ins and outs of the whole story." - -"Well, I will; and if I try your patience, bear with me a little," -replied Mr. Brindle. "The quarrel is not of a day's making, nor does it -turn upon one single point. Cuba is the cause of it all, and as we are -here, perhaps no more fitting spot could be selected for a description -of the rebellion and bloodshed which have caused trouble between Spain -and America." - - - - -CHAPTER IX - -"THE EVER-FAITHFUL ISLAND" - - -Dressed in a clean suit of white, with wide-open waist-coat and expanse -of glossy shirt, the whole set off by a black evening bow, Mr. Brindle -stalked moodily up and down the deck for several minutes, his hands -thrust into his pockets, and his chin resting upon his chest. He was -evidently in deep thought, and Hal, with Dora and Gerald close at hand, -watched him curiously, wondering when he would commence to speak. - -"It is hard to know exactly where to start," he said at last, coming to -a stop in front of them, where he leaned against the ship's rail, and -producing a cigar, bit off the end with a nervous snap. "It is -difficult, I confess, to fulfill my promise. To begin with, I am shaken -by the horrible calamity we have witnessed to-night. My grief is great -and heartfelt for those poor fellows who have been so ruthlessly slain, -and loathing and contempt for the inhuman wretches who perpetrated the -ghastly deed are so much in my thoughts that I find it difficult to fix -my mind upon the subject before us, or grasp its details with sufficient -clearness to narrate them to you in lucid form. - -"Still, a promise is a promise, and I will therefore do my best to tell -you why there is bad blood between Spain and America, and why I fear war -in the immediate future. - -"Just fancy, this, the most beautiful, and once the most prosperous, of -Western isles, is still known in Spain as 'the ever-faithful island of -Cuba'! And yet there is scarcely a single Spaniard who is not conversant -with the true state of affairs, and is not very well aware that Cuba is -in revolt, and has been so for close upon fifty years. Go to the country -of the Dons and question her lower classes--I mean the poor people who -exist by tilling the soil, or earn a livelihood in factories or -workshops. I will answer for it that hundreds, aye, thousands even, -curse this fair isle, curse the government that rules it so evilly, and -the necessity that has called, and still calls, for their sons to go -across the seas and die, in the depths of jungle and morass. - -"Looking back as I do at this moment, I feel that all this suffering, -all this misery and heart-ache, are Spain's just reward. The great man -of Genoa, Christopher Columbus, who explored these Western seas in the -fifteenth century, would have passed by the lovely shores of this -gorgeous island and refused to annex it for his adopted king and queen, -if he had foreseen the future. - -"In those days a race of comely men and women, the Carib Indians, -inhabited the land, and their descendants might be here to-day had not -the lust for gold and riches led Spanish adventurers to disembark in the -hopes of satisfying their greed. As might have been expected, trouble -followed, and the better armed invaders hunted the Indians till they -were exterminated. That unnecessary bloodshed has cost Spain dear. She -occupied the island, and made it the headquarters of the African slave -trade. Little by little other people and races were attracted here, till -at the present moment the population amounts to about a million and a -half. Of these a third are negroes, and the remainder anything you -please to call them. You can pick from amongst the populace distinctive -races, whose color ranges from negro black to almost pure white. Of the -latter there are but few in the island, for even the proud old Castilian -families which came here years ago, and throve and made money by the -sweat of these imported negroes, are now no longer Spanish. Scarcely -one of their descendants but has some trace of African blood. - -"Of white inhabitants there are few, I said, and these are only -temporary residents. They come across the seas to Cuba with one object -in view, namely, to make money and return home at the earliest possible -date. They are mainly the military and officials, and it is from this -greed of theirs, from the careless, thoughtless rule which has allowed -matters to go anyhow, and from the gradual fall from bad to worse, that -the present trouble arises. Greed and the craving to be rich beyond the -dreams of avarice, obtained for Spain this lovely island, to the -misfortune of thousands of harmless Caribs; and the same vice has cost -her dear already in lives and treasure, and will demand much more, even -the loss of the land itself. - -"What can you expect? Put a puppet in command, far from observation, and -over a race which in his pride he deems utterly inferior to himself, and -he becomes a jack in office and an oppressor. I do not say, mind you, -Hal, that all rulers here have been unscrupulous; but many have, while -others who have been honest in their dealings have failed to bring -content to the people through sheer incompetence. You cannot -satisfactorily rule a conquered people unless you study their -prejudices. Give them some liberty, respect their customs if possible, -and their religion, if not harmful and barbarous, and you will make them -willing and contented subjects. - -"But you have the facts; the Cubans have been misgoverned. They have -been fleeced and ground down by their rulers, both civil and military, -and, as a natural consequence, they have become rebellious. - -"That was the position in 1850, when, following the example set by -Mexico, Chili, and Peru, and other western colonies of Spain which had -successfully revolted, the colored inhabitants of the island raised the -standard of revolution. They attacked their white masters, and galled -them by sudden and ugly rushes. When fighting in the forests and swamps -which are to be found everywhere, they poured a scathing fire into bands -of soldiers brought against them, and disappeared like ghosts, only to -return and harass the foe at the next opportune moment. - -"How long this particular revolt lasted it would be difficult to say, -but no doubt it dragged on for many months, subsiding here only to burst -forth elsewhere with redoubled fury. But end it did at length, and the -island enjoyed peace for a time. - -"Then once more the natives took up arms, and, while Spain strove to put -down a rebellion at home, had things much their own way, for the mother -country had her hands full. For ten long weary years that rebellion -lasted, and many a conscript from the fair land stretching from Pyrenees -to Mediterranean bit the dust in this far-away Spanish possession. - -"It is, perhaps, a coincidence that America in those days came into -conflict with Spain, so that war very nearly resulted, the cause of -quarrel being then, as now, aggravated and brought to a climax by an act -of peculiar cruelty. For in those days the condition of the poor natives -aroused the sympathy of Americans, many of whom, moreover, had already -settled in the island. Their pity took the form of substantial help, for -they dispatched various filibustering expeditions to Cuba, and thus -supplied the natives with arms and ammunition. Unhappily, a certain ship -known as the _Virginius_ was discovered attempting to land her cargo, -and failed to make good her escape. Capture was inevitable, but before -being taken by the Spanish gunboat, the Americans on board managed to -get rid of all their warlike stores. It made no difference, however, for -once landed at Santiago, little time was given for friends to intervene. -All were condemned to death; and as a preliminary, a number of Cubans -who formed part of the expedition were shot, their heads being severed -from their bodies by the mob, and paraded round the town. Fourteen were -executed on the following day, and others on the next, including the -commander of the expedition and other Americans. Then the butchery was -put a stop to by telegraphic orders. - -"But the mischief was done, and I ask you to think how you would have -felt had such a deed been perpetrated nowadays. I can assure you that -America cried loudly for retaliation, and war was only narrowly averted. - -"For ten years the insurrection flourished, subsiding in the winter to a -mere nothing, for then the Spanish troops were able to take active -measures to suppress it. In the summer, however, from May onwards, when -the rainy season commences, the insurgents had the best of the fighting. -Themselves immune from fever, and acclimatized, they could live and -fight in the 'manigua,' as the bush and swamp in the interior are named, -while the Spaniards were helpless. Drenched by constant tropical -downpours, and plodding along a narrow, irregular track which was thick -with mud, they were fired upon by unseen foes from the trees and jungle -on either hand. What use to charge into the thickness of the vegetation? -It was sheer suicide, for they were at once separated and split into -small parties upon which the Cubans fell with unspeakable fury, armed -always with a deadly chopping weapon, the 'machete.' - -"Cold steel did the grewsome work silently and mercilessly, sending many -a poor lad of Castile to his end. - -"Imagine the conditions for a moment, Hal, and you too, Gerald and Dora. -You all know what a thick forest is like, for the 'Barn' in Florida is -built in the midst of the jungle. Think what it must be to be weary with -trudging along a path thick with mud; to be footsore, drenched to the -skin, and hungry; and then to be wounded by some unseen hand. No wonder -that the Spanish troops died in their hundreds, poor lads! Scarcely able -to crawl themselves, was it wonderful that the transport of food and -ammunition was difficult? It was impossible, and I can tell you that, -though the cruel machete accounted for many, exposure, want, and disease -killed thousands more. - -"It was a wearisome rebellion, and it, too, died a natural death in -1878. - -"And now to bring you and my tale to more modern times. Following peace -came renewed prosperity, and with it myself, for it was then that I -purchased a plantation. As I became acquainted with the ins and outs of -the island life, I learned that the appearance of tranquillity was false -after all. Discontent was manifest everywhere, and matters were -beginning to wear an ugly look. Factions were openly at work stirring up -the people; and of these, one clamored for a system of home government -under Spanish guidance, while the other would have none of it, and -openly advocated a free Cuba--Cuba for its native people, exempt from -all interference. - -"I need not tell you that the haughty, careless officials who had come -from the home country formed another party, which sneered at all things -native, and, mindful of the fat purses to be made from their several -appointments, cried loudly for military rule, less consideration and -less conciliation, and, as a change, a tighter grip of the hand which -had already cost Spain so dear. - -"It is wasting breath to recount what happened. Of course, discontent -grew to active rebellion, till the island was once more swept by fire -and sword. To describe every detail of this new insurrection would be -wearisome, for it has dragged on ever since, and not once has there been -anything in the way of a battle. Minor skirmishes have been the order -of the day; in fact, it has simply been guerrilla warfare. - -"On the Spanish side the main scheme has been to divide the island into -three parts, and so separate the rebels. For this purpose two continuous -lines of forts, called 'trochas,' have been constructed. They stretch -from north to south, cutting Cuba into three long strips. You will see -one as we drive from Santiago to our destination, but I may tell you -that they are of enormous strength, that a double fence of barbed wire -protects a road cut through the jungle, and that along the latter -innumerable forts have been erected, while a railway stretches from end -to end. - -"But these trochas have proved almost useless. The enormous force at the -disposal of the general is swamped in garrisoning them, while the -mortality is very high. And the insurgents are more active than ever. -Trains are blown up with dynamite, the trochas cut, and the men in the -forts forever harassed. - -"And now I come to the stage in the rebellion which is the real cause of -trouble with America. Determined to conquer, the insurgents have adopted -the custom of burning the villages, so as to force those who were -wavering, or who were faint-hearted, to throw in their lot with them. In -addition, they have taken to destroying plantations, thus depriving the -working classes of the means of livelihood. This naturally led to much -misery and hardship, but the condition was as nothing when compared with -that produced by the Spanish general, Weyler, who now came on the scene. -Finding that the peaceful laborer of to-day was the insurgent of -yesterday, he ordered all living in the country to come into the towns, -a concentration order excellent in its intentions, but heartlessly -carried out. Thousands were congregated together and starved--literally -and actually starved. There was no method in feeding them and looking -to their well-being. The Spanish authorities had made utterly inadequate -provision for them, and as a consequence they sickened and died in their -thousands. - -"And there you have the cause of trouble between Spain and America. My -adopted brethren have warm hearts beneath a calm exterior, and their -sympathy for the poor Cubans is deep. They resent this perpetual -bloodshed occurring so close to their coast as a slur upon their -humanity; and they demand, for the sake of all, that it be put a stop -to. Correspondence has passed between the governments, and seeing that -America means business, Spain has promised to amend, and do her utmost -to end the sad condition of affairs. As an assurance of the truth of her -words and the honesty of her intentions, she has dispatched a warship to -New York, and the unfortunate _Maine_ was here on a similar friendly -errand. - -"And she was blown up by a mine. There were two definite and distinct -explosions: the first produced beneath the keel of the ship, and the -second in her forward magazine. That is my opinion, and others share it. -I am sorry even to think it possible, and I say now, that it is my firm -belief that Spaniards in general are too honorable, too chivalrous to -attempt such a dastardly deed. But there are black sheep in every flock, -and some inhuman scoundrel has this night sent numbers of his fellow-men -to an untimely end, and at the same time has, in all probability, -plunged two countries into war, the ultimate consequences of which one -cannot even dream of." - -"But why should you think so, Mr. Brindle?" Hal asked eagerly. "I know -that the blowing up of a steamer is an unusual occurrence, but still it -has happened before to-night, and why not again? Accidents come when -least expected." - -"True, Hal; but in the chapter of mishaps likely to befall a -war-vessel, explosion of the magazine is almost unknown, save in -battle-time. What are the conditions now? We are at peace, and I who -know the spirit of discipline in the American Navy can tell you that the -same careful look-out and the same precautions are taken in everyday -life as during a war scare. It is a strict rule of the service that the -officer on watch shall inspect the ship at a certain hour at night, and -report all lights dowsed, and magazines in a safe condition. It was done -this very night, you may be sure; and see what follows! The men we have -rescued say that they were awakened by a violent shock, and that a -second and more powerful one threw them from their hammocks. We, too, -noticed the same, and I can swear to it that the first sent a column of -water into the air, while the second shattered the forward portion of -the _Maine_ to fragments. - -"I fear it must be the case," said Hal, after a few thoughtful minutes; -"and I suppose that the next item of news will be that war is declared." - -"Yes, almost without doubt; and it should be so, then all my plans will -be altered. I must get through to Eldorado, to see that the plantation -and hacienda are safe, and then I shall probably send Dora and Gerald -back to Tampa. No, don't try to dissuade me," he cried, lifting a -warning finger as they both began to expostulate. "I shall take time to -come to a decision, and it must be considered as final. - -"And now let me tell you of another matter which concerns you, Hal, more -than the others. You bear the mark of a bullet on your shoulder, and -shall learn what I have hitherto kept from you. The scoundrel whom you -heard addressed as Señor Capitan is no less a person than Captain José -d'Arousta, a gentleman of very evil reputation. I may inform you that he -came to the island many years ago--quite twenty, I should imagine--when -only a lad; that his father had a position under the government; and -that the man of whom we are speaking first disgraced him by his riotous -living, and then broke his heart by marrying a half-breed girl. Poor -thing! she was too good by far for such a reckless fellow. She owned a -plantation, and I need scarcely tell you that he quickly ran through her -ready money, and then all that could be possibly raised upon the estate. -What happened to her later I do not know, but he became captain of an -irregular Spanish band near Santiago, and rumor reports that his -cruelties made him hated by insurgents and friends alike. I know that he -burnt down plantations wholesale, and that if one wished to escape, it -was necessary to bribe him with large sums of money. I paid heavily at -first for my immunity, and then, tired of his constant threats, I one -day horsewhipped him before all the hands, and afterwards defied him; -but I was careful at once to organize a band of armed men, to keep a -watch over the plantation and house. - -"Money seems to José d'Arousta a dire necessity, for that is the class -of man he is. He even thought it worth his while to come to Tampa, -knowing well that he would not easily relieve me of my valuables in the -island. You foiled him, and I warn you solemnly, Hal, beware of the -fellow. He possesses that love of vengeance and ferocity common to his -race, and he will surely repay you when he has an opportunity. Therefore -take care, and as the times are unsettled I advise you to arm yourself -at once with a revolver. Carry it in a hip pocket, and use it if your -life is threatened." - -"I will," Hal answered quietly. "I am not afraid of the fellow, but he -looked a nasty customer, and it is always best to be on the safe side. -If he happens to knock up against me, he will be less inclined to -quarrel when he sees that I am armed." - -"Quite so, and I am glad you fall in with my views," said Mr. Brindle. -"Gerald, too, while at the hacienda, had better carry a weapon, while I -am sure that the three of us will be easily able to defend Dora from all -harm." - -"That we will!" Hal blurted out enthusiastically; and then, seeing Mr. -Brindle smother a knowing smile, he became suddenly silent. - -But Dora heard, and presently, when her father's head was turned, she -flashed our hero a grateful glance from her eyes, which seemed to say, -"Yes, I am sure you would do all that was possible"; a message which Hal -must have appreciated, for he tingled strangely from head to foot. - -"By George!" he murmured, as he lay back in his chair and conjured up -the dark, forbidding features of José d'Arousta, "I would smash the -beggar into little pieces if he even attempted to harm one of my -friends." Then his lips tightened, and his fingers gripped the arm of -the chair. - -"Thinking of our acquaintance, the railway thief, I'll be bound," said -Mr. Brindle suddenly, looking critically at Hal. "All the better, my -boy. Take my warning to heart, and beware of the Spaniard as you would -of the plague. He is a rogue, and is not to be trusted. If you should -chance to meet him, and see him put his hand in his pocket, cover him -with your revolver. And if Pedro, his accomplice, is with him, be doubly -cautious; for here, in Cuba, they are capable of any atrocity, knowing -well that, owing to the unsettled condition of the island, they can defy -the law. Indeed, I more than suspect that they are the head of a gang of -desperadoes who rob both insurgents and Spaniards, and care for one side -as little as they do for the other. But, dear me! this has been a very -long yarn, and I am tired. What do you all say to a short rest in our -bunks? Dawn will break in a couple of hours." - -He yawned loudly and rubbed his eyes, as if to drive the sleep out of -them. - -"Come," he continued, "we have done all that is possible for these poor -fellows from the man-o'-war. Let us sleep and prepare for to-morrow." - -Hal, Dora, and Gerald also were feeling tired and sleepy; therefore, -rising from their seats, they took another look at the wrecked and -half-submerged _Maine_, which was now burned at the for'ard part to the -water's edge, while sheets of flame still belched upwards from the -after-decks, and sent columns of dark smoke into the air. Then, with a -sigh for the poor lads who had met their fate that night, they shook -hands silently and descended to their cabins, where all four were soon -wrapped in sleep. - - - - -CHAPTER X - -A SUDDEN ATTACK - - -When Hal and his friends appeared on deck on the morning following the -disaster to the _Maine_, the city of Havana was in mourning. Shops, -exchanges, and public offices were closed, while flags hung half-mast -from the poles on all big buildings, and from the tops of the shipping -in the harbor. Projecting from the water a hundred yards away was the -half-submerged wreck, now blackened and unsightly, and covered with a -pall of dense smoke. - -Ashore the hospitals were crowded to overflowing, and surgeons were -still busily at work, amputating mangled limbs, and doing their utmost -for the sufferers; for more than half the ship's company had been either -killed or sadly injured. Even then the news had reached America, and -peaceful cities, opening their morning papers, read with a shock of the -terrible calamity. Away in the country districts, farmers and cowboys -learned the tidings some hours later. It was flashed east and west -across the wires. The dire event was discussed in every drawing room, in -hotels, restaurants, and cars. Men whispered the news to comrades as -they descended in the cages to the deep levels of coal-mines, while -others shouted it from the foot-plates of outgoing trains, as they -steamed through the stations. And everywhere there was but one thought. -Punishment must be meted out to the nation which had caused the -disaster. Oh, yes, it was a crime. Not a man but knew it, though the -bare facts had hardly reached him. There had been foul play, and the -villains who had been guilty of it must pay. - -On the part of the government, arrangements were at once made for a -Board of Inquiry to sit at Havana, and for the wreck to be examined by -divers. The report, which could not possibly be issued for many a day to -come, was awaited with feverish impatience, many of the hotter-blooded -people of the States demanding instant war with Spain, and an -examination and explanation afterwards. - -In Havana, nothing could have been more marked than the sorrow of the -Spanish. They grieved for the unfortunate seamen, but there was no -treachery, they vowed; and those who saw them on that day were confident -that if the explosion had been previously arranged, it was by some -miscreant who acted for himself, and against the wishes of the people. - -And in this position the two nations must be left while we follow our -friends to the hacienda. - -"The train departs at midday," said Mr. Brindle, when they were -collected at breakfast. "We will disembark in an hour's time, and make a -few purchases in the town. Then we will get on board the cars, and, with -luck, shall be at the hacienda in three days' time." - -Accordingly, they packed their baggage and embarked in the boat which -Hal and Mr. Brindle had helped to man on the previous night. By noon -they were comfortably in the train, the intervening hours having been -employed in buying provisions, and in obtaining revolvers and ammunition -for the three men of the party. - -"We shall want them more than ever now," said Mr. Brindle, slipping his -weapon into a hip pocket which had been specially contrived for the -purpose. "As soon as we reach Eldorado, I will get one of the negro -women to make similar receptacles for you two lads, for it is as well -to keep these toys out of sight till the critical moment arrives." - -Three days later they descended from the cars at a wayside station some -miles from Santiago, and in a beautiful part of the island. Mounting -mules, they left their baggage in charge of two of the plantation hands, -and before long reached the hacienda, of which Mr. Brindle had not -boasted when he declared that it was the most lovely in all Cuba. And -now Hal's duties commenced in earnest. - -"You are to be my right-hand man, remember that," exclaimed his kindly -employer a day or so later. "You will live with us, of course, and will -be considered as one of the family. Early in the morning I ride round -the place, which is some miles in extent; and I shall expect you to -accompany me. Then, during the day, you will be about the place, and -will look in here and there. The cane is now ripe for cutting, and we -shall have our hands full with it in a matter of two weeks. Then the -tobacco crop is unusually promising, and we shall have to harvest it -immediately after the cane. Now, as to workmen. The majority of my hands -are negroes, whom I imported from the estate in Florida. They are -reliable, honest men, who look to me as to a father. I treat them well, -and they reward me by being obedient and working hard. They are -re-enforced by a few local natives; but I have purposely employed very -few of the latter, for they are discontented, idle fellows, and since -the insurrection started, there is never any knowing when they may be -off with their brethren. Ah, here is Black Peter, my foreman, a faithful -fellow, who has spent many years in my service. Pete, this is my -overseer, and from to-day you will treat him as myself, and will take -your orders from him." - -The negro thus introduced was a white-haired man of over fifty. He -looked Hal critically up and down, and then doffed his ragged cap. - -"Sar, you my master from right away," he said simply. "What you say I -do, and de oders follow Pete." - -"That's good," Hal replied, smiling and stretching out his hand, an -offer which the negro at once responded to by shaking it heartily. - -"Now that you know each other, we will make a round," exclaimed Mr. -Brindle. "How has everything gone on in my absence, Pete?" - -"Velly fine, massa. Crops him big and plenty, and boys working, oh, so -hard! Dey say de weather fine, so do all we can. Come winter and de rain -and we take him easy, and sleep and smoke till de heart am full." - -"That's your way, is it?" answered Mr. Brindle, with a laugh. "Well, -work now is the motto, for when the winter comes there is little to be -done. One thing, though, tell all the men to keep their eyes open. -You'll remember the Spaniard? He may come our way again, and if he does, -it would be bad for us. Do you follow me, Pete?" - -The negro nodded his head vigorously, and went off promising to warn the -other hands. Mr. Brindle then took his overseer on a tour of the -plantations, returning by way of the machinery sheds, which occupied a -central position, and which were to be Hal's special care. - -Each one of the laborers as they came up to him dropped the implement he -was using, and, unslinging a rifle carried across his back, raised it to -his shoulder in salute. - -"That is a sign of the times," said Mr. Brindle. "I have been so often -threatened, particularly by that amiable fellow José d'Arousta, that I -have found it advisable to arm my negroes. They are all drilled and -instructed in the use of their weapons, and I fancy would fight -staunchly if it came to a struggle. Fortunately, however, we have been -left severely alone, though we must never relax our vigilance, -particularly now that war is imminent. But come along and see the sheds -in which we dry the tobacco leaf. If all goes well I shall make a -fortune this summer, for the ground has been fertile, and the crops are -of excellent quality." - -As the days passed, Hal found little cause to grumble at the position he -had taken. In the house he was at once at home, and, indeed, was just -like one of the family. In the plantations he found that the negroes -respected him, and did what he told them willingly. Over the mulattoes, -too, he seemed to have perfect command, and seldom had cause to find -fault with them. Once, however, he discovered a burly, impudent fellow -ill-treating a mule, and promptly dismissed him, Mr. Brindle heartily -approving of the course he had taken. The man left uttering threats, -saying that before long he would return with some of his comrades, and -burn the hacienda down. - -Meanwhile, little of the squabble between America and Spain was heard -of. - -Two months later, as Hal and Gerald were returning from a distant part -of the plantation, they were startled by a figure suddenly emerging on -to the track in front of them. The man darted from the trees which grew -thickly on either side, and waved his arms wildly. It was evening, and -the darkness was so great beneath the leaves that it was not easy to see -him; but Gerald called Hal's attention to him. - -"Hist, massa! Am dat Massa Hal?" a voice called softly through the -darkness. - -"Yes. What is it? What is the matter?" Hal asked eagerly. - -"Gently, boss; not speak so high. Me take Johnson, and come along to -tell you dat massa and de missie am troubled." - -"Mr. Brindle and Dora? Impossible!" exclaimed Hal. "Why, you must be -dreaming, for we left them in the hacienda having tea not two hours -ago." - -"Yes, sar, and bad men watch de boss and young massa ride away. Den, as -Jake work in field, he see first one and den twenty men ride across to -house. He see Black Pete run to call de boys, and hear de rifle go -crack, crack, crack! Pete, him lie over dere so quiet on his face, and -two ob de boys wid him. Oders make run into trees and hide, so not get -hit wid bullet." - -"Yes; and then, what occurred?" asked Hal eagerly, springing at the same -moment from his saddle. "What did these ruffians do next? Quick! The -safety of the boss and his daughter depend upon my hearing at once." - -"Dey laugh at Black Pete as he lie dere," continued the negro. "Den dey -fire again into de trees, and ride on to de house. Jake him lie in bush -and t'ink. Him say to himselb, 'De bad men am come to take all. Dey not -find de young boss, and dey wait to shoot him when him come along. Me -stop dat. Me go along right now and find de massa Hal, and tell him. -Den, p'raps, all come right.' Me run dis way, and when me see you and de -young massa riding along, me hop on to de path, and shout and wave de -arm. Oh, sar, get back quick and kill dem all! Jake willing to help and -do what him can." - -The good fellow lifted his hands as if beseeching, and looked -appealingly into Hal's face. - -"You have done very well, Jake, and I shall remember," said Hal. "These -men have evidently been here some time, and the trees on the plantation -must have prevented us from hearing the firing. But, in any case, I -don't suppose these ruffians, whoever they are, would care much who -heard, for we are right away from civilized parts, and have no -neighbors, while they are in force, and have driven the hands away. No -doubt they feel perfectly secure, for the hacienda is so far from -Santiago that they would have done all they wished and cleared away -before we could get help. No; we can expect no one to intervene, and -must act for ourselves." - -"But how? What can we do?" asked Gerald in dismay. - -"Do? That is a difficult question to answer on the spur of the moment, -old boy. But this is certain, we must make a move, and that at once, for -these fellows have already shown that they mean to stop at nothing. They -have fired at, and apparently killed, some of the hands. There is no -saying to what extent they might carry their bullying. We must stir up -the men, and turn them out as soon as possible. Let me think a moment. -Yes; there are thirty armed negroes. Some of them have probably never -seen the gang who fired at their friends, for they will have been on the -other side of the plantation, at work in the fields. But you may be sure -that they will now be on the _qui vive_; for though we failed to hear -the shots, the hands are too old, and have had too good a training to -make any mistake. Their hearing is far more acute than ours, and -everyone knows what wonders they are at tracking, and at following a -trail in the dark. Of the thirty, three are killed or wounded. That -leaves twenty-seven, and with such a number we ought to be able to -accomplish something. Listen, Jake. Run off as fast as you can, and tell -the boys to collect at the crushing shed. How long will it take you to -find all of them?" - -"P'raps quarter hour, p'raps longer, sar," the negro answered quickly. -"But Jake him know a little ting. Him make sounds dat all de boys know. -Dey hear and follow wid de same, so's oder boys know. Me be in hurry, -boss. You see how quick me hab dem all, ebery one." - -He turned, and, without another word, dived into the forest, leaving Hal -and Gerald listening to the crash of the underwood as he forced his way -through. - -"Of course, it is absolutely impossible to know what has happened, and -equally difficult to determine what to do," said Hal thoughtfully. "But -I think our best plan will be to creep towards the house, and see what -these men are doing. Then we may learn how matters stand, and can -arrange our plans accordingly. If they know the plantation, and all -about it, they will certainly be on the look-out for us on our return. I -fancy if we went forward without taking the precaution to remain silent -and in hiding, we should be greeted with a bullet, for they evidently -care little what murder they do. Walk softly, old fellow, and keep a -careful watch ahead, and your ears wide open. I am not anxious to get -shot again; and besides, I want to turn the tables on these marauding -rascals, and teach them a lesson which they will not be likely to forget -in a hurry." - -He looked calmly at Gerald, and then, motioning him to follow, led the -way along the track. Soon he came to a path which was almost invisible, -for it was so little used that the jungle which grew closely around the -hacienda had obliterated it, just as it would have overrun the tobacco -fields and the clearings meant for the cultivation of cane, if constant -and arduous labor with the machete did not keep it down and within -strict bounds. But Hal knew the path, for he was now well acquainted -with the ins and outs of the whole plantation. Pressing forward, and -closely followed by Gerald and by the two mules, he pushed the creepers -and vegetation to one side, and rapidly approached the neighborhood of -the hacienda. Soon the trees opened, and judging that he was near the -central clearing which surrounded Eldorado, he came to a halt, and -turned to his young friend. - -"You stay here and look after the mules, Gerald," he said, in a voice -that showed no trace of excitement. "I'll do a little prospecting. -Remember that your father's safety depends as much on your caution as -on anything I may do." - -"Right; you can trust me, old boy," answered Gerald, taking the reins -and seating himself at the feet of the mules. "I'll stay here as quiet -as a mouse, and will keep the animals beside me. They will be too busy -eating these green leaves to care to proclaim their presence by -whinnying to their friends." - -"Then I'll get off," and suiting the action to the word, Hal started -once more along the path. A hundred yards farther on it suddenly emerged -into the clearing, close beside a large outhouse used as a stable for -the many mules kept to work on the plantation. As Hal approached this -building, he heard voices, and at once turned into the forest, and crept -forward amongst the trees till he was close enough to hear all that was -said. Thirty mules were tethered in the shed, and some men were feeding -them. All were natives of the island save two, who seemed to be in -charge. They chatted volubly with one another, and seemed to be highly -pleased. But, though Hal strained his ears, he could make nothing of the -conversation, for the men were speaking in Spanish. Lying close to the -edge of the forest, he watched them for ten minutes or more, wondering -what to do. To attempt to reach the hacienda would have been foolhardy -and quite impossible, for it was sixty yards away, and several armed men -were marching up and down in the clearing, evidently having been told -off as a guard. - -"I shall have to wait till it is dark, that is all," he murmured. "To -try to get over to the hacienda just now would be simply to give myself -into the hands of these ruffians, and throw all chances of rescue away. -Of course, if we can get hold of the hands, we could shoot every one of -these fellows down, just like so many birds. But would that do any good -to our friends--to--er--Dora? I wonder who they are? The fact that -there are Spaniards with the gang makes it look as though they were not -insurgents. And yet there are natives too. Perhaps they are servants; -and I shall be greatly surprised if our old enemy, José d'Arousta, and -his rascally accomplice, Pedro, do not turn out to be the ringleaders. I -know that this is the kind of band they have been working with. -Irregulars they are called. Scoundrels every one of them, I should say. -Hallo! Who are these?" - -At this moment two men, whip in hand, and with rifles slung across their -shoulders, descended the stone steps from the balcony of the hacienda, -and sauntered across the clearing. They stopped in front of the first of -the Spanish sentries, and questioned him closely, allowing Hal at the -same moment a clear view of their faces, for they stood in the glare of -a fire of logs which burnt close at hand. - -One was the rascally captain of irregulars who had made good his escape -when attempting to steal the bag on board the train in Florida. Beside -him, as might have been guessed, was Pedro, smoking the inevitable -cigarette. Even then, as he conversed with the sentry, he was in the act -of rolling another, his nimble fingers twisting the paper with a -dexterity which showed how accustomed they were to the work. As Hal -looked, the two men laughed loudly, as if enjoying an excellent joke, -and walked towards the shed. - -"As I thought," exclaimed Hal, in a low voice. "It is those two -ruffians, and, I suppose plunder and revenge have brought them here. -What are they saying, I wonder?" - -José d'Arousta, now without a beard, and looking handsome and debonair -in a planter's suit and high riding-boots, conversed volubly with Pedro, -and was undoubtedly in the best of spirits. Then he turned and addressed -the natives, giving them some orders in a sharp voice. - -"It is just as well to let them know who is their master," he said, -suddenly using English. "In these times, when Spain seems to have more -and more trouble heaped upon her shoulders, these dogs get uppish and -want careful handling. No doubt they wonder what we are doing here. Of -course, they know that it is one of our usual expeditions; but do they -suspect anything more? Up to this they have been only lukewarm adherents -of their brethren in the island, and have not objected to a little -burning here and there, for they are making money out of it. But if they -were to suspect that you and I have our own private objects in view -there would be trouble. Remember, Pedro, we are Spanish irregulars. Now, -about this dog of an Englishman. What has been done to capture him?" - -"If he escapes us he will be clever," answered his companion. "We know -that he and the boy will return by a certain path. Thirty paces from the -clearing two of our men are posted. They are natives, and are armed with -the machete. The boy will be taken to the hacienda, and the other will -stay. Yes, Señor Capitan, your orders will be followed in that respect," -he added significantly. "That foolish young man who upset our well-laid -plans in Florida will disappear, for these black fellows are masters of -the art." - -"And what if the mice refuse to walk into your trap?" asked the other. -"How do you know that they have not already taken the alarm, and made -the best of their way to Santiago?" - -"The better for one if they have, Señor Capitan; but it will not be the -case. The young English fool will not desert his friends. See how he -supported them in Florida, when he might easily have lain in his bunk -and feigned sleep. But he must needs spring up, and come to the rescue, -only to receive a bullet. He will act in the same manner this time, and -he will suffer death. Madmen must be treated as madmen when they become -dangerous to one's safety. But we shall soon know. We will give them a -little time longer, and then, if the boy is not brought to the hacienda, -I myself will go down this small pathway till it cuts into the larger -one. There I will stay, and hide amongst the bushes. If in an hour I do -not come to tell you that I have seen them, you may be sure that they -have ridden for the town. That would be unfortunate, for we have a score -to pay to the Englishman, and it would mean more trouble on another -occasion. But, should they have escaped us, we need not fear surprise, -for Santiago is far away, and it will be to-morrow morning before they -could return with help." - -"Not even then," said José d'Arousta, with a sneer. "To whom are they to -apply for help? No one would listen to the beggarly Englishman, for are -not they the same as Americans? At any rate, their sympathies are with -these enemies of Spain. We will rest here, take all the money we can lay -our hands on, and then return leisurely, conscious that we have done a -piece of excellent work. If there should be trouble, we have hosts of -friends to prove that we were in Santiago when the attack was made upon -the hacienda. You may be sure that the matter would be dropped at once, -for the commandant in Santiago has sufficient on his hands already -without caring to be troubled about such a trumpery affair. Yes; I have -no fears. We will take our ease, and depart with all the gold we can -find." - -"Leaving the hacienda in flames, señor?" the half-caste asked eagerly. - -"No, certainly not. There you show yourself sadly wanting in thought, -Pedro," José d'Arousta replied, with a grim smile. "Our friends defied -us once before; they escaped us in Florida, and now we have them in our -toils. But, remember, the crops are just gathered and stored, and very -shortly money will be received in exchange. We will leave the hacienda -for another time, Pedro. Do you follow me? We will take the very last -dollar now by force, returning on a later occasion for a second haul. If -we are not satisfied then, it will be easy to set a torch to the -hacienda, which is the pride of Señor Brindle's heart." - -"Ha, ha, ha! That is good, Señor Capitan. It is fine!" Pedro answered, -with a snigger. "Of course, we will leave him for another day's sport." - -They walked away towards the hacienda, leaving Hal boiling with wrath -and indignation. - -"Rob him now and come again, will they!" he muttered angrily. "We will -see about that. The Brindles have been more than good to me, and I will -do my utmost for them in return. At any rate, I will put a spoke in José -d'Arousta's wheel this time. Now, how is it to be done? I'll slip back -and talk it over with Gerald, for he is sharp, and may very well be able -to help." - -He crept into the darkness of the forest, and, emerging at length upon -the path again, he crawled away from the clearing as rapidly as -possible. - -"Hallo! Is that you?" exclaimed Gerald, starting to his feet as Hal -suddenly rose by his side, having given absolutely no evidence of his -approach. "Bother you, old man, you made my heart jump into my mouth. -'Pon my word, you are a regular Red Indian, and I am sure that one of -our hands could not have done better. But what have you learned?" - -"A good deal, Gerald. Take a seat there on the ground and listen." - -Hal seated himself beside his young companion, and rapidly told him all -that had passed between José and Pedro. - -"There, you know all," he said at last. "Just stir your brains and tell -me what we are to do. We have a number of reckless men to deal with; -that you can plainly perceive, for they do not hesitate to arrange for -my murder. On our side we can count on twenty-seven negroes, who are -faithful, and who will fight if well led, but who, negro-like, may run -away if someone does not show them an example." - -"Then why not surround the hacienda and open fire?" said Gerald, -eagerly. - -"And lose control of our men at once. No; that would not do," Hal -answered quietly. "Besides, what would those villains do in such -circumstances? I tell you, Gerald, they are brutal enough to kill their -captives. Now, look here; our men will fight, if collected together so -as to feel one another's support. I have a little plan to propose which -I think will settle matters satisfactorily. We are in the minority, and -our men are on foot. If we push this gang of ruffians they will fight -hard, and we shall not gain our end, which is the rescue of your father -and Dora, and of the money in the hacienda. I suggest that we make it -impossible for them to take their mules. That will be a simple matter, -for we have only to post the negroes beside the shed. Then we will cover -the guards who are on watch in the clearing, and will order them to -decamp. After that we will deal with the ringleader. Now, old boy, will -you command the firing party?" - -"Rather! Of course! But what about you, Hal? What will you be doing?" -asked his companion. - -"I am going to set the ball rolling, if possible," answered Hal calmly. -"José d'Arousta's head man is bent upon searching for me. We will -capture the gentleman, and make so free as to undress him. Then I will -take his place, and while he fumes and rages, will march as bold as -brass into the hacienda." - -"What? You are joking, Hal!" exclaimed Gerald, aghast at the boldness of -the idea. "You would be shot for a certainty. You cannot mean it." - -"Oh, yes, I do," Hal replied quietly. "And I can assure you that the -risk is far more imaginary than real. Think it over. It is getting dusk -already, and, dressed exactly like Pedro, I walk into the hacienda. The -other ruffian will almost certainly be alone, and I shall have the -advantage of him, for I shall take him by surprise. Do you mean to tell -me that I shall not be a match for such a man?" - -Hal's eyes glinted strangely in the gloom, and, glancing at him, Gerald -was surprised to find that his usually smiling face had assumed a most -severe and determined look. - -"By Jove, you will, of course," he blurted out, extending his hand to -grasp Hal's and shake it. "A match for the fellow! Of course you will -be! But it's risky--awfully risky, and I don't like the thought of your -going alone." - -"And I don't care to think what may be happening meanwhile," said Hal -earnestly. "That brute will be insulting and ill-treating everyone. -Bully is written on his face as well as thief. Do you care to think that -Dora may be insulted by such a man?" Hal jumped to his feet, and asked -the question hotly. - -"Good Heavens, no!" Gerald answered. - -"Then don't try to dissuade me. If someone who is armed were not near at -hand when shooting commenced, José d'Arousta might do something -desperate; but with my revolver pointed at him he will be more cautious. -Now, look here. You cut over to the crushing-shed and bring the negroes -across. Take the mules with you in case their whinnying should be heard -and give the alarm. I'll stay here and look out for Pedro. Now, hurry -up, for I want some help to capture that fellow." - -Promptly grasping the reins, Gerald hurried away, and returned some -minutes later with the whole force of natives. - -"Now, Jake," said Hal, selecting the negro who had first brought the -alarm, "send twenty of the hands up this path to the clearing, and let -them lie down amongst the trees in sight of the shed. If they hear -anyone approaching, they are to slip aside and allow him to pass, -signaling down here to let us know. Let me think. Yes; there is a marsh -down in the hollow, so it shall be the croak of a frog. You understand? -We are to be warned whenever anyone approaches; and, by the way, see -that rifles are unloaded. Triggers get pulled too easily, and might give -the alarm." - -Jake hurriedly carried out the order, and disappeared down the pathway. - -"I want two more to cut into the forest and stalk a couple of ruffians -who are watching the other path," said Hal. "They must be careful how -they approach, for the men I speak of are in hiding. When they discover -the whereabouts of the sentries they must load and be ready for -emergencies, and when they hear the others moving off, must shout at the -two they are covering, and order them away. If the rascals show fight, -they are to be dropped instantly. - -"Now, you others," he continued, turning to the five who remained, "one -of the leaders of the gang which has attacked the hacienda will come -along this path. You will lie in wait for him, and capture him, for I -want his clothes. If he is troublesome, you must silence him, for any -sound now would ruin our plans. - -"That is all arranged, and we will step on one side," he went on, moving -away from the group, and drawing Gerald after him. "You see, it isn't -that I don't like the job of tackling this beggar--I owe him one, and -shall be glad to repay it; but the negroes will do it without a sound, -whereas we might bungle it, and bring the whole crew down upon us. Ah, -down on your knees! I heard the signal. Yes; there it is again." - -They hastily concealed themselves, and, crouching low in the forest, -heard first the hoarse croaking of a frog, and then the unmistakable -sound of footsteps approaching. - - - - -CHAPTER XI - -A BOLD COURSE - - -Out from the dense maze of bushes and trees came Pedro, the half-breed -ally of José d'Arousta, picking his way gingerly along the narrow -footpath, and evidently listening acutely for any sounds that might -betray the position of an enemy, and the unwary approach of the -Englishman whom he hoped to kill. A moment before he had been shrouded -in gloom, for the sun was already fast setting, and the roof of leaves -overhead cast a deep shadow upon everything beneath. Suddenly, however, -he came into clear view, and Hal and Gerald, who were crouching within -five or six paces of him, saw him distinctly. - -Click! An excited negro pulled back his trigger in readiness, and Pedro, -hearing the sound, stood suddenly still, rooted to the spot, and -listening with all his ears. For more than a minute a death-like silence -reigned, while the half-caste peered into the forest, doubtful whether -to advance or retire. Prudence told him to hasten back to his friends, -for the young fellow he was in search of had already proved that he was -capable of looking well after himself. But fierce longing for revenge, -the feeling that this was an opportunity not to be missed--one, too, -that would enable him to attain his end without much danger to himself, -for he hoped for a complete surprise--egged him on, and helped him to -conquer his fears. He hesitated, and then, with a muttered "What a dolt -I am! it was only a twig snapping," he gave a stamp of impatience, and -walked on. - -Next instant a nimble form sprang, unheard and unseen, upon the path -behind him, and, crouching like a tiger collecting its limbs for a -spring, crept stealthily after him. Then, measuring the distance with a -practiced eye, the negro launched himself through the air, landing upon -Pedro's shoulders. A hand closed firmly over his mouth, and a moment -later the ruffian who came to destroy the beautiful hacienda, and to -exercise a private vengeance, was lying as helpless as a log, bound hand -and foot, while a hard and extremely uncomfortable gag was fastened -between his jaws by means of a handkerchief. Close beside him crouched a -peculiarly sinister-looking negro, prepared to silence him should he -attempt to give the alarm, and seeming, too, to hope for such an action, -for he brandished his weapon in the prisoner's face in a manner that was -sufficiently formidable to upset the equanimity of the boldest man. - -"That was well done--very neatly managed, indeed," said Hal, issuing -from his cover. "Now, Mr. Pedro, or whatever you are called, we are -going to turn the tables if we can. Take off his clothes, my lads, and -if he attempts to make a sound, or to get rid of his gag, you will know -how to act." - -But there was very little need for the caution, for Pedro a captive was -a very different individual indeed from the half-caste who sat in the -railway car away in Florida, plotting the theft of Mr. Brindle's bag. -His yellow eyes blinked nervously, and as the negroes crowded round him, -and hustled him with no gentle hands, he looked at Hal appealingly, as -if asking for his help. His limbs trembled, and a thick perspiration -broke out upon his forehead. - -"Not at all, my fine fellow," exclaimed Hal, as if he had read his -prisoner's thoughts. "You need not appeal to me, for I told you that I -was about to turn the tables. Well, I have commenced with you, and the -others have their turn to come. Remember that I bear a mark upon my -shoulder which you were good enough to give me. Is it likely that I -shall go out of my way now to save you any pain or inconvenience, -especially when I know that you came this way with the express intention -of killing me--murdering me in cold blood, I should have said? That's -right, boys, strip his coat and breeches off. I fancy I shall manage to -squeeze into them." - -Tumbling their captive without ceremony, it was not long before the -negro hands had dragged his fine clothes from him. Hal picked them up, -and carefully inspected them. Then he donned them calmly. Indeed, -looking at him there as he struggled into the coat, one would have -imagined that he was undertaking some very ordinary duty, one to which -he was accustomed every day of his life. He paid particular attention to -the set of the breeches, and seemed quite annoyed because the jacket of -the half-caste would not button across his expansive chest. - -"You see," he said, with something approaching a smile, "I want to be -accurate. This fellow usually has his coat fastened, but I'm too big to -allow of it. However, the resemblance will be good enough, particularly -as it will be quite dark. - -"Now, listen," he continued imperiously, turning to his prisoner. "I am -now going to meet that scoundrel who works with you; but first I want -you to answer a question, and be very careful how you do it. I have -already warned you against raising an alarm. Tell me an untruth, and I -will make it extremely warm for you, for pain is the only thing that -appeals to men of your class. Now, my men, take the gag from his mouth -and bring him to me." - -Delighted to have in their hands one of the gang who had injured some of -their comrades, the negroes rushed at the unhappy Pedro, and dragged him -to his knees. Then they carried him to Hal, and tearing the gag from his -mouth, placed him upon his feet, one of them standing close beside him -and holding the cold muzzle of a rifle at his neck. - -"Ah, señor, spare me! I will tell the truth," Pedro cried, his knees -knocking together, and his eyes turning in terror to the negroes who -held him. "Take these wolves away from me, and you shall hear all that -you wish to know." - -"Silence! Do you wish to let your friends hear you?" asked Hal sternly. -"Silence, man, and answer in a whisper as you value your life. Now, who -is in the hacienda beside your accomplice?" - -"No one, señor, save a guard who stands at the door that opens from the -top of the steps. El Capitan sits in the best room, drinking wine." - -"If you were returning now, how would you act?" - -"I should pass by the guard without a word, señor," Pedro answered, -flinching as the barrel of the rifle touched his neck. "Ah, señor, I -cannot reply while my life depends upon this man behind. Have the gun -removed, I beg of you." - -"In time, Pedro. You must really give us time," said Hal calmly. -"Remember that I was to have felt the edge of cold steel myself, for -your orders were that the machete was to be used to kill me. Listen to -this. I am going into the hacienda to see this friend of yours, and you -will be brought to the edge of the clearing. When you hear José -d'Arousta's voice, repeat his commands in loud tones, and warn your -comrades on guard and those who are looking to the mules, that if they -approach the house or attempt to take the animals from the shed, they -will be shot down without mercy. I need not tell you to obey me to the -letter, for these good fellows will have charge of you. Now, bring him -along, boys. The sun will be down in five minutes, and then it will be -time to start." - -Hal left his trembling captive in charge of the grinning negroes, and -grasping Gerald by the arm, led him along the path. Five minutes later -they were amongst the hands who were lying in the forest watching the -shed and the guerilla sentries paraded up and down before the hacienda. - -"All of you lie down here," said Hal. "Ah, there goes the sun, and very -soon we shall have the moon up in its place." - -He had scarcely finished speaking when the golden orb disappeared -suddenly, and without the slightest warning, as is the case in the -tropics, where night succeeds day with a rapidity that is astonishing. -Then up floated the moon, while stars glistened dull and faint in the -sky, rendered almost invisible by the bright silvery rays that now shot -over the trees and deluged everything. At once all around became silent, -and the clearing and house looked unreal and ghostly in the pale beams -which were so different from those that had lit up the place only a few -minutes before. - -Glancing into the clearing, Hal saw the Spanish irregulars sauntering -carelessly up and down, their hands thrust deep into their pockets, and -a cigarette gleaming red beneath the teeth of each. Those who were not -on duty had collected on the right beneath a group of palms, and were -listlessly watching one of their number who saw to the contents of a -kettle that was suspended over a big fire. They lay in all sorts of -negligent attitudes, and seemed to have forgotten the hacienda and the -leader who had brought them there. - -"Now is the time," Hal murmured in Gerald's ear. "Look here, old boy, I -am going to leave you in charge. You know as well as I do what is going -to happen and how to act. Wait till you hear voices from the hacienda. I -shall endeavor to make José d'Arousta order his men back to Santiago. -They will have to go without arms and without mules. That is your part -of the business, and you must see to it. I am going to look after the -chief scoundrel, but you must have those negroes ready in case of -accidents. Look over there. The rifles are piled in front of the fire, -so that you can prevent the Spaniards from touching them. Do you -understand?" - -"Yes, quite," Gerald answered hesitatingly. "But, I say, old boy, it's a -fearful risk that you are taking. Are you sure that it is wise?" - -"Do you understand?" Hal asked, repeating his question and ignoring -Gerald's. "Yes? Then take the utmost care, and when the time comes, make -Pedro add his order to José's. There, you will manage beautifully. -Good-by. If you hear a shot you may as well make a rush, for there will -be trouble in the hacienda." - -He nodded to Gerald, and waiting only to squeeze the hand which the lad -enthusiastically thrust towards him, he rose to his feet, and stepped -from the shrubs and trees on to the narrow path. A moment later he was -in the clearing, walking slowly across it with a swaggering gait, such -as he had seen Pedro adopting. And an extremely good substitute he made -in appearance for that evil gentleman, though, as a matter of fact, he -was some three inches taller. He was wearing riding-breeches, with -high-cut riding boots, a wide-open coat and colored waist-cloth, such as -is worn by many Spaniards. Upon his head was a broad-brimmed hat, with -feather and tassel. The better to preserve his incognito he had tipped -the brim well over his eyes, so as to throw a shadow upon his face. A -fine manly young fellow he looked as he stalked into the moon-lit -clearing, and he showed a determined face beneath the shadow of his hat. - -"By Jove, what a chap!" Gerald murmured eagerly, as he lay in the -forest. "I ought to be there, but he knows as well as I do that I -haven't the go in me to carry out such a cool piece of acting. Who would -have thought it of Hal--the fellow who never quarrels, and seems to be -liked by everyone? Good old Hal! But I ought to be taking all these -risks for the sake of father and Dora. Why should he? Why?" - -Apparently the question rather staggered Gerald, for he at once became -silent, as he reclined upon the ground watching Hal's every movement. -With the utmost nonchalance Hal walked towards the hacienda, ignoring -the presence of the sentries and of their comrades who were feasting -round the fire. Suddenly, however, someone called to him. - -"Señor Pedro," he heard a voice cry, while a man hurried towards him. - -To escape was impossible, and, therefore, Hal halted, and placed his -hand easily on the butt of his revolver, which rested in his waistband. -Next moment a swarthy Spaniard stood before him, and evidently described -something which he had done. Hal listened carefully, and was able from -his rough knowledge of the language to gather that he was being told -that all was well, when he promptly made up his mind how to act. - -"Pedro apes the pure Spaniard," he thought, "and, no doubt, as second in -command, he treats these fellows with more or less contempt. It is the -class of thing a man of his character would do. I'll say 'Good!' and -turn away." - -Thrusting his hand into his pocket, he turned abruptly upon his heel, -and said, "Buenos!" Then he walked on towards the hacienda, while the -man hurried towards his friends, having detected nothing unusual. Pedro -was a rough, ill-conditioned fellow, he knew, so that the answer was all -that he had expected. Still, it was galling to be treated like that, -especially by one not of pure Spanish birth, and he did not fail to -remark upon it. - -"One would think that we were dogs," he said angrily. "Here have I been -round the clearing to see that all is as it should be, and when I report -the same to him, he turns upon me as though I had done him an injury. At -least, it was as bad as that. Some day the half-breed cur will be sorry. -He has murdered many, and perhaps someone will try to find room for the -blade of a knife between his ribs. If so, I for one shall not weep. But -hand me my supper. There is one consolation in the fact that he cannot -cut me from my meals." - -Thankful to have escaped discovery, which would have meant failure at -the very commencement of his little plot, Hal swaggered to the steps, -and stood there a moment to roll one of the many cigarettes with which -the average Spaniard regales himself during the day. Taking care to keep -his back to the sentry, who stood upon the balcony above, he struck a -match and lit up, sending a cloud of smoke flying into the air. - -"Now for it," he murmured gently. "I don't want a scene, and I wish to -avoid bloodshed, but I mean to prevent this fellow D'Arousta from -robbing Mr. Brindle. He is my employer, and it is only my duty to do all -that I can." - -He ran lightly up the steps, and would have passed the sentry without a -word, but the man came forward, and held his rifle forward to bar the -path, as if he had noticed something strange. But, more probably he was -half asleep, or had been day-dreaming, for when Hal gave vent to an -exclamation of impatience and anger, the Spaniard sprang back, and at -once offered an apology. Hal took no notice of it, for to do so would -have been to betray himself. Instead, he pushed on, and, pausing just -for one moment to drag his hat still more over his eyes, entered the big -room of the hacienda, which lay on the left. - -A tall shaded lamp stood close to the wall, and some paces from it was a -table at which José d'Arousta sat, with a flood of light illuminating -his face. Opposite him, seated in a chair, to which his wrists and -ankles were lashed, was Mr. Brindle, while standing close beside him was -Dora, white and trembling, but for all that preserving an undaunted -mien. - -Hal took in the whole situation in an instant, and, clattering across -the room without ceremony, dragged a seat to that end of the table -farthest from the lamp, and sat down with the rays upon his back. - -Puff! A cloud of tobacco smoke came from his lips and enveloped him. - -"Ha, you are back, then, Pedro!" exclaimed José d'Arousta, turning to -him. "What luck, my partner? Has it been good?" - -At that moment Hal emitted another cloud of smoke, and at once commenced -to choke violently. He dragged a big red handkerchief from the pocket of -Pedro's coat, and held it to his face, nodding meanwhile as if to answer -the question. - -"Good! Better than ever! Things have gone well for us!" José exclaimed. -"Here, señora, get me another glass of this wine. This is stuff which -one does not find in Santiago, and it is well to make the most of one's -opportunities. Besides, I would drink to the health of my friend, for he -has just paid off a heavy score for me. Think what it is." - -As if determined to do all in her power to conciliate the coward before -her, Dora refilled his glass from a decanter that stood on the table, -and then returned to her father's side. As for José, he lifted the wine -to the light, and, having inspected it carefully, swallowed it with a -gulp. - -"Come," he said, with a sardonic smile, "you have not yet answered my -question, señora. Surely it is not because you are too timid a donzella -(maiden)? What score do you imagine the gallant Pedro has paid for me?" - -"If I heard that he had murdered every hand upon the plantation I should -not be surprised," exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "He is villain enough for -anything." - -"Do you hear that, my Pedro?" José cried, with a gay, bantering laugh. -"See what a high opinion the Señor Brindle has of you. My dear sir, -please remember that you are speaking of my friend. He is an amiable -fellow, I do assure you, and has a very tender heart. But, supposing -that score referred to the overseer, the brat of an Englishman who -thwarted me before? You will recollect the occasion of which I speak." - -"Pshaw! he was too clever for you," answered Mr. Brindle, with a -disdainful smile, "and I am sure he has outmatched you again." - -"Sure! Are you, my friend? Then we will soon let you know," said José -harshly. "But we will not discuss that matter now. The most important -business is to settle the debt you owe me. Let me see, you said, I -think, that the cash and what valuables you possess are in that safe in -the corner of the room. I want the key. Where is it?" - -"There it is, hanging on my watch-chain," Mr. Brindle said brokenly. -"You are too strong for me, and I must submit. If I did not know well -that you would shoot me like a dog, I would have defied you long ago, -and left you to make these discoveries for yourself. But you have the -upper hand. Wait till my turn comes; I will then hound you out of the -island." - -"Quite so; I believe you would if you could," answered the Spaniard, -with a satirical smile. "But you have unfortunately failed to take stock -of current events. For instance, war was declared between Spain and -America yesterday. That very naturally throws Santiago into a turmoil, -so that you might hunt the town and never find us. Again, you are an -American, and once you leave your estate you are spying. Remember that, -for I shall swear that it is the case, and you must know the reward you -would meet with." - -"War declared! Ah, I thought as much! But still, I repeat that I shall -repay you for this day's work, José d'Arousta," said Mr. Brindle -sternly. "Once before you attempted to rob me, and failed. You are -successful this time, but it is the last, for I will never rest till you -are punished." - -"Really you will put yourself to much unnecessary trouble," the Spaniard -replied. "But we are wasting time. Let me see what the safe contains. I -am far more interested in seeing to that than in listening to what a -beggarly American has to say." - -He started to his feet, and, striding up to Mr. Brindle, removed the key -from his watch-chain. Then he opened the safe, and pulling out the -drawers, emptied their contents upon the table. - -"A very pretty haul, Pedro!" he exclaimed, thrusting his fingers -greedily amongst the gold which lay piled up before him. "A good reward, -indeed, and one worthy of our labors. Stow it in your pocket, my -friend." - -Hal, who up to this had preserved a strict silence, gave vent to a -guttural laugh, and hastily transferred the gold and silver to his -capacious pockets. The Spaniard watched him eagerly, his attention being -so much occupied with the booty he was stealing that he did not give -more than a passing thought to his supposed accomplice. - -"Good! That is done; and now I fancy we can bid you adieu," he said at -last, turning to Mr. Brindle. "Pedro, go to the door, and give our men -the order to saddle up. Señor, forgive my rudeness in hurrying away, but -duty calls, for your countrymen will be exchanging shots with us very -soon, and it is well that I should be there to help read them the same -lesson as you have been taught. Señora, your pardon. In the absence of -our mutual friend, the handsome Señor Marchant, who, I fear, is dead, -permit me to proclaim myself your very devoted servant." - -He turned on his heel, after giving a flourishing bow, and stepped -towards the door. At that moment his eye fell upon Hal, and he stopped -abruptly; for, taking advantage of his satirical bobs, the latter had -drawn his revolver, and now held it presented at the Spaniard's head, -while at the same time, as if to mock José's manner, he leant one hand -easily upon the table as if it were almost too much trouble to stand. - -"By your leave, Señor Capitan," he said, with a short laugh. "You have -given us a lesson in politeness, and I will follow suit. Hands up, at -this instant!" - -To say that José d'Arousta was surprised was to express the situation -mildly. He staggered backwards, turned deathly pale, and then drove his -hand into his pocket. - -"Stop that!" said Hal, sternly, but in low tones, so that the sentry -should not hear, holding his weapon within an inch of the Spaniard's -head. "Hands up!" - -José lifted his arms slowly and grudgingly, while he glared at Hal as if -he would kill him. - -"That is well. Now, I warn you that I will shoot if you show even the -faintest suspicion of treachery. Dora, cut your father loose, if you -please." - -As if in a dream, for she was as yet unable to grasp the situation, Dora -took a knife from the table, and released Mr. Brindle. - -"Good," said Hal. "Now, Mr. Brindle, I will trouble you to lash this -rogue in front of me." - -"Delighted, I'm sure," exclaimed the latter; and at once set to work. - -Taking the ropes which had bound his own limbs only a moment or two -before, he wound them round the arms and feet of the Spanish brigand, -and knotted them firmly. - -"Now we will go on with the play," said Hal calmly. "Much depends upon -you, José d'Arousta. If you give the alarm now, you and your comrades -will suffer. First and foremost, you will run the danger of receiving a -bullet from my revolver, and then the negro hands, who lie close -outside, will fire upon your men. Pedro, too, whose clothes I was forced -to borrow, will come in for very rough handling, for he is not a -favorite with our good fellows. Now, you can prevent all this by doing -as I tell you." - -"What is it? What do you want?" the Spaniard asked crossly. - -"Go to the window and order all your ruffians to return to Santiago. -Tell them on no account to go for their mules, for they will be shot if -they attempt it, and we are anxious to avoid bloodshed where they are -concerned." - -"And after that?" - -"We will settle with you and your rascally accomplice." - -Hal looked the man in the face and spoke sternly. For an instant José -glowered at him, but realizing that he was beaten, he lowered his eyes, -and muttered angrily beneath his breath. - -"You've had your orders, so come along," said Mr. Brindle, grasping him -by the shoulders and hustling him unceremoniously to the window. "Now, -repeat them aloud, and be careful how you do it, for I have a strong -hand, and will pinch your neck till the life is out of you." - -Caught in a cleverly laid trap, there was nothing for José d'Arousta to -do but obey. In a crestfallen voice, therefore, he called loudly to his -comrades, begging them to leave the clearing and the neighborhood of the -hacienda, and return to Santiago at once. - -"Tell them that if they attempt to take their rifles or advance towards -the house, you will be shot," said Hal, rising to his feet to get a -clear view through the window. - -And now his plan to compel Pedro to add his voice to the Spaniard's -proved useful, for at first the remainder of the band were incredulous. -They could not believe their ears, and sat round the fire gesticulating -and asking questions of one another. Then the sentry descended the -hacienda steps, and, unmindful of the warning, walked towards the -piled-up arms. There was a crack from the fringe of trees, a flash -suddenly lit up the shadows, and he fell backwards with his hands wildly -clutching the air. - -"That will show them that business is meant," exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "It -is just as well, too, for when a band of cut-throats attack a peaceful -hacienda, they must be taught that punishment will follow. But, -evidently, they have had enough." - -And this was the case. Hearing their leader calling from the house, and -his second in command from the forest, and detecting a ring of entreaty -in the voices, the remainder of the rascally band hurried away from the -hacienda, and, once amidst the trees, took to their heels in the -direction of Santiago. - -"There they go," said Mr. Brindle, throwing the latticed shutters wide -open, and listening to the crash of men breaking their way through the -jungle. "Now we will deal with the others. Hal, you know what is -happening. Give your orders. I must confess that I am perfectly -bewildered." - -"It's all very simple," answered Hal, relaxing into a smile now that the -danger was past. "Gerald and I were warned that you were in trouble. -Then I happened to hear this man's accomplice declare his intention of -entering the forest in search of myself. I was to be put out of the way. -Happily I was able to turn the tables. Pedro was captured without a -sound, and I dressed up in his clothes, and came here in search of the -other fellow. I knew that if I could master him I could get rid of the -others, for all the hands are lying in the forest at the edge of the -clearing, and you saw for yourself how quickly they checked an attempt -to reach the arms. Now I will tell them what to do, and then you can -take matters into your own hands." - -Hal went to the window and called loudly. - -"Half of you follow those brigands to the edge of the plantation, and -see them well away," he cried. "Jake Johnson, you and four others can -bring your prisoner in here; the remainder had better stay in the -clearing and keep a good look-out." - -A moment later the bushes which lined the clearing opened, and Gerald -and the negro hands appeared, the former accompanying Jake Johnson and -the men in charge of the captive Pedro. They trudged across the open -space, looking weird and white in the pale moonbeams; then their feet -were heard as they ascended the steps outside, and within a minute the -two rascally Spaniards, who had dared to attack the hacienda, stood side -by side, bound hand and foot, and awaiting sentence. - -Hal looked at them searchingly, smiling at Pedro's appearance, for he -was now clad in a tattered blanket in place of the fine clothes he had -previously worn, and cut a very sorry figure; for this half-breed was -not quite the man that he would have had his fellows believe. With all -in his favor, and no fear for his own personal comfort and safety, he -was a martinet, an insufferably proud man, who would stop at very little -to support his position. Now, however, when any fate might be in store -for him, and when his conscience told him that he deserved the severest -punishment, he showed the stuff of which he was made. His knees trembled -and shook so that he could scarcely stand upright, his face was of an -ashen pallor, and big beads of perspiration trickled down his forehead. - -A very different being was his leader. Rogue though he was, and coward -enough to insult a lady when he had her in his power, he was yet a brave -man, with a brave man's detestation for one who could not look adversity -in the face. He stood there, his usually sallow face now flushed red -with excitement, his head thrown back, and an air of reckless defiance -about him. - -"You hound!" he hissed, turning upon his quaking accomplice. "Why do you -tremble? What do you fear? Have you not been the means of killing men? -Then why should you grumble when your own fate reaches you? Señor, do me -the favor of removing this fellow," he continued, turning to Hal. "He is -my servant, I tell you, and he has no right to stand by my side." - -"Servant or friend makes little difference to me, José d'Arousta," Hal -answered coldly. "He has been good enough to act as your comrade in this -deed of roguery, and therefore is good enough to take his sentence with -you. Now, Mr. Brindle, these two men came here unbidden and made a most -unwarranted attack upon you. I leave you to settle with them, and will -merely mention that three of the negro hands have been either killed or -wounded by their following. Deal with them as you think they deserve." - - - - -CHAPTER XII - -A RISKY UNDERTAKING - - -Called upon to pass judgment on the two Spanish irregulars who had -attacked the peaceful hacienda in search of plunder and revenge, it was -long before Mr. Brindle opened his lips or endeavored to speak. He drew -a chair before them, and, having seated himself with the utmost -deliberation, extracted a long cheroot from a case of woven grass, which -he always carried in his pocket. Turning it round and round in his -fingers, as if to satisfy himself that it was one of good flavor, he bit -off one end, and striking a match, lit the other very carefully. Even -then he did not address the prisoners. - -"Pull that lamp a little closer, Hal, old boy," he said. "That's it. Now -lift the shade, that I may get a better look at these two--these two -rascals." - -Hal did as he was asked, throwing a flood of light upon José d'Arousta -and his accomplice. - -"Señor, you are kind to us," said the former, in the calmest of calm -voices, and with more than a suspicion of irony in his tones. "A strong -light never did the gay d'Arousta harm. On the contrary, he has been -told that it improves him." - -He laughed, and, jerking his wide-brimmed hat backward, turned still -more to the light, showing a handsome face, which would have been quite -taking but for the color and vindictive flash of the eyes, and for the -involuntary twitch of his lips, which even he, calm though he had forced -himself to appear, could not entirely control. - -"It is a pity, a thousand pities, José d'Arousta, that all your deeds -cannot bear the light," said Mr. Brindle quietly. "I know them well, and -you are aware of it. Rogue, sir, is written on your face--rogue, -vagabond, and thief. What have you to say for yourself?" - -"To say, señor? Merely that ill fortune has befallen me. But for this -dolt here I should have succeeded, so that I have little more to say -than that I regret my failure greatly, and think myself a fool that I -did not burn the hacienda about your ears. But this young Englishman was -too clever for me. It is the second time, and the last, I can assure -you, señor, for José d'Arousta never forgets nor forgives, and never -neglects to repay his debts in full." - -"Exactly so," Mr. Brindle replied dryly. "It _is_ the last time. Now, -listen to me. A state of war has commenced in the island, and everything -is disorganized. If I send you into Santiago, you will be set at liberty -again, for your services will be required. Therefore I must take matters -into my own hands, for men who make an unwarranted attack, and who kill -my servants in cold blood, must take the consequences." - -"Señor, you are scarcely wise," José replied, with unruffled calmness. -"You mean, I understand, that you will shoot us. Ah, well! do so, and -what will happen? In these lawless times my countrymen will retaliate, -for the news is certain to reach their ears. That will be awkward, -señor. On the other hand, you might set us at liberty, and profit -yourself, for we will engage to leave you unmolested from this day -onwards." - -"You will engage? But what is the value of a promise from you?" asked -Mr. Brindle, with a disdainful shrug of his shoulders. - -"That you must decide for yourself," the Spaniard answered calmly. - -Once more there was silence, Mr. Bundle sinking his face into his -hands, as if in deep thought; while the captives stood in front of him, -José apparently unconcerned, but for all that narrowly watching; and -Pedro, with eyes that were full of fear, and knees that knocked together -in sheer terror. - -"Does anyone know which of my servants were hurt?" asked Mr. Brindle -suddenly. "Were any killed, or wounded so badly that they will die?" - -"I can answer that question, father," said Gerald, stepping forward. -"Black Pete is hit badly, though not mortally, and will certainly -recover: while the others have only trifling wounds." - -"Then so much the better. I am glad that a death on my plantation and -amongst my hands cannot be placed at the door of these men. Listen, you -two," he went on, sternly, looking José and Pedro in the face. "Do you -solemnly swear to leave me and mine alone in the future, and will you -promise never to molest my overseer? You have threatened all of us, and -we all know the nature of such men as you are. Revenge unfortunately -holds a high place with you, and you will do much to accomplish an end. -Put that aside. Forget that we exist, and declare to me on your solemn -word that you will never come near us; for otherwise I shall take the -law into my own hands, and hang you both to the trees in front of the -hacienda." - -"We will give you the promise on our honor, señor," said José. "See, I -look you in the face, and I swear to observe this bond between us. Señor -must know that a Spaniard never breaks his oath." - -"Hum, I have had too little to do with men of your country to be able to -vouch for the truth of that," Mr. Brindle answered dryly; "but I have -heard of the saying that there is honor among thieves. Perhaps this is -your case. However, lest you should forget this vow of yours, and come -this way again to trouble me, I will give you a warning. From this day -the man who approaches the hacienda with the intention of committing -violence will be shot at sight. At sight, José d'Arousta; remember that. -Now you may go, but carry my words with you, I pray. Outside in the -clearing lies one of your gang, killed through your action. Break your -plighted oath, and I will bring you to the same end, and this ruffian, -too, your accomplice. Now, be off, and never let me see your faces -again." - -He gave an impatient stamp, and turned to Hal. - -"Set them free," he said. "Let us be rid of them." - -Taking a knife from his pocket, Hal advanced to the prisoners, and cut -their lashings, keeping a close watch upon them the while, for it was -well to suspect treachery from such men. Perhaps from Pedro there was -little fear of foul play, for he had not the heart to attempt it; but -from the other anything might be expected, for not for a single moment -had his wonderful _sang-froid_ deserted him. Even now, great though the -relief must have been, he did not allow his feelings to betray him, or -show that he had just emerged from an ordeal sufficiently trying to any -man, and which might have ended in an order for his instant execution. - -"The señor is wise," he said, with a disdainful laugh. "He has realized -that it is risky and foolish to harm a Spaniard in these troublous days. -Ah, well! the times will change, let us hope; and meanwhile, who can say -what will happen? Now we will depart, as we have your permission, señor. -Señora, buenas noches (good night). I would fain have stayed to pass a -pleasant evening. Adios, señores (farewell, gentlemen). Had I the power, -I would drink to our next meeting." - -He swept his cap from his head, and bowed to the floor. Then, with one -look at Dora and a meaning flash from his eyes in Hal's direction, he -tramped out of the room with a swagger, and went down the steps, -followed closely by Pedro. - -"I am thankful he is gone," exclaimed Mr. Brindle. "The air seems -clearer already." - -"Yes; I too am glad to see the last of him for this time," said Hal. -"But we shall have to deal with him again, and that very soon. Listen. -What is that?" - -They rose to their feet, and went to the window to look across the -clearing. It was bathed in brilliant moonlight, which showed every -object distinctly, illuminating the group of negroes who stood outside -discussing the affairs of the past few hours in high-pitched voices, the -piled-up rifles, and the dead Spaniard who lay prone in the center, with -arms stretched out before him just as he had fallen. There, too, were -José and his accomplice, entering the fringe of trees. As they did so, -the former turned, and, seeing the faces in the window, and the figures -of the watchers showing darkly against the light, he stood there and -shook his fist in their direction. - -"Hi! you in the room yonder!" he cried. "Listen to José d'Arousta's -parting words. Remember this, Señor Brindle, that all is fair in love -and war, and a vow pledged to the enemy is not binding. I give you -solemn warning that I will visit this hacienda again, if it is only to -meet and chat with the adorable señora. Señor Marchant, you know what to -expect. I owe you a great debt, and will repay it." - -He shook his fist ominously, and, plunging into the trees, was lost to -view. - -"And I will take his warning to heart," said Hal quietly, turning to his -friends. "He says that he will repay, and I declare that if I meet him -again I will shoot him like a dog on the slightest suspicion of -treachery. He deserves anything, for he has broken his word and his -honor." - -"You will be fully justified in doing as you say, old boy," said Mr. -Brindle. "But let us hope that he will never come our way again. War is -said to have been declared, and, no doubt, Spain will go to the wall. -Then America will look to our interests, and this unfortunate island -will enter upon a new era of prosperity. Such an act of violence as has -been attempted this night will then be out of the question. Now, let us -go to supper; but, Hal, my dear lad, first we must shake you by the -hand. I am not going to sing your praises, but I must tell you how well -you have done, and what you have saved me. The money in your pockets -represents a year's savings and hard work, and the total return of the -plantation." - -And now, while the small family at the beautiful hacienda of Eldorado -discuss the evening meal, let us turn to America and to Spain, and -ascertain what had been happening in the meantime, and why it was that, -contrary to his previously expressed decision, Mr. Brindle had not sent -Gerald and Dora back to Florida. - -To say that the terrible tidings from Havana, detailing how the _Maine_ -and her unfortunate crew were blown into the air, produced a storm of -passion in the United States is to tell only the meager truth. For years -Cuba and the insurrection there had rankled in the hearts of all in this -big country. Many a time had private sympathizers given men and money to -aid the cause of the insurgents, and more than once had representations -been made to Spain in order to persuade her to end the condition of -misery which clouded the island, and ruined the Americans there. - -The story of the _Virginius_, though now many years old, was still fresh -in the memory of the American nation, and the wretched condition of the -unfortunate natives herded together in the concentration camps, and -other evils, did not tend to let the sore close. No love was felt for -the Spaniard, but only hatred and contempt. Matters, however, seemed to -be mending, and a gallant ship, with a fine crew of officers and men, -above whom floated the Stars and Stripes, was paying a friendly visit to -Cuba. What wonder, then, that the news of its destruction filled -Americans with anger! Treachery was suspected at once, and a searching -investigation insisted on. Divers were dispatched to the wreck, who -reported that a mine had been fired beneath the keel. They were not -absolutely certain, but everything pointed to the truth of what they -said, for the bottom plates of the _Maine_, as well as the keel, were -driven upwards at an angle, while the mud which formed the bed of the -harbor beneath her was excavated to the depth of many feet--all going to -prove that the explosions were the result of external force. - -But, even now, war was not certain, though the nation clamored for it. -Nothing definite could be decided upon until Congress met; and -meanwhile, America commenced warlike preparations, while Spain, -following her example, beat up recruits and war vessels for the struggle -which was now imminent. In addition, she began to bestir herself to -alleviate the sufferings of the people in the concentration camps in -Cuba, and at this, the eleventh hour, did her utmost to conciliate the -people of the States. But the attempt was made too late. Former Spanish -promises had resulted in no improvement in the condition of the island. -America, remembering this, called upon Spain to withdraw from Cuba and -leave it to the natives. - -A decided refusal was given, and on April the 26th a state of war -commenced between the two nations, Spain at once assembling her fleet in -home waters, and making all preparations in Cuba to resist the -Americans; while, at the same time, she held the insurgents in check. -This was José d'Arousta's opportunity; and we have seen how, accompanied -by Pedro and his irregulars, he rode into the country and attacked Mr. -Brindle's house. - -Matters, indeed, looked anything but bright for those left in the -island; and as the family sat at supper, Mr. Brindle discussed the -situation earnestly with Hal. - -"You see we are placed in a very uncomfortable position," he said -thoughtfully. "Living out here in the country, we must look to ourselves -alone to defend the place. I do not suppose that the Spaniards will -trouble us unless they suspect us of trying to aid America; but when the -island is infested with such scoundrels as José and his friends, our -lives and property will never be safe. What is to prevent that rascal -from returning as he threatened? He failed to succeed this time by the -merest chance--a chance, my lad, which you made good use of, though I do -not forget that some allowance of pluck was required to bring your plan -to a favorable issue. He failed, but on the next occasion he will not be -taken in so easily. It really is a troublesome matter to decide upon. Am -I to stay here, or shall I leave until the war is over? That is the -question which I continue to ask myself. Supposing I get away from the -island as soon as possible, the estate will be overrun, and I shall -return to find it a blackened wilderness from end to end, and the -hacienda, of which I am so proud, a heap of ashes. If I stay, as I am -inclined to do, the place may be burnt over our heads at any moment, and -our lives may be seriously threatened. Now, Hal, you have proved so -thoughtful and cute before; let me know what you think about the matter? -How would you act in the circumstances?" - -"It is more or less of a puzzle," said Hal slowly, "but I think you -will do well to stay. When your wounded negroes have recovered, you will -have thirty-three rifles with which to defend the place--that is, of -course, counting ourselves." - -"I beg your pardon--thirty-four!" exclaimed Dora sharply. "You have -forgotten to include me, sir." - -"Quite right! Quite as it should be! Ha, ha, Hal! You have caught it -this time, and let it be a warning to you in future. The girl is a -regular Amazon. She can shoot and ride with the best of us." - -Mr. Brindle shouted the words across the table, and chuckled to see Hal -flush red. As for Dora, her pretty lips parted in a smile. - -"I'm sure I hadn't thought of it like that," said Hal apologetically. -"But let us put it at thirty-four. Now, I should advise that all the -mulattoes be dismissed. You do not require them any longer, for the -winter is at hand; and, besides, what help have they been on this -occasion? None at all. We have not seen a single one since the row -began, and in all probability they were with the gang of brigands. Then -I should at once take steps to replace them from the plantation in -Florida. You could spare them, I should think; and if not, it would not -be difficult to hire more labor over there. The next and most important -question to think of is how to defend the hacienda and plantation. In -the first place, I should cut back the forest so as to obtain a wider -clearing round the house. By doing this you will at the same time be -providing material with which to build fortifications. To my mind, a -sand-bag barricade on the roof would be the most useful defense, and I -should run up a watch-tower above it. When the hacienda is seen to, I -should erect small forts at intervals round the edge of the clearing, -digging a ditch behind them. Our men could lie in them, and fire on the -enemies approaching from the direction of Santiago, or from the other -side; while, should anyone manage to evade them, he must still cross the -clearing to get at the house, and would still be exposed to the rifles -lying in the ditch." - -"Hum! then you think that more men are necessary, Hal?" said Mr. -Brindle. - -"I do most certainly, and will fetch them for you if you wish. As far as -I can see, you have only one thing to think about. You are an American -by choice, and if your country were in real danger, no doubt you would -volunteer your services. But this is not a struggle for supremacy -between two nations, and you will, therefore need only to care for your -property. If you make your preparations at once there is no reason why -you should fear José d'Arousta or any of his kidney. If you fail to take -all precautions, you will certainly meet with serious trouble, for that -man will not forget his threat, and he will return here some day and -wreck the place, besides doing injury to yourself." - -Mr. Brindle did not answer for some minutes. Resting his head on his -hand, he stared thoughtfully out of the window, seeming to have fixed -his attention upon the long, dark shadows cast by the trees across the -clearing. - -"I believe your advice is good," he said at length, "and I will set -about the matter to-morrow morning. We will make out a plan of the -surroundings of the hacienda, putting in all paths and approaches. Then -we will sketch in the positions most likely to be suitable for defenses. -I fancy by using a little care we shall be able to design them to cross -their fire, or rather, to allow the defenders to do so, without danger -of hitting one another. As to extra hands, if you will do me the -service, I will send a note by you to my overseer at Tampa, leaving it -to you to make the arrangements for the transfer of ten men here. But I -expect it will be a more difficult undertaking than you imagine. No -doubt you will slip from the island without discovery, but it will be -another affair to return, for the coast-line will be carefully watched. -That, again, is a question which you alone can settle; and as it will -certainly have a spice of danger about it, I am sure you will manage -beautifully, for when have you failed to pull yourself and others out of -a difficulty? Still, you must consider the probable risk, and tell me -whether you are prepared to take it." - -"I have done so, and I repeat my offer," Hal replied, without -hesitation. "So long as the dangers and difficulties are not -insurmountable, I shall enjoy the fun, for it will make the journey -quite interesting." - -"Then it is arranged; and as you may fall into trouble, Gerald shall go -with you to help you out. He speaks Spanish and Cuban like a native, and -may very well be of use." - -"By Jove, that is ripping, father!" exclaimed Gerald delightedly. "When -will we start, old boy?" - -"The sooner the better, I should say. To-morrow will not be too early." - -"Then all shall be ready for you by daylight," said Mr. Brindle. "Now, -Hal, if you will come outside we will go round the place, and discuss -the measures to be taken for defense." - -On the following morning the sun had scarcely climbed out of the sea -when Hal and Gerald were about, booted and spurred, and ready for the -road. Each carried his revolver and a flask, while two thick rugs were -rolled into bundles, ready to be strapped to the saddles one in front of -each rider. A few minutes later Dora appeared, looking extremely pretty -and picturesque, but with a scarcely discernible cloud about her -usually smiling face. - -"There," she said, with a toss of her head, "here are two parcels of -food for you. Boys are always hungry, and no doubt you will be glad of -something to eat upon the road." - -"That we shall," Hal answered heartily. "Now, Gerald, up you get." - -The mules were led forward at this moment, and the two sprang into their -saddles, Hal gaining his seat with an easy vault which was by no means -as simple to execute as it appeared. But he was a strong and active -young fellow, and made little of such a feat. A minute later he had -secured his stirrups, and had the reins in his hand. - -"Good-by, and good luck to you!" cried Mr. Brindle, appearing with a -letter in his hand. "Here is the note for the overseer, Hal; I ask him -to send me ten extra hands. If need be he will advance you more money, -though I believe I have given you sufficient to cover all expenses. One -thing more. Remember that while in Cuba you are in the enemy's country, -and that the less you come into contact with Spaniards the better. Now, -adieu, and let us hope for a speedy return." - -"Good-by, and take care of yourselves," cried Dora earnestly, coming -forward to shake them by the hand. "Hal, I give Gerald into your care. -Bring him and yourself back safely, and I will thank you." - -"I will, never fear," answered Hal. Then he lifted his reins, and taking -his hat from his head, turned from the hacienda. "Come along, Gerald," -he cried, and next second was cantering across the clearing. - -A minute later both were swallowed up in the forest, leaving Mr. Brindle -and Dora standing on the balcony, arm in arm, looking longingly after -them. - -"I do hope that they will come to no harm," said Dora, as if to herself. - -"Harm! And so do I. But why should they?" answered her father -reassuringly. "One of them has a head on his shoulders and a heart -beneath his jacket which will take him through anything. There, come in, -Dora, and let us have some breakfast. Afterwards we will go round the -plantation, for during the overseer's unavoidable absence you will have -to act in his stead." - -Hal and his companion with hearts as light and happy as the morning, and -filled to overflowing with high spirits, cantered along, side by side, -in the direction of Santiago. Nothing disturbed their feeling of -security, and they chatted gayly, going once more over the exciting -events of the previous day. At length they emerged from the forest, and -Santiago lay exposed to full view, some five miles away. - -"One gets a splendid look-out from this level," remarked Hal. "The town -is laid out like a map beneath us; and just look at the shipping! That -harbor with its narrow entrance, is like a bottle, and the fleets of -Spain might lie in there and never be seen, and never fear attack from -hostile ships. Hallo! what are those outside?" - -He shaded his eyes, and looked at two dots floating on the water just -off the harbor mouth. A moment later they showed up clearly, even at -that distance, and it was easy to distinguish that they were two long, -low torpedo boats, which were steaming parallel to the shore, with a -trail of blue smoke blowing out behind them. - -"Spanish sleuthhounds," said Hal. "Gerald, we shall have some trouble in -getting away, for those boats are patrolling the harbor mouth, and, no -doubt, have strict orders to stop any craft attempting to enter or -leave. But we'll manage it somehow." - -"Why not get aboard some merchant vessel?" asked Gerald. - -"At any other time, that might do," Hal replied thoughtfully; "but now I -fancy that all ships will be compelled to lay up in the harbor. Besides, -the American fleet will be blockading Cuba, and to attempt to leave just -now would be to run the danger of capture. Still, I've no doubt that -some neutral vessels are down there, and they will be allowed to sail, -for there is a clause in international law that makes it possible. We -must look out for one, and I propose that we ride a little closer, and -leave our mules where they can be cared for. As soon as it gets dark we -will make for the town, and enter boldly. We shall be like hundreds of -others, for all the people hereabouts are dressed in these plantation -clothes. I'll keep my tongue quiet, while you can do all the -questioning. What do you say to that, old boy?" - -"That it will be the best way out of the difficulty, and, as we have -still some hours to wait before the sun goes down, I vote for some grub. -I'm as hungry as a hunter and as empty as a drum. An early start on a -light breakfast makes one simply ravenous." - -"Just the thing! I'm like you, and awfully peckish," answered Hal -cheerily. "Here, what's this? The very spot for a camp and a short -siesta. There is no fear of interruption, and a sleep during the heat of -the day will do us good. We had precious little yesterday, and, for all -we know, may have none at all to-night. Whoa! Stand, boy. There, now you -can see for yourself. I dare say you are as ready for a feed and a rest -as I am." - -They dismounted, and removing the bits from the mouths of their mules, -and loosening the girths, allowed the animals to graze. Then they sat -down upon a fallen tree, and discussed the contents of the packets -which the thoughtful Dora had provided. At six o'clock it was time to -start, and, saddling up, they went forward at a smart canter. - -"Do you see that hut over there?" said Gerald, pointing to a tumble-down -erection of palm leaves and stakes which suddenly came into view some -hundreds of yards in front of them. "That will be the very place to -leave our mules, for a trusty native, whom I have known for years will -willingly look after them till we return, even though weeks may pass." - -Shaking their reins, they galloped up to the tiny hut, and called loudly -for the owner. - -"We are going into the town," said Gerald in Spanish, when the native -appeared. "We shall be absent a week or more, and we want you to look -after the mules. Can you do it for us? We will pay you well." - -The man, who was old and crippled, and dressed in rags, willingly -assented. - -"For a week or more!" he cried, in a squeaky voice, shaking his head the -while. "My advice to you, my masters, is to leave the town alone; for if -you are rash enough to go there, it will be a month at least before you -return--perhaps, even, I may never see you again. But I doubt whether -you will be able to enter, for all the gates are closed, and the -approaches guarded." - -"But there are other ways in, are there not?" asked Gerald. - -"Yes; you might be able to slip in by the side streets," the native -agreed hesitatingly; "but take the advice of one old enough to give it, -and leave the place alone altogether." - -He shook his head again, and hobbled away with the mules, leaving Gerald -to interpret what had passed between them. - -"Perhaps it would be the wiser course not to enter Santiago," said Hal; -"but we have no choice in the matter, for we want to get away from the -island, and that is the only manner in which we can arrange it. Come -along, Gerald. We'll decide how we are to act as we go towards the -town." - -Five minutes later they were walking towards the rows of lights which -now twinkled from the houses in Santiago. On arriving close beside the -first, they halted at a drinking-fountain, which splashed musically, -inviting the thirsty traveler to stop and satisfy his wants. - -"We want to get in there undetected," said Hal; "and, what is more, -we're going to have a good shot at it. The question is, How are we to -set about the matter? Now, my idea is to face the thing boldly, and act -as if we had as much right to enter as the general himself. If we are -seen skulking, suspicion will be aroused, and we shall probably have a -few bullets flying about our ears. War has only just been declared, and -no doubt the people are very much excited. They will be expecting -something to happen, but not from this side. The Americans will come -from over the sea, and therefore it is from the coast-line that danger -and attack will be apprehended. What is there suspicious about us? -Simply nothing! I never saw a more innocent-looking couple; and as for -being different in appearance from the ordinary citizens, I am sure we -should pass all but the closest scrutiny. Come along! We'll strike for -the main entrance." - -Gerald jumped to his feet and followed willingly, for he had already had -experience of the soundness of Hal's judgment, and trusted him -implicitly. - -A few minutes later the road which they were traversing narrowed, and, -passing through a thick grove of orange trees, ran between two rows of -houses. At the end of the street a barricade was erected, and a sentry, -who stood behind it in the shadow, challenged them loudly. - -"Halt!" he cried harshly. "Who goes there?" - -"Friends," answered Gerald, in his finest Spanish. - -"Then advance, and show yourselves." - -Hal and his comrade promptly stepped forward in obedience to the order, -for it was too late to turn back now, even if they had wished; and, -moreover, the sight of the sentry as he stood out from the shadow of the -barricade, with rifle pointed in their direction, was sufficient to show -them that even to hesitate would mean a report, and the whistle and -shriek of a bullet in their direction. - -Accordingly they moved forward till close beside him, when they stopped -as the bayonet was dropped to the level of their chests. - -"Here are two who wish to enter. Bring a light, one of you," the sentry -cried. - -"A lantern? Wait, and I will come with one," a second voice answered; -and steps were heard as another of the Spanish soldiers approached. - -He carried an unlighted lantern in his hand, and, when close beside the -lads, placed it upon the top of the barricade, while he fumbled in his -pocket for a match. At length he produced a solitary one, and, lifting -his foot, struck it sharply across the sole. But the flash was instantly -extinguished by a puff of wind that came whistling through the trees at -that moment. - -"Ah, caramba!" he exclaimed, with an angry stamp of his foot. "It is the -very last that I have, and to get another I must go back to the -guard-room. Have you a box about you, comrade?" - -The sentry placed his rifle between his knees, and searched in every -pocket, but without success. - -"I cannot help you," he said crossly. "Get back and fetch a light. I am -tired of waiting." - -"I cannot be bothered," the other replied. "Who are these fellows?" - -"We are friends," Gerald promptly responded. - -"Then pass them in, comrade," said the one who had declined to fetch a -light. "They are brothers-in-arms most certainly." - -Gerald pulled Hal by the sleeve, and, without waiting for more, the two -hurried through the barricade and on into the street. Fifty paces away -the road was dimly lighted by a lamp hanging from a pole. They were just -passing beneath it, and were in the act of congratulating themselves on -their success, when a company of soldiers marched up, and the officer in -charge, happening to catch sight of the two youths, called loudly to -them to approach and declare who they were. - - - - -CHAPTER XIII - -IN DANGER AND DISTRESS - - -"Who are you two over there? What are you doing out in the streets at -this time of night. Come nearer and let me see you," cried the officer, -who had just marched in with a detachment of troops as Hal and Gerald -entered the town and were moving away from the barricade. "Come, I say, -or we will make it uncomfortable for you, my fine fellows." - -"By Jove! What are we to do?" asked Gerald, in a low and anxious voice. -"He orders us to come near so that he may inspect us." - -"The deuce he does! Then we must make the best of a bad matter and go, -for it cannot be helped," Hal answered quickly. "If we attempt to bolt -now they would simple riddle us with bullets. Let us brazen the matter -out, and should our luck fail us, just keep your eye on me, old boy, and -when you see me move make a bolt for the houses." - -"Right. Come along; he's in a hurry." - -Indeed, the Spaniard was accustomed to be obeyed on the instant, and -noticing at once that the two suspicious characters who had caught his -eye hesitated, and stood talking in low voices, he reiterated his order -in a loud and commanding tone. - -"Now, who are you?" he demanded fiercely, when they had approached. -"Turn your faces to the light that I may see you. Fellows of your sort -love the darkness, it seems to me, and slink along in the shadows." - -"We are two of the people of Santiago who work in the stores," Gerald -replied quietly. "We have been a short way out into the country to see a -friend." - -"Indeed, and who may he be?" was the haughty answer. "I do not like the -ring of your words, my fine fellow. Ha! What is this? You are both too -fair for men of our race. Here, sentry, bring along a lantern. There is -no seeing with this smoky affair that hangs to the pole. Wait, though. -My men, march these two birds beneath the lamp yonder. Then we shall be -able to make sure of them." - -Hal listened to the conversation with his eye fixed upon the Spaniard's -face, and though he did not understand what passed between him and -Gerald, yet the tones of suspicion and the commanding, bullying voice -told him that all was not well. - -"What is the trouble?" he whispered in Gerald's ear as they stood facing -the officer. - -"We are to be marched beneath the lamp," replied his friend rapidly. "He -suspects us, and is certain to discover that we are not Spaniards." - -"Then we'll settle the matter for him by making a bolt," Hal answered -quietly. "There is a house directly opposite, and the door is ajar. Now, -are you ready, old boy? Then, rush for it." - -At that moment the Spaniard approached still closer, and, grasping Hal -by the arm, called upon his men to close up and surround the strangers. -Our hero did not hesitate. Stepping back a pace, he drove his fist with -all his force in the officer's face, and sent him sprawling to the -ground. Then he dashed forward, and, gripping the nearest soldier by the -waist, flung him against his comrades with a jar that scattered them, -and threw them into confusion. Next moment he was rushing towards the -house, and though the Spaniards raised their rifles, and pulled the -triggers recklessly, nothing happened, for they had not expected -trouble when they marched down to the barricade, and had, therefore, -neglected to place cartridges in the breeches. The omission probably -saved Hal's life, for, though taken by surprise, and staggered by the -force with which their comrade had been flung against them, the soldiers -would have picked him off with the greatest ease had their weapons been -loaded, for the range was not more than twenty yards, and a moving -figure is an easy target at such a distance. However, fortune was -favoring Hal, for he escaped injury, though for a moment it was very -doubtful whether it was possible. A few seconds later he had darted into -the house, and had flung the door to with a bang. - -"Quick! We must get out of this at once," he cried, catching Gerald by -the sleeve. "To the back door for your life!" - -Hastening through the rooms, they searched for an exit at the back, but -failed to find one. Then they turned their attention to the windows, -and, forcing one of them open, leapt out without hesitation. There was a -narrow yard behind the house, which was inclosed by a high wall, but the -two lads made nothing of it. With a spring they grasped the top, and -hoisted themselves up. Then they dropped to the ground on the farther -side, and took to their heels, stumbling blindly across gardens and -bamboo fences, till at last they emerged once more upon the road. - -"This will do for us," gasped Hal. "Listen! Those fellows are at work on -the house, and isn't the officer angry! By George! I am not surprised, -for I gave him a tremendous crack." - -They stood still for a moment, crouching close beneath a hedge, and -distinctly heard a crash as the door, which they had bolted behind them, -was broken in. Then the voice of the Spaniard was heard shouting angry -orders to his men. - -"He is telling them to search every corner," said Gerald, with a laugh. -"A pity he did not send them round to the back." - -"Perhaps," agreed Hal. "But I can tell you, old man, that it was lucky -for us. I don't know what these beggars would do if they captured us; -but we must recollect that, though we may not have any part in this -quarrel between the two nations, yet we are enemies to them, and those -who belong to the nationality of their opponents, and who attempt to -enter Santiago without a pass, are nothing more nor less than spies in -the eyes of the garrison." - -"For whom death is the reward," interposed Gerald serenely. "Yes, old -chap, you need not tell me about it. I am well aware of the ugly -position into which we have fallen." - -"Then let us move on at once," said Hal. "As soon as they find that the -house is deserted, and that the birds have flown, there will be a -tremendous outcry, and a hot search will be made. I propose that we make -straight away for the wharves alongside which the shipping is to be -found." - -Accordingly, they took to their heels, and ran down the road. Then they -turned into another, and were hurrying along it, when they heard a -whistle behind them. It was shrill and piercing, and was at once taken -up and repeated on either side of them and in front. Then, to their -astonishment and dismay, a bright spot suddenly rose up and flashed from -the edge of the harbor, and a broad electric beam swept rapidly and -silently on its way towards them. - -"The searchlight!" exclaimed Hal. "Down into the shade at once, or we -shall be discovered. These fellows are proving far more wide awake than -I had imagined them to be. I should say that they have telephones from -all the outlying stations and barricades, which enable them to -communicate with the people in charge of the light." - -And, indeed, this was the case. Balked in his endeavor to trace the two -suspicious characters who had disappeared into the house after violently -assaulting him, the Spanish officer had at once rushed to the barricade, -and had sent messages along the wires to other parts. Then, too, the -outlying pickets had been warned by the blowing of whistles, which was -evidently a previously arranged signal in case of trouble occurring. -Before even the searchlight had burst into the night or commenced to -revolve, Hal and Gerald were entirely surrounded by a cordon of vigilant -men, few of whom knew exactly what was happening, though all could guess -that someone was near at hand whom it was desirable to capture. And the -electric light would help them. Meanwhile, they would stay in some dark -spot, and follow the rays, hoping to catch sight of the fugitives as -they darted from side to side in the endeavor to escape them. A dark -figure crouching beneath a tree or hedge would satisfy them, and on the -instant, up would fly the rifle to the shoulder, there would be just a -second's pause to correct the aim, and then--bang!--the hapless fellow -would spring into the air with hands outstretched, to fall next second -doubled into an inert heap. Oh, yes! it was simple, and an extremely -diverting sport to those who had themselves no danger to fear. - -As for Hal and Gerald, their desperate position filled them with -consternation, for as they ran hither and thither in the vain endeavor -to fly from the sweeping beams, the snap of twigs and the rustle of -leaves brushed on one side were followed by the sharp crack of rifles -fired at random in that direction. Perhaps there was no great danger to -them in that; but still, the bullets flew unpleasantly near, and sent -them running again, hunting them like hares from point to point. -Suddenly, as they crossed an open space, the searchlight fell full upon -them, and instantly the surrounding darkness was lit up by the flash of -many rifles. Ping! ping! ping! The shots rang out with startling -loudness, and the bullets hummed and pelted through the air overhead. - -"Halt there, and surrender!" a voice cried from the trees. "If you move -a step farther away I will shoot you." - -"We are caught, and must make the best of it," said Hal to Gerald, with -a groan. "Tell them that we give in, old fellow." - -Holding his hands above his head, Gerald did as he was asked. Then they -stood still in a patch of brilliant light, which was made all the more -glaring by the contrast of thick darkness all around. A few minutes -later some Spanish soldiers advanced towards them, rifle in hand, and, -forming a ring round the lads, marched them away, their path lit up all -the while by the electric light which followed every movement. Passing -down the street, they at length came to a large building, into which the -prisoners were at once taken. - -"Sit down there, and do not stir a finger, or you will be shot," said -the sergeant who was in charge of the party, indicating a rough bench -with a curt nod of his head. "I will go inside and ask his excellency -the colonel to interview you. By the time he is ready, those who warned -us from the barricade will have arrived to give their evidence; and -then, my friends, it will be a case of a rope, a friendly branch, and -plenty of air to dance on." - -He glanced at his captives, favoring them with a malicious grin as he -outlined their probable end. Then he went to a door close at hand, and, -having knocked upon it, entered, and closed it behind him. - -"I suppose he has gone to explain matters," said Hal coolly. "Keep up -your pecker, Gerald. The case looks precious bad, but we'll pull -through, depend upon it." - -"Right. I hope we may. But things look ugly. That pleasant gentleman who -has just done talking to me is good enough to tell me that we shall soon -be hanged. If it comes to that, Hal, why, we must face it out, and die -as those at the hacienda would have us do." - -He looked into his companion's face and smiled bravely, for Gerald was -determined to show his friend that he, too, possessed a fund of pluck -which would carry him through an unpleasant difficulty. - -"We will, old boy," Hal answered cheerily; "but let us hope that it will -not come to that. Hallo! Who's this?" - -At this moment an officer, who was dressed in the usual Spanish uniform, -emerged from the inner room, and was walking hurriedly across to the -door, being bent evidently upon the performance of some special duty, -when his eye fell upon Hal and Gerald. Almost instantly a startled cry -escaped him, and he sprang backwards in astonishment. - -"What! You!" he exclaimed, in tones of surprise, surveying them with an -air of delight. "You two from the hacienda! Idiots! You have played into -my hands. Men, close round your prisoners, and take the best care of -them, for I can vouch for it that they are Americans. They are spies, -and have come here to find out our secrets." - -He strode towards them, and grasping Hal's hat, tore it from his head. -Then he laughed sardonically in his face, and, with a triumphant glance -at the two prisoners, turned upon his heel, and re-entered the room from -which he had emerged a minute before. - -"What bad luck! What hard lines!" exclaimed Hal, with something -approaching a groan. "That fellow José d'Arousta again!" - -It was, indeed, an unfortunate meeting, and one fraught with the -greatest peril for Hal and his friend. They were prisoners, and -practically under a charge of spying upon the enemy; but for all that, a -minute or more before, the aspect of affairs had not been altogether -hopeless. How changed it was now! The very man of all others in Santiago -whom it was most desirable that they should not meet had run up against -them, had recognized them, and now, burning to avenge a private -grievance, had promptly denounced them as spies. No wonder that Hal -shuddered. Across his mind flitted the recollection of Mr. Brindle's -tale of the _Virginius_, and of the fate meted out to her hapless -crew--captured at night, condemned, and promptly shot at dawn. That was -the sequence of events; and what was to prevent a similar fate from -befalling them? - -"The letter! Of course, the letter which Mr. Brindle gave me," exclaimed -Hal, aloud, as if Gerald had been following the train of thoughts which -had been running through his mind. - -"Why that letter?" asked the latter, looking at him in astonishment. -"What are you talking about, old fellow?" - -"I was wondering what we could do to prove our identity, and the -innocent intention we had in coming here. José d'Arousta, you may be -sure, will not let such a golden opportunity of revenge slip by without -making the utmost use of it. He will proclaim us as spies, and if you -will only take the trouble to look at matters as they appear to others, -you will admit that that is the most natural conclusion for any Spaniard -to arrive at. War is declared, and, indeed, exists, between Spain and -America; and no doubt the whole of the island of Cuba, including the -towns, is under martial law. You are the son of a naturalized American, -and I his overseer. We are discovered at night in Santiago, and when -called upon to surrender, we fly from the soldiers. Naturally, we shall -be put down as spies who have come to see what defensive arrangements -have been made, so as to be able to communicate them to our friends. But -the letter which your father gave me will exonerate us. It states in -clear terms that we are endeavoring to leave for Tampa, and tells for -what purpose. Do you see, old boy? We put a spoke in D'Arousta's wheel -which I fancy will upset the whole apple-cart, so far as he is -concerned." - -"Splendid! I am relieved to hear it," cried Gerald. "I'll be honest, and -tell you that I was beginning to feel in a blue funk; but now, of -course, it will be all right, and we have nothing to fear." - -"Ye-e-s, perhaps," Hal answered doubtfully. "But someone will have to -pay for that officer's broken nose. I hit him heavily, I can assure you, -and fairly laid him out. Hush! The door is opening." - -At this moment José d'Arousta pushed his head into the outer room, and -signaled to the sergeant. - -"Bring in the prisoners," he said in triumphant tones, "and see that you -surround them, for these foreigners are capable of playing the maddest -tricks, and might throw themselves upon his excellency if you were to -relax your watchfulness." - -Shouldering their rifles, two of the soldiers grasped Hal and Gerald by -the arm; then the others took up their positions in front and behind, -and, at an order from the sergeant, the party marched into the room. It -was a large, bare compartment, dimly lighted by a single oil lamp -standing upon a table in the center. The atmosphere was thick with the -fumes of burning oil and stale tobacco smoke, and even a widely opened -window failed to clear it and make it more pleasant for those who were -there. - -Seated behind the table was a middle-aged officer, with stern but not -unkindly features. A clerk in military attire stood at the desk beside -him, and was taking down a letter at his dictation. - -"These are the prisoners, then--the very first we have taken, I -understand," said the officer, suddenly looking up and closely -scrutinizing Hal and Gerald. "Who are they? Why have they been taken? -Where is the evidence?" - -"Captain Volaga is the chief witness against these spies," answered José -d'Arousta, stepping forward from the shadow, "and I am the next, your -excellency. They are known to me as Americans. But it would be better, -perhaps, if my brother-in-arms told his tale first." - -"Americans! Ah, they look it! Then we will employ their language. We who -have lived in these parts soon pick up English, and, if we use it, all -will be able to understand. Come, what are their names, and where do -they hail from?" - -The colonel turned to the lads, and asked them the question in tones -which betrayed little accent. - -At this moment the door of the room opened, and the officer whom Hal had -struck entered with his face bound up, and scarcely more than his eyes -showing. - -"Who is this?" demanded the colonel. - -"I am Captain Volaga, excellency," was the answer, in a voice which -trembled with suppressed rage. "I have come to give my evidence against -these men." - -"Then step forward, and tell me first of all whether you identify them." - -"Yes, excellency, they are the same," the officer replied, looking at -the two prisoners with no friendly eyes, "and this young ruffian is the -one who struck me and injured one of my men. I will tell you how it -happened, Señor. The dolt at the barricade passed them through without -question; but I was sharper. Seeing them stealing beneath a lamp, and -being suspicious of them, I called to the rogues, and ordered them to -come to me so that I might find out who they were. Then, without -provocation, this one"--and he pointed at Hal with the end of his sword, -favoring him at the same time with an angry glare--"struck me violently -in the face, and followed up the attack by hurling one of my men against -his comrades. Both then ran from us into a house standing near at hand, -and when we searched it they were gone." - -"Indeed! I trust that you are not greatly hurt, Señor Capitan," the -colonel answered. "But, surely, your men were armed? How, then, did -these prisoners escape? One is only a boy, and the other cannot be -twenty yet. It is strange to hear that an officer and several of his -Majesty's soldiers were insufficient to capture them." - -It was, indeed, a peculiar tale, real though it was, and it scarcely -redounded to the credit of the officer. He had no answer to give to his -chief's questions, but stood there, a look of bitter hatred upon his -face. - -"Well, now for your story, Señor José d'Arousta," said the colonel. -"What do you know of these lads?" - -"They come from the hacienda Eldorado, and are Americans, and therefore -spies, your excellency. Search them, and I am sure that you will find -that they are armed." - -He turned to the men who were holding the prisoners, and gave them an -order. Instantly they ran their hands over them, and produced the -revolvers which both lads carried. - -"You see," continue José, with a sneer, "they meant to look after their -own safety. Spying is a dangerous game to play!" - -"And now, what have you to say?" asked the colonel courteously, turning -to Hal. "A very serious charge is made against you. First of all, you -are Americans, it seems. Then you are discovered slinking into the -town, and when called upon to surrender and give an account of -yourselves, you attack an officer, and contrive to escape from him in -spite of his escort of armed men. You are captured finally, and are -found to be carrying arms. An explanation is needed." - -"And I shall be glad to give it," said Hal quietly. "We come, as this -man beside me has stated, from the hacienda Eldorado; but we are not -spies. The war is nothing to us, but our safety, and that of our -friends, is another matter. Only yesterday, your excellency, we were -attacked by a band of cut-throats, who nearly relieved us of all we -possessed. Our mission now is to go to Tampa, and return with negroes -from Mr. Brindle's other estate, who will help to defend the hacienda. -We entered this town for one reason, and only one, namely, to get a -passage on a steamer sailing to Tampa." - -"The hacienda attacked!" exclaimed the colonel doubtfully; while the -face of Captain Volaga showed a smile of insolent incredulity. - -"Yes, señor," Hal answered calmly. "Attacked late in the afternoon, and -under the leadership of this man." He pointed to José d'Arousta, and -looked him sternly in the face. - -"Ha, ha, ha! He will accuse me of being an American spy next, Señor -Colonel!" cried José. "You can see that he is fabricating a tale. It is -a splendid cock-and-bull story from end to end." - -"So it would appear," the colonel replied. "Accuse one of my officers of -brigandage! It is monstrous--ridiculous! Young sir, you do your cause no -good by speaking in this wild manner. Confess at once that you and the -boy are spying, for it may very well make your sentence lighter in the -end." - -He looked at Hal sternly and yet kindly, for in his heart the colonel -was an easy-going fellow, and given to mercy if it were possible. - -"Come," he said again, in a persuasive voice; "I have sons of your age -who play pranks at times, though never one so dangerous and foolhardy as -this. Declare to me that you came to the town out of curiosity, and to -see what preparations we were making for the Americans." - -"Your excellency, we cannot do as you ask," Hal answered firmly. "What I -have stated is absolutely true, and if only you will favor me by reading -the letter which I have in my pocket, you will be assured of it." - -"Give it to me. One of you take it from his coat," said the colonel -shortly. - -The order was obeyed by José, and the letter handed to the colonel. -Instantly he tore the envelope open, and scanned the contents. - -"Yes, it is as you stated," he said. "I am more inclined to believe -you." - -"Pshaw! And you will allow two dangerous spies to escape because they -are of the same age as your sons!" exclaimed José d'Arousta. "It is -madness! It is folly!" - -He had been standing close beside the table, following the interview -between Hal and the colonel with the greatest attention; and now, seeing -that it had turned in favor of the prisoners, he started forward, and -interposed in a way which soon brought him a reprimand. - -"Señor, you forget yourself, and in whose presence you stand!" the -colonel cried angrily, turning upon him. "Have a care, Señor Capitan, -for I am your superior, and should you see fit to address me again in -such an unbecoming manner, I will place you under arrest. Perhaps it -might meet your deserts," he added significantly, "for there are tales -told in Santiago of the doings of José d'Arousta and his irregulars. I -have even heard it said that they are brigands. Have a care, I tell you, -for I might even go so far as to look into this strange accusation as -to an attack upon Eldorado." - -José had met his match. He turned pale at the colonel's words, and -retired from the table looking downcast. But his assurance quickly -returned. - -"Excellency," he exclaimed, "your pardon if I was too outspoken; but I -wish our country all that is well, and therefore I say again that these -two men are known to me. They are spies. Everything points to it, señor. -If not, then why should they attempt to escape, particularly when one of -them carries a letter, the contents of which will clear them? Depend -upon it, that note was there for a set purpose, and to be used only as a -last resource. Think of their revolvers, too. Pah! Were I in your place -I should give them till dawn, when they should face a corporal's picket, -and meet the fate of all who take to the calling of a spy." - -He ended an impassioned speech with a glare of hatred at Hal, and then -stood closely scrutinizing the colonel's features, to see, if possible, -what effect he had made, turning, however, every other moment to look -again at Hal, with eyes which even now were beginning to light up with -triumph. - -As for our hero and his friend, they stood there amongst the soldiers, -watching every movement and expression, and wondering vaguely what would -be the end of the interview. - -"I fear very much that you are right, Señor José," said the colonel at -length. "The evidence is too strong, and shows without a shadow of doubt -that the prisoners entered Santiago for one purpose only. It is sad that -we should commence the war with an execution; but it cannot be avoided. -We must protect ourselves, for if we were to allow these two lads to -leave unpunished, others would be encouraged. For spying, death is the -penalty. But I will not take the responsibility upon my own shoulders -for an act which in my heart I consider to be harsh and unjust. Men -should be treated as men; but to apply the same penalties to -irresponsible, impetuous lads is cruel in the extreme. Captain Volaga, -you will escort the prisoners to the cells in Morro Castle, and arrange -for their refreshment. See also that blankets are given them, for the -nights are getting cold. Here is a note to the officer in command. -Deliver it to him personally. I will now cable to Havana and ask for -instructions, but I fear that I can give no hope. Spies, whether men or -boys, must meet the same fate." - -He rose from his seat, and, with a wave of the hand, signified that the -interview was over. - -The soldiers at once closed round Hal and Gerald, and, at the officer's -order, marched out of the room. Then they halted outside, while José -d'Arousta and the injured captain conversed in low tones. Evidently some -satisfactory arrangement was come to, for they nodded and smiled in the -most pleasant manner, and when parting treated each other to an -elaborate salute. Then José approached the prisoners, and, halting in -front of them, addressed them in low tones which could not be overheard. - -"Señores, who could have guessed that in such a short space of time the -tables would turn so completely!" he said, with a triumphant smile. "But -yesterday I was a prisoner in your hands, under a threat of death; and -now you are in a similar condition, with this one difference: I escaped -to avenge the insult, while you will live only till to-morrow's sun is -up. Think of it! Dream of it! When the dawn comes, and you are led out -into the cold, your end will await you. Consideration will be shown, I -promise you, for some minutes shall be granted for quiet reflection. And -then, Señor Marchant, if you will but raise your eyes, you will find -that the ever-faithful José attends you, and will be ready, should you -desire it, to carry your adieus to the fair Señora Dora. Believe me, we -will weep together for your loss." - -He smiled a cruel, vindictive smile, and looked hard at Hal to see what -effect the words had had, but only to be disappointed. Not a muscle of -the young fellow's face moved as he returned the stare of the Spaniard -with one that was as proud and disdainful as it was possible to be. Then -his features relaxed, and he smiled. - -"The man is a bold villain," he said, with a laugh, turning to Gerald. -"When we are surrounded and held by the soldiers, so that he need fear -no punishment, he does his utmost to goad us into fury. Come along, old -boy; we have better things to do than to listen to such a fellow." - -Taking Gerald by the arm, he signified to the sergeant that he was -ready, and the order being given to the soldiers, they marched out of -the building, leaving José d'Arousta biting his lips with vexation. - -A large crowd was waiting outside, hoping to catch sight of the first -captives of the war. The news that they were spies, who had entered -Santiago in search of information, had been conveyed to them, so that -the appearance of the two lads was greeted with a storm of shrill cries. - -"Kill them! Shoot them!" the mob shouted, rushing towards the party of -soldiers who surrounded Hal and Gerald. But a line of troops drawn up -outside the house interposed, and thrust them back. Then, forming up on -either side, the Spaniards marched them off to the fortress which stands -perched high up on one side of the long entrance to the harbor, and -which goes by the name of the Morro Castle. Half an hour later the gates -were reached, and they marched in, leaving the crowd outside. Hal and -Gerald were led up a long flight of stone steps, through a dark -corridor, and afterwards up more stairs. Finally, they came to a -gallery, and were halted in front of an iron-studded door, at the -keyhole of which a soldier fumbled. - -A minute later they were thrust inside and the door was closed upon them -with a clang that sent an echo ringing through the old castle. - -"And so ends our little adventure," said Hal, seating himself upon a -bench. "We came to Santiago with only friendly thoughts in our hearts. -We were captured and accused of spying. The population jeered at us, and -showed so much hatred that it took a whole regiment to put us in prison. -And we are in reality two harmless young fellows. Well, it just settles -the matter. Gerald, if we are here to-morrow we shall die. We must -escape, and as the Spaniards have declared themselves our enemies, we -will do our utmost to thwart them." - - - - -CHAPTER XIV - -A DASH FOR LIBERTY - - -Desperate indeed was the position in which Hal and Gerald found -themselves, and well might their usually exuberant spirits be damped, -and their stock of courage ooze away at the dark prospect before them. -Even as they sat there in their cell, the Spanish colonel who had -interviewed them was probably dispatching his telegram to Havana; and -how would it read? "We have captured two Americans, who are probably -spies. They entered the town undetected, and when discovered and called -upon to surrender, showed resistance, injuring an officer. They finally -fell into our hands, and were found to be bearing arms. What shall we do -with them?" - -That in all probability would be the message, and it wanted little -imagination to sketch the answer. Across the wires would flash the -words, "Shoot them." - -Hal sat down upon a stone bench beneath a grated window, and thought the -matter out. Then he rose to his feet, and thrusting his hands into his -pockets, stared out into the night. It was as black as ink, and at first -only myriads of stars shone through the iron bars. But on casting his -eyes downward, he saw other and bigger spots of light, while the -reflection from them trailed towards him across a sheet of water that -rippled slightly. - -"The harbor!" he exclaimed. "The entrance to the shipping basin of -Santiago. Never before did I feel so much like a bird in a cage. Look at -those vessels, Gerald! They are just what we were in search of, and now -they lie so close below our feet, and yet, for all that, so hopelessly -far away. But we will not be beaten. I said that we must escape, and we -will! I tell you that we will, however great the difficulty. Come here, -old boy, and see what you can from the window; then we'll sit down and -discuss the matter." - -Gerald promptly stepped beside his friend, and, clasping the iron bars, -thrust his head as far through them as possible. - -"Hallo! What's this?" he cried. "Hal, they've turned the old searchlight -on again." - -He moved to one side to make room for Hal, who at once resumed his place -at the window and gazed out. Away to the left a bright beam of light was -stabbing the darkness from the far inland edge of the harbor. It swept -steadily to the right, illuminating the sphere upon which it fell so -clearly that everything within it was visible for a moment, then -disappeared, while a fresh scene flashed into view, only in its turn to -give place to another. They followed the broad beam as it fell upon -harbor and town, and then upon the open country. In a few minutes it had -reached the entrance to the harbor, and, shooting like a bar of silver -beneath the Morro Castle, and under the very feet of the prisoners, lit -up the swelling ocean beyond, by chance falling upon one of the ugly -torpedo boats which Hal had seen that morning. - -"That just shows what kind of a chance we should have had," said Gerald, -nodding towards the craft. - -"I don't know that I agree with you," Hal answered thoughtfully. "We -know that she is there, and with all lights dowsed we might easily slip -by her." - -"But you speak as though we were already on a ship," exclaimed Gerald. -"Of course, it is out of the question." - -Hal did not reply, but followed the searchlight with the closest -attention. It moved from the harbor mouth, searching every corner and -crevice of the rocks as it swept inland again. Soon it passed over a -landing jetty and illuminated a small launch which was lying moored -alongside. - -"See that?" exclaimed Hal, seizing Gerald by the shoulder to attract his -attention. - -"What? The launch?" - -"Yes, old chap; it will do for us." - -"But hold on! Look here, Hal, what the dickens are you talking about?" -Gerald asked, as if in some doubt as to Hal's condition of mind. "Man -alive, we are prisoners--jailbirds in the Morro Castle!" - -"Quite so; and to-morrow, if we are still here, we shall be prisoners -who are about to die. Listen to me, Gerald. We have but one life -apiece, and may as well make a fight for it. If we are worsted, where -will be the difference? It can mean nothing worse in the end, for what -sentence can be more severe than that of death? I am determined to get -out of this, for life is very dear, and I mean to cling to mine. Sit -down while I talk to you. There, don't interrupt me till I have -finished, then you can tell me exactly what you think. Now, the position -is plain and straightforward. We must escape if we wish to live. Look -round the cell and say if it is possible to break these bars, or knock a -hole through walls, ceiling, or floor. It is out of the question, and so -also is the door. Then we must turn to the jailer. I had my eyes well -open when we came in here, and I noticed that the man was new at the -work. He could not find the key, and fumbled at the lock. If he is -strange to prison life, he may well be less suspicious of his charges, -and less expectant of danger. Now, we will do our best to collar him, -and I've an idea how it is to be done. You will lie there and pretend -to be ill. Just groan and kick up a fuss to your heart's content, while -I knock and kick at the door, and shout for the jailer. Then, when he -comes in, and, as will be natural, goes across the cell to look at you, -I'll jump on him, and with your help we'll tie him up and gag him. -Follow, old chap?" - -"By Jove! Follow? Ra-a-ather! Of course I do; and, what's more, I'm -ready for the game. After all, as you said, capture for the second time -can bring no worse penalty." - -"That done," continued Hal calmly, "we must use our wits to get out of -the castle. We've blankets to make into ropes, and I suggest that we -begin to tear them into strips at once, for we shall want something for -the jailer. Once away from the castle, we'll sneak down to the launch, -and get up steam. Probably she is deserted at night, but, in any case, -it is scarcely likely that more than one man will be aboard. He would -have to be dealt with of course, and then we'd just slip our moorings -and make a dash for the sea. There, now, what have you to say?" - -"Say? Why, that I am with you through thick and thin," exclaimed Gerald, -in tones of enthusiasm. "If we only manage to get through we shall have -had an adventure to remember and talk about to the end of our lives." - -"That's so," Hal agreed. "But now for the blankets." - -Sitting side by side on the stone seat, they soon tore them into long -strips, which they twisted and knotted together, and afterwards wound in -lengths round their waists. Then they set apart a few pieces as lashings -for their prospective prisoner, and fashioned a rough gag. - -"That's finished," remarked Hal with satisfaction. "And now for the -other part." - -"Hush! Someone is coming along the passage," whispered Gerald. "There, I -can hear footsteps plainly." - -Hal darted to the door, and, listening eagerly, distinguished a distant -step, evidently of some heavily shod foot which was slowly coming -nearer. - -"Quick! Onto the bench and sham that you are ill," he cried, turning to -Gerald. "I believe the jailer is going to pay us a visit." - -This, in fact, was the case, for scarcely had Gerald thrown himself upon -the low bench of stone, and commenced to give vent to the most -heartrending groans, when heavy boots came to a halt outside the cell, -and a key was heard grating in the lock. Then the door swung open, and -the soldier who had admitted them when they first arrived at the castle -entered, bearing on his arm a basket which contained a bottle of native -wine and some bread and meat. He stopped in the middle of the cell, and -looked wonderingly at Gerald. - -"What's amiss? What ails the lad?" he asked in Spanish. - -"Oh, I've such pain. Help me," groaned Gerald, in quavering tones. - -Curious to learn what was the matter, the jailer placed his basket on -the floor, and, crossing the bench, bent over Gerald. In an instant the -prisoner, who had been in seeming agony before, had thrown his arms -round the man's neck, drawing his face so tightly against his chest that -he could not utter a sound, and was almost stifled. Then Hal sprang -across the cell, and, with a hasty hitch, secured the jailer's arms -behind his back. To bind his legs was a different matter, however, for -he fought like a wild cat, and, wrenching his head free, gave vent to a -loud shout. But he did not repeat it, for, conscious that their lives -depended on the man's silence, Hal grasped him by the hair, and brought -his head against the stonework with a bang. - -"That should keep him quiet," he said, with a gasp. "Now for the gag." - -Gerald had it ready, and before very long their prisoner lay on the -floor, bound hand and foot, and incapable of speech. - -"The first scene is ended satisfactorily," said Hal, eying him with no -little pleasure; "and now for the second. Get hold of that basket, old -man; grub will be welcome later on. I'll make free with the bundle of -keys which the fellow carried. Now, out we go." - -They gave another backward glance to see that the man was securely -bound, and then stepped into the corridor, closing the door gently after -them. - -"Where now?" whispered Gerald. - -"Follow me. We'll take the road that we know," was Hal's answer, "Keep -close, and whatever you do, don't make a sound. If anyone runs up -against us, go for him like the wind, and hammer him into silence. We -have a chance before us that must not be lost." - -He at once stepped forward, and gaining the stairs, descended -cautiously. No one was in the lower gallery, nor on the second flight of -steps, and the two escaping prisoners reached the door of the castle -without hearing so much as a sound. It was locked, and many anxious -moments were expended ere the right key could be found. Then the -ponderous door swung open slowly, and they emerged into the castle yard, -round which many lights were flashing from the windows of the soldiers' -quarters. Taking Gerald by the hand, Hal led him to the darkest corner, -where they crouched, listening for any noise, and wondering whether the -jailer's cry had been heard, and the alarm given. But not a sound -disturbed the silence, save the stamp of a distant sentry plodding up -and down upon his lonely beat, and coughing occasionally as the cool -night air entered his lungs. - -"All seems well," whispered Hal; "and no one heard the cry, or we should -have had the soldiers after us already. Let us get out of this yard, and -down to the harbor." - -It was easier to propose than to accomplish, for no doubt, sentries were -stationed on the walls. The yard itself was situated on the steep side -of a hill, leading upward from the town to the castle, and, crouching -where they were, Hal and Gerald could look along the roofs of many of -the tiny houses which stood inside the walls, into the streets of -Santiago. Suddenly the revolving searchlight turned once more in their -direction, and in rushing behind a projecting buttress to escape it, Hal -tripped over a bucket, and fell headlong, sending it clattering over the -stones. - -Instantly there was a loud challenge from the sentry, to which no answer -was given. Then, as they crouched in the shadow, they heard first one -and then some twenty soldiers clatter from the house close to which they -were lying, and run into the square. - -"What was that noise?" the sentry demanded in Spanish. "Who caused the -racket over in yonder corner?" - -"Where? In what part?" asked one of the men. - -"Close beside your quarters. The searchlight swept round, and suddenly a -bucket or something of the sort was kicked. Go and look for me, one of -you." - -"They are coming to search here," said Gerald. "What shall we do?" - -"Make a bolt into their own quarters," Hal answered promptly. "We -escaped in that way before, and may well do so again." - -He started to his feet, and, creeping along beside the wall, peeped in -at an open window. The room was empty, and only faintly illuminated by a -flickering tallow candle. Hal at once climbed in, and assisted Gerald to -follow. Then they crept to the door, and, seeing no one, ran upstairs to -the rooms above, which were also vacant. - -"We shall have to clear from here," said Hal, looking round at the row -of rough pallets which evidently served the soldiers for beds. "What -about the roof? Perhaps we can reach it this way." - -He ran into a room at the back of the building, and, climbing on to a -window-sill, stretched his arm above his head. It was too short by a -couple of feet, and the gutter looked hopelessly out of reach. Suddenly, -however, he thought of the latticed shutter, and grasping the battens, -and digging his feet in between those below, hoisted himself up. A -moment later he had one hand on the iron gutter, and after that had no -difficulty in clambering on the roof, which ascended at an easy slope. - -"Hand up the grub, Gerald," he said, leaning over the edge and lowering -his voice to a gentle whisper. "That's it. Let go; I've got hold of the -handle. Now, up you come." - -Gerald was as active as a monkey, and quickly climbed to Hal's side, -when the two scrambled along the roof till they arrived at a part where -the coping formed with the sloping tiles a deep angle; and here they lay -full length, settling themselves into the narrow space, and taking -particular pains to make sure that no part of their dress was projecting -over the top. Down below in the yard there was the clatter of many feet -as the soldiers ran round the building. Then the same voice that had -answered the questions of the sentry was heard again, calling loudly. - -"There is a bucket lying over here," the man cried, "but we can see no -trace of anyone. Are you sure you are not mistaken?" - -"I distinctly heard someone fall," was the answer. "Idiot! Do you think -that I could make an error when it occurred so close at hand? Am I not -on duty? One would think that I was a log by the way in which you talk. -Mistaken, indeed! How do you know that it is not those beggarly -prisoners whom we are to waste powder upon to-morrow morning? Perhaps it -is they, and while you chatter and tell your comrade that he does not do -his duty, they may be escaping." - -The sentry bellowed out his words, and snorted with indignation, for his -feelings were evidently hurt at such an accusation. But the other man -was not to be subdued. - -"Escaping? Ridiculous, Santo!" he cried. "They were locked in the cell. -I was one of the guard, and saw it with my own eyes. Perhaps you will -tell me next that these American spies are capable of flying through a -locked door!" - -"I tell you that I am sure that someone is attempting to get away from -the castle, and I believe it to be the two prisoners who came here this -evening," the sentry answered angrily. "Give the alarm, comrade, and -hurry off to make sure of the matter. Do not let the cause of our -country suffer because we cannot agree." - -The soldier in the yard below grumbled; but, urged on by his comrades, -who seemed to agree with the sentry, he hastened to the castle, and Hal -and his companion heard him running up the flight of stone steps. - -"Now there will be a fine hullabaloo," said the former quietly. "I vote -we stick closely in this hiding-place, and do not allow ourselves to be -scared by all the noise and fuss which they are bound to kick up. Once -the escape is discovered the alarm will fly all over the town, and -search-parties will be about. We are their first prisoners, and you may -be sure they will not allow us to slip through their fingers without a -struggle. But no one will think of looking for us here, and we have the -great advantage of lying in a hollow to which the searchlight cannot -penetrate. Half a minute, though. I'll just take a look over the side, -and see where we are." - -He raised his head cautiously, and, carefully keeping well away from the -stone coping, took a good look over the side. - -"Good luck!" he exclaimed, with some show of excitement, suddenly -sinking to his place again. "If only we can find some means of fastening -our ropes, we can drop directly over the wall. Keep where you are, -Gerald, while I see what can be done." - -He rose to his knees, and crept up the sloping roof to something which -looked in the darkness like a chimney-stack. It proved to be what he -thought, and in a twinkling he produced the end of the rope, made from -torn-up blankets, which he had wound round his waist. Making a big loop -in it, he slipped it over the brick-work and descended again. - -"There," he said, with an excited chuckle, "I've fixed the rope, so that -if our presence here is suspected we shall have a chance for freedom. -Hush! What is that fellow saying?" - -It was the soldier again, who, emerging from the castle at this moment, -ran down the steps in such a hurry as to lose his balance and roll over -and over into the yard. He picked himself up with an oath, and rushed -towards the sentry. - -"The prisoners have escaped!" he shouted, in high falsetto. "When I came -to the cell the door was not locked, and inside Alberto lay insensible, -and bound hand and foot. Quick! Ring the alarm bell, one of you." - -A few moments later the deep notes were booming out over the town and -castle, ringing the alarm so that all in Santiago should be on the -look-out. That notice of it was taken was at once evident, for the -change was wonderful. Shouts suddenly rang out from all quarters; and, -as if thrown into a state of uncontrollable excitement by the commotion, -the searchlight fluttered here and there, now flashing into the sky, and -next moment burying its broad shaft of dazzling light in the deep waters -of the harbor. - -Then an officer ran hastily from his quarters in the castle, and called -upon the soldiers to fall in. - -"Get to your ranks at once," he cried, "and let each sergeant take his -section and search a portion of the castle. Quick! There will be trouble -if these prisoners get clear away." - -Crouching in their hiding-place, Hal and Gerald listened eagerly, and -heard the search-parties hurrying to and fro. One actually came into the -very house on the roof of which they were lying. - -"What is the use of searching here?" they heard one of the men grumble. -"It is folly to expect to find them in our own quarters, for we only -descended a few seconds before the alarm was given. Take us somewhere -else, sergeant, for we shall be wasting our time and breath here." - -They went away at once, and the two prisoners breathed more freely. - -"We are safe now," said Hal, with a sigh of relief; "but we shall have -to lie here as quiet as mice till the din dies down. Can you swim, -Gerald?" - -"Yes, rather! But why?" - -"Because the best and safest way to reach the launch will be to slip -down from here into the water, and strike straight for the jetty -alongside which she is moored. We shall have to keep to the harbor, too; -for to get on the landing-stage or to attempt to walk along it would -result in certain capture. It's going to be a most trying undertaking, I -can tell you, old man." - -They lapsed into silence, and for two hours lay in the gutter listening -to the noises which came from every side. But, little by little, the -sounds of shouting in the distance and the hubbub in the courtyard of -the castle died down, and finally the town regained its accustomed -quietness. Even the searchlight seemed to have recovered its equanimity, -for it now revolved smoothly, occasionally, however, darting to some -particular spot as some fresh alarm was sounded. - -"All is clear beneath us, and I fancy we had better be starting," said -Hal at length. "We have a great deal before us, and we must not forget -that before many hours have passed dawn will be breaking. But a fellow -can't do much on an empty stomach, so I vote that we tuck in at the -grub. Then we shall feel more inclined for the job, and can set out for -the launch with courage raised to the highest." - -It was a good suggestion, and Gerald, who was nothing loath, and, -indeed, longing for something to eat, dragged the basket forward and -placed it between them, while Hal searched for his knife. There was a -mug lying beside the bottle, and he at once made preparations to quench -his thirst. Placing his hat upon the roof, he put the bottle in it, and -with a sharp blow knocked the neck in two, the glass making no sound as -it fell upon the cloth. Then they divided the meat, and set to work to -devour it eagerly, for both were famishing. - -"There's just one thing to discuss before we start," said Hal. "Shall we -stick to the plan we have prepared, or shall we make back to the -hacienda? For my part, I say no. Decidedly no! In the first place, we -should run a far greater risk of discovery, for we should have to pass -through the town, and get through the pickets who patrol the side that -faces the open country. You may be sure that they are wide awake; and, -indeed, that is the side on which they will be looking out, for who -would expect escaping prisoners to make out to sea? The idea would -appear ridiculous to the average man, and it is the very improbability -that will help us most. Then we have to remember another very important -point. It is known that we hail from the hacienda, and what will be more -natural after our escape than for Eldorado to be favored by a visit from -Spanish troops? If we were foolish enough to return, we should certainly -be captured and hauled back to Santiago, when little chance would be -allowed us to make a second attempt to escape." - -"You're like a lawyer, old boy," Gerald whispered in reply. "I quite see -your point, and I say too, go for the launch tooth and nail, and clear -from the harbor. It is our only chance, and with luck, such as we have -already had to-night, we shall manage it beautifully." - -"Then we stick to the old plan. Shall I go over the side first, or will -you? Perhaps I'd better, for I am the heavier." - -He crawled to the rope and, taking the coiled-up end in his hand, flung -it over the coping. Then, having very cautiously raised his head, and -inspected his surroundings as well as the darkness would permit, he -squeezed Gerald's hand and lowered himself over the wall. It was an -uncanny sensation to be swinging there in the open, uncertain of the -drop beneath, and ignorant as to whether the rope was long enough to -reach to the bottom. But Hal scarcely gave the matter more than a -thought, for his attention was riveted upon the searchlight which had -passed a few moments before. If only it kept steadily upon its course, -they would both be down by the water's edge and in hiding from it before -it came round again. But supposing it commenced its vagaries, and began -to flit to and fro, as if suspecting the presence of the fugitives, and -eager to atone for its previous defeat by discovering them? Well, there -was no ordering its movements, and they must just take their chance and -hope for the best; but in any case they had already gone so far towards -the liberty which they loved, and which meant life to them, that they -would not give in without a struggle. - -Suddenly Hal's feet struck the ground, and he at once relinquished his -hold of the rope and lay down upon the grass, listening for Gerald's -descent. Almost before he expected him he was down by his side. They -shook hands heartily, and then stole down the steep face of the hill -which led to the harbor. - -"Come in here; this will do for us," said Hal in a whisper, drawing his -companion into the shadow of a boat which suddenly barred their way, and -which was propped up on its side. - -They crept right into it, and lay there, full length, waiting with -fluttering hearts for the searchlight to pass. At last it came, seeming -to the lads, in their highly strung condition, to pause inquiringly, as -it lit upon the boat. - -Did the man who worked it suspect that they were there? Would he give -another alarm at once and would the tolling of that castle bell, which -sounded so dismally like a funeral knell, boom out over the town and set -hundreds of eager trackers after the spies? Where could they fly then? -The harbor? No, that would not do. Then where? - -The thoughts buzzed through their heads, and the questions remained -unanswered. But each crept still closer into his shelter, pressing -against the planks as though that would add to his safety. And all the -while their hearts beat a rapid tattoo against their ribs, for they were -conscious that discovery at this moment would blight all their hopes of -escape. But they were frightening themselves unnecessarily, for the beam -sped on its way without an instant's halt, flashing across the water, -and resting for the space of a few seconds upon the launch towards which -they were about to swim. - -"Now for it, Gerald," said Hal shortly. "Off with your coat and boots." - -They kicked the latter off, and, rapidly divesting themselves of the -former, stole down to the water's edge. Fifty yards away the beam of -light was sweeping across the surface of the water, and steadily -increasing the distance between them, leaving all but that part upon -which it fell obscured in dense and impenetrable darkness. Nothing, in -fact, could have been more opportune for Hal and his friend. They slid -gently into the harbor, to find themselves in deep water at once. Then -they threw themselves forward, and struck out boldly for the distant -quay, in the wake of the revolving light. - - - - -CHAPTER XV - -WITH THE AMERICAN FLEET - - -It was a long swim that Hal and Gerald had started upon, but -circumstances were in their favor, and they made light of it. The summer -was scarcely at an end, and the water, therefore, was beautifully warm, -so that there was no reason to fear an attack of cramp; and the farther -they moved from the shore, the more they were helped on their course by -a current which, sweeping in from the sea through the long, narrow, -neck-like opening, struck a projecting bluff below the Morro Castle, and -was deflected to the center of the harbor, carrying the swimmers with -it. Halfway across, Hal's hand struck gently against a large iron buoy, -to which life-lines were attached, and which was anchored in mid stream. -He at once turned to Gerald, laying one hand on his shoulder to attract -his attention, while with the other he obtained a firm grasp of one of -the ropes. - -"We'll rest and get our wind here," he said. "Come round to this side, -old boy. It is the farthest from the searchlight, and we shall be hidden -in the shadow. Next time it has safely passed us, we'll make tracks -straight for the launch, and do our best to get on board before the -light revolves in our direction again." - -It was a wise course to pursue, for the beam cast by the electric -lantern had long ago won the race, and was already sweeping the streets -of Santiago, _en route_ for the Morro Castle and the harbor again. Soon -it reached the buoy, appearing to hover over it, just as it had done -five minutes before in the case of the upturned boat. But it only did -so in the imagination of the fugitives, for, in reality, it swept on -without a pause, and went trailing its silent, inquisitive way across -the lonely water. - -"Now is the time," whispered Hal. "When we reach the launch swim to the -after-end, and crawl on board. The cabin is right up in the bows, for I -took particular note of that when watching from the cell." - -Gerald nodded, for floating with one's mouth just clear of the water is -not conducive to much conversation. Then he let go his hold of the -life-line, and closed up to his friend. With steady and powerful -strokes, and without the least sign of haste, they swam through the -water, their eyes fixed upon the opposite shore of the harbor, and on -the shipping as it flashed into sight. Soon a big object rose up black -before them in the darkness, and Hal's hand came in contact with the -stone pier. A few strokes farther on he touched the side of a vessel, -and, stretching high above his head, was able to grasp the gunwale. A -thrill of pleasure at once ran through his frame as he realized that -this must be the launch in which they hoped to escape from the harbor. -To slide along to the rudder was the work of only a few seconds, when -his fingers touched the blades of a screw. He at once obtained a firm -grip of the side, and hoisted himself slowly and gently to the deck, -where he was joined by Gerald directly afterwards. - -"We want a breather. I'm puffed," the latter whispered. - -"Yes, but we cannot take it here," was the answer. "Let us get into the -stoke-hole. Here it is. Come down gently." - -There was a tiny iron ladder leading into a small engine-room and -stoke-hole combined, and both at once slid down this, and sat upon the -floor. - -"Now we can talk," said Hal in a whisper. "But first of all let us -settle the question whether anyone is aboard. Sit where you are, Gerald. -You're a bit blown, and want rest. I'm as fresh as a daisy, and will -just go along to the cabin to see if anyone is there." - -He went to the end of the boiler, and, discovering a piece of oily -waste, carefully lifted the furnace door. A dull glow immediately -escaped, lighting the stoke-hole dimly, and showing at once that it -contained only themselves. - -"Fires banked to last till morning," said Hal in satisfied tones, which -he reduced to little more than a whisper. "That shows that no one -intends to look at them during the night. Let me see. Yes, the boiler is -full, and the pressure gauge shows just a few pounds of steam. No good -to us, though; but we'll soon raise it to bursting-point. Now I'm off." - -He stirred the fire, and silently closed the door. Then he ascended the -tiny ladder, and crawled along the deck till he came to the cabin, which -was roofed with a skylight. Feeling in the darkness for the opening, he -soon discovered a catch, and pulling the door open, descended without -hesitation, but using the utmost caution all the while. It was even -darker down below than on deck, and he therefore stood still, for, if he -had moved forward, he might well have stumbled blindly across someone -sleeping there. But his doubts were quickly set at rest, for the -searchlight again came to the rescue, falling upon the launch, and -sending a flood of brilliant rays through the skylight. - -"Good! It's empty," murmured Hal; "and as it runs right forward into the -bows, and right aft to the engine-room, it is clear that we have the -boat to ourselves. All the better, say I, for every time we have to -silence some fellow we add to our risks; besides, I don't like to be -hammering everyone who comes in our way. But now for steam, and a -glorious run to the sea. Ah, we'll feed the fires till the plates are -red-hot and the funnel melts. Then, when she's trembling with the -pressure of the steam in her boiler, we'll set her for the harbor -mouth." - -He almost clapped his hands in the exuberance of his spirits, for even -the least sanguine would have had to admit that now, indeed, success was -near at hand. But there was plenty of work to be done, and he returned -to the stoke-hole to complete it. - -"We've got to make a move soon," he said. "It must be some while after -midnight, and daylight will be with us about three o'clock. We'll lift -the furnace door again so as to get a good look round. I shall want -plenty of fuel close at hand, but it will not do to move more than can -possibly be helped till we are out of the harbor; for, on a quiet and -still night, sounds, however faint, can be heard a very great distance." - -"And when we are out, what then?" asked Gerald. - -"Just this, old boy. You'll have to be skipper, and get to the wheel. -There is one good point about it, I notice. They've placed it so close -to the entrance above that it will be possible to stand on one of the -lower rungs of the ladder, and steer without showing much more than your -head. No doubt this launch is usually run by one man, who works her -engines and wheel alone. That's why they are placed in such handy -positions. If we are not discovered, all will be as simple as eating a -dinner; but, if we are, then it will be a trifle exciting, and you will -have to look out for the bullets. My job is the engine and the furnace. -I've played the game before, and know something about it. Now, lend a -hand, and go easy, whatever you do. We don't want all those dogs on our -track again, if we can avoid it." - -Lifting pieces of coal in his hands, Hal cast them one by one into the -flames, for to have employed a shovel would have been to run the risk of -discovery. It was slower work, but safer by far, and after all, with two -hard at it, was soon ended. Now and again Hal went to the ladder, and, -standing on one of the lower rungs, put his head up through the opening, -and looked at the funnel. - -"She'll do," he said at last, in tones of satisfaction. "The fuel is -dry, and at present the smoke is scarcely noticeable. Wait till we get -away, and put the steam-blast on. Then there'll be flames spouting into -the sky, and a regular firework display." - -"Yes, and a few shells flying after us," said Gerald, with something -remarkably like an excited chuckle. "That's about what it will be, for I -cannot see how we can hope to slip out without discovery. If the funnel -does not give us away, the searchlight certainly will. But we'll dodge -that if we've any luck. Anyway, we will get out of this, whatever -happens." - -"That's so; we will, old boy, and I fancy it's high time now to be -setting about it. I've never before walked off with property belonging -to somebody else, but this time it's a case of our lives, and, besides, -all's fair, you know." - -"Yes, in love and war, Hal. Hillo! I can hear a shindy somewhere. What's -it all about?" - -Hal darted to the ladder, and, thrusting his head through the opening -above, hung there listening. - -"There are men coming along the quay," he said. "What can they want? -This is the only boat moored over in this direction." - -They looked into each other's faces in the dim light given by the fire, -and each noticed that the other had turned deathly pale. - -"They must be coming here," gasped Gerald. - -"Then we must disappoint them," answered Hal. "Quick! throw off the -for'ard mooring, Gerald. No, not that way; you will get at it sooner by -hopping ashore. Then do the same aft, and jump on board. Quick! hop, I -say; for we have very little time to lose." - -He turned at once to the furnace, and commenced to shovel coal into it -at a rapid pace, keeping his eye all the time fixed on the pressure -gauge. - -"One hundred and fifteen pounds," he said. "Good! That will help us -finely. Now we'll get the bearings warmed." - -He turned the steam cock slightly, and sent a cloud of hot vapor rushing -into the cylinders. - -"Below there! she's loose. I've cast off the moorings," whispered Gerald -at this moment, thrusting his head down into the stoke-hole. - -"Then give her a good push off, and go to the wheel," answered Hal. - -Gently, and without a sound, save the low drone of the fire, and the -roar of flames rushing through the funnel, the launch left the quay, -and, propelled by a thrust of Gerald's foot, glided some yards into the -harbor. She was away only just in time, for, a minute or two later, some -twenty soldiers marched up, and voices were heard. - -"Halt, men, and see that you keep in your places," someone was heard to -exclaim, in far from pleasant tones. "Now, señor, what is it? These -beggarly Americans seem to have disturbed the whole town. First, my -comrade is so upset by a blow in the face that I have to take his duty; -and then you must needs turn me out at this uncomfortable hour to follow -some wild-goose chase. Why could you not use your own ruffians?" - -"Grumbling will not mend matters," was the suave answer, in a voice -which Hal and his comrade recognized as José d'Arousta's. "These two -Americans escaped from a fool of a jailer, and are still about. We have -reason to believe that they are in the harbor, for their boots were -found not an hour ago, beneath the Morro Castle. I received orders to -call you and your men, and to instruct you to come here, so that you -might get on board the launch. Caramba, but it is dark! It is like the -bottom of a pit. Where can the boat be?" - -"Alongside, you said, señor," the other answered sourly. "Where is it, -then?" - -Footsteps were heard on the paving as José d'Arousta and some of the -soldiers hunted along the quay. Meanwhile the launch lay off at a -distance of a few yards, her passengers crouching in the stoke-hole, and -hoping to remain undiscovered. - -"Look, Señor Capitan, there is the boat!" one of the men suddenly cried, -"I can see flames and smoke coming from the funnel." - -"What? The furnaces in full blast!" José shouted. "The fires were banked -for the night, and no one was aboard her." - -"Perhaps the engineer in charge has got here before us," the officer -remarked. "Why not hail him?" - -"Hi! Aboard there! Put in alongside the quay," José promptly sang out. - -The only answer was a shower of sparks from the funnel, and the splash -and noise of churning water, for Gerald had been listening to all that -passed, and had rapidly interpreted to Hal. - -"Sing out that you are coming," said the latter, "and then steer her for -the harbor mouth. I'll give her steam." - -He turned to the throttle and opened it wide, at the same time allowing -the steam-blast to come into action. - -"She's moving now," he cried. "Keep her well away, Gerald, and dodge the -searchlight, whatever you do." - -[Illustration: HAL AND HIS COMPANION ESCAPE FROM SANTIAGO.] - -"Hi there! Where are you going? Where are you steering to?" a voice -cried from the quay; and then, as the launch sped on into the harbor -basin, José d'Arousta was heard calling to the soldiers to open fire. - -"Ah, treachery!" he shouted. "Something is wrong; for see, she is -running away. I have it; those rascally spies are aboard. Let your men -open fire at once, señor." - -A single rifle cracked immediately, no doubt fired in order to give the -alarm, and almost instantly the searchlight went through the same -strange antics as before. Finally it settled on the harbor, and, -sweeping slowly across it, lit full upon the launch. In a minute there -was a roll of musketry, and a shower of bullets hurtled about her, some -piercing her woodwork as if it had been merely paper, but none, -fortunately, hitting Hal or Gerald, or any part of the machinery. A -minute later they had run into the shadow cast by a long line of -shipping, behind which the light failed to reach them. Hal at once -thrust his head up through the opening, and then cut off steam. - -"They'll expect us to pop out at the other end," he said quietly, "but -we'll disappoint them by going about and cutting back by way of the -quay. Ready? Then shove the wheel over. There's enough row going on all -round to drown any we may make." - -And this was the case, for the gyrations of the searchlight and the -rattle of musketry had effectually awakened the shipping world. The -crews of vessels lying in the harbor came tumbling up on deck, while -many of the ships rang their bells, as though a general attack by the -enemy in force were imminent. A few who had news of the runaways put -off in their boats, and pulled into the open water, their hands shouting -loudly for information as to the whereabouts of the escaping prisoners. - -"Just keep these ships in line with the searchlight," said Hal, a few -moments later, thrusting his head up again. "That will give us a dark -patch in which to run, and will carry us almost as far as the exit. -That's it. Steady so. I'm going to pile the coal till she's fit to -burst." - -He dived below again, and, seizing the shovel which had already proved -so useful, threw the fuel into the open door of the furnace. By now the -dial showed a greater head of steam, but he was not yet satisfied, and -kept at the work, even going to the length of tossing an open can of oil -into the flames. - -As for Gerald, with eyes shifting from right to left, and returning ever -and anon to the searchlight, he gripped the wheel and steered the launch -in a dead line ahead. Once, a boat suddenly sprang out of the dense -darkness directly in front, and he caught sight of the water flashing -faintly at the tips of the oars. But he would not alter his course, and -went rushing on, only missing the other craft by a foot or two, and -leaving it behind in a trice, rocking so violently that it was a wonder -that it did not fill and sink at once. - -"Where are they? What is all this bother about?" someone cried. - -Gerald did not trouble to answer. He kept grimly on till a flash of the -broad beam overhead showed him that he was approaching the edge of the -harbor. Then, hesitating how to act, he looked down at Hal as if to ask -his advice, and saw him stripped to the waist, and standing in the glare -of the furnace, into which he was throwing coal as if life itself -depended on his exertions--as, indeed, it did. - -Round spun the wheel, and the launch swayed to the left, rolling heavily -as she did so. - -"This is my job," murmured Gerald, unconsciously repeating the words Hal -had used when giving him the post of steersman. "I'll see the show -through. Now for the channel that leads to the sea." - -"Will the searchlight fall upon it just as we enter? Yes--no--perhaps it -will not. Ah! it must. It is all up with us!" - -The thoughts flashed through his mind, one moment high hope surging -through his heart, and the next some movement of the electric beam -shattering all thoughts of escape. The light fluttered onto the thin -band of water leading out between the steep cliffs to the sea, to safety -and friends, and then whisked back to the harbor, flying across every -foot of its surface that it was possible to reach, and searching every -nook and corner. - -Round spun the wheel again. - -"In the channel, and now bang straight ahead," murmured Gerald. "If the -Dons who man the castle batteries do not spot us we shall be lucky. But -how can they fail, when flames like that are pouring from the funnel? -They're bound to let fly at us." - -He cast an upward glance at the smoke-stack, and longed to be able to -smother the flaring streak which poured from it into the night, lighting -up the surroundings like a torch. Luck, however, seemed to have followed -the runaways, for if anyone noticed them, he made no sign, not thinking -that this tiny vessel, rushing so boldly out to sea, could contain any -but friends. Perhaps, even, he may have thought it was the officer who -had been told off to conduct the search; though then it was strange that -he should feed his fires till the funnel was on the point of melting, -while the escape steam whistled through the valve with a deafening -noise. - -Fortunate indeed was it for the fugitives that another part attracted -the attention of the Spaniards. From Morro Castle, and from all the -defenses, the eyes of the garrison were fixed upon the searchlight. -Breathless with excitement, and too occupied to utter as much as a -sound, they followed the revolving beam, till at last it fell full upon -a launch steaming across the harbor. No doubt it contained José -d'Arousta and his men; but the watchers were ignorant of that, and set -up a shout of exultation that awoke the echoes. They rushed to their -guns and rifles, and would have opened fire had not the workers of the -light known more than they, and flashed it elsewhere in search of the -escaping prisoners. And all the while Hal and Gerald were speeding, with -their most eager efforts, along the narrow track that led to the sea. - -"Another half-mile and we shall be away," screamed the latter, looking -down at his friend. But the escaping steam smothered his voice, and only -the click and scrape of the busy shovel answered him. - -Bang! A huge column of water blew up into the night some hundred paces -behind, sending a heavy swell rolling along, which caught the launch and -caused it to bob sharply. - -"A mine!" shouted Hal, who had heard the roar. "I should say that it is -about their last. Keep her over to one side, for those infernal machines -are usually laid in the center, so as to catch the large ships. A miss -is as good as a mile, old boy!" - -"We're out now," shouted Gerald, taking a hasty look round, and noticing -that the reflection of the flames upon the wet rock on either side had -just vanished. "Now where away?" - -"Bang straight for the deep blue sea, old chap, and the farther out the -better. If we could put a hundred miles between us and the Dons within -the next few minutes I should feel all the happier." - -To steer directly out was, indeed, the best course they could follow, -and neither of the lads relaxed his energies till the tiny launch had -plowed a way ten miles out to sea. All was in their favor, for the -night, though intensely dark, was beautifully calm, and the surface of -the water undisturbed by even a ripple. An hour later, when they had -obtained a good offing, Hal left the door of the furnace wide open, and -stopped the engines. - -"I'm peckish again," he said, climbing to the deck, and wiping the -perspiration from his forehead with a piece of oily waste. "Skip along, -old man, and see whether you can manage to find some grub and something -to drink." - -Gerald at once left the wheel, and going to the forward part of the -launch, descended into the cabin. He had little difficulty in discerning -his surroundings, for by this time the sky had lightened considerably, -and dawn was close at hand. But he was unsuccessful, and returned with a -very long face. - -"Not a crust to be seen," he said dismally. "I say, Hal, what shall we -do if there is no food aboard, for we shall starve if we do not fall in -with a ship pretty soon?" - -"Then that is just exactly what we must do," cried Hal cheerfully, "and -we'll have to be precious careful that she is not a Spaniard. Yes, it's -rough having nothing to eat, but we must not grumble. Just think of what -we have escaped. We have left prison and that fellow José d'Arousta -behind, and are safe for the present. I'd rather starve for a week than -take my place before a file of soldiers at this hour of the morning." - -He shuddered when he thought of what a narrow escape they had had, and -what fate would have been theirs, had they still occupied their cell in -the Morro Castle. - -Then away flew his thoughts to the hacienda. Why? Did they dwell for the -space of more than a moment upon Mr. Brindle and any of the hands he -knew? No, certainly not! Hal would have flushed very red had you -suddenly asked him the question; for, in truth, he was thinking of -someone else--of Dora, picturing her as he had seen her many a morning, -standing at the top of the steps leading from the veranda, a vision of -loveliness in white, with a welcoming smile that showed two rows of -dainty pearls, and a glance from a pair of dancing blue eyes that always -made him feel happy. That was how he had seen her every morning as he -rode in from his work, and those were the happy thoughts which -invariably filled his mind during the morning meal. - -But the scene suddenly changed, José d'Arousta and the rascally Pedro -appearing in his mind's eye in place of his employer's daughter, and -they were again threatening the hacienda. At the thought, Hal sprang to -his feet, his hands clenched, and a look of excitement spreading over -his handsome face. - -"Yes," he cried, "it is good indeed to live; for I have work to do. I -have escaped from the island, but I must return again at the very first -opportunity." - -"Why should you? It would be madness!" exclaimed his comrade. - -"Why, Gerald? Think of the hacienda, and of José d'Arousta's threat. -That is my reason, for real danger threatens your father and Dora." - -"Phew! I hadn't thought of that," Gerald answered, and then suddenly -lapsed into silence, while a queer and sly little smile stole over his -face. - -"Oh, it's like that, is it?" he murmured a moment later. "But, I say, -what about falling in with a ship? What do you propose?" - -"As there is no food on board, and we are both famishing, I vote we turn -the steam on again, and get as far away from the island as we possibly -can. The chances are that it is blockaded by the American fleet, and, as -Santiago is a most important harbor, some of the vessels are bound to be -down this way. Naturally they would steam up and down within sight of -the coast, running in closer at night. We must keep a bright look-out -for them, and must hope for their appearance soon. I fancy that we are -safe from the Spanish torpedo boats, for they would scarcely dare to run -out so far." - -"What's that over there, then?" asked Gerald, suddenly pointing to the -west. - -A big black cloud was floating on the horizon, and Hal looked at it long -and earnestly. - -"I believe it's the smoke of a fleet," he said at length. "If it is, I -am for chancing the Spaniards, and running down towards that cloud." - -Gerald hastily agreed, whereupon Hal dived below again, and having seen -to the lubricating of his engine, opened the throttle-valve. Every -minute as they ran to the west the cloud became more certainly one of -smoke, and within an hour they had made out that six large battleships -were bearing down upon them at an easy pace. Then a breeze got up and -blew the smoke away, the masts and funnels of the on-coming fleet -becoming at once visible, sharply silhouetted against the clear morning -sky. - -"They're wagging their signals," said Hal, poking his head up above the -deck, and taking a long look. "No doubt they have spotted us, and will -send at once to find out who we are." - -He had scarcely finished speaking, when a long, low hull shot out from -behind one of the bigger ships, and came steaming at a great pace -towards them. - -"A torpedo boat," said Hal. "We'll lie to, and wait for her." - -Turning off the steam, he mounted to the deck, and sat down by Gerald's -side. A quarter of an hour later the torpedo boat was close at hand, -and, surging up beside the launch, rounded to, and circled completely -about her, setting the tiny vessel dancing to the swell. - -"Hooray! She's flying the Stars and Stripes," shouted Gerald, flinging -his cap into the air. "We're safe at last, old boy, and there is a good -square meal in sight." - -"Aboard there! Who are you?" came the hail across the water. "Where on -earth do you come from? and what port are you bound for?" - -"We're from Santiago. We left there this morning," Hal shouted back, -making a funnel of his hands. - -The boat, with its murderous-looking quick-firers, ranged up alongside, -and a sailor flung a rope to them. - -"Hang on there, and make her fast," shouted an officer standing on a -diminutive bridge. "We'll tow you home. You're a prize to the navy of -the United States of America." - -"Prize indeed!" Hal exclaimed. Then he laughed loudly. "We'll let it -rest like that till we get alongside the flagship," he said to Gerald. -"Then I fancy there will be some fun, and we shall score off our friend -aboard the torpedo boat." - -By this time the fleet of warships was only a mile distant, and it took -very little time for the powerful destroyer to reach them with the -launch in tow. Then, once more, the semaphore wagged confusingly. - -"Cast off that rope, and smartly with it," shouted the officer who had -hailed Hal before. "Now then, we'll take every one of you aboard to see -the admiral. Prize party, make ready to hop on to her, and just knock -the fight out of any that are playin' games." - -He backed his vessel alongside again, and the launch was rapidly lashed -in position, a few fenders being placed between to protect the brittle -plates of the torpedo craft. - -"Now, who are you anyway?" asked the officer brusquely, boarding the -launch with a party of sailors. "One of you looks so black that he might -pass for a nigger; and the other,--why,--what's this? It's a boy, a -perfect child, and astoundingly like the lads who are to be found right -over in the States. Say, who, in the name of all that's curious, are -you, youngster?" - -"Not your prisoner, at any rate," answered Gerald, with a laugh. "We're -Americans. At least, I am; and my friend is a Britisher." - -"Britisher! American! That is hard to believe. And what is all this -about?" He looked at the decks of the launch, and then at the empty -engine-room. "Two lads of our own blood aboard a Spanish craft, and not -another soul with them! It is particularly queer!" - -"It is, we admit," Hal answered, with a smile; "but you must understand -that we had no choice, for we were captured in the town of Santiago in -suspicious circumstances, and were thus placed in a cell in Morro -Castle, with the cheerful prospect of being shot as spies early this -morning. We bolted, and as this launch was lying idle beside one of the -wharfs, we just borrowed her, and steamed out to sea. So I fancy that -she really belongs to us." - -"Borrowed her! I should fancy that was a piece of amizin' cheek," the -officer laughed. "And you young fellows got through without so much as a -shell whistling loudly in your ears?" - -"Not quite. By the merest chance we escaped a mine, which was exploded -behind us; and I fancy you will find a few bullet-holes if you care to -look round," Hal answered coolly. "But there's one thing very wrong. -We're awfully hungry. Have you anything like a meal aboard?" - -The officer clapped him on the back. "Come along out of this tub at -once," he said. "It's Spanish, and isn't fit for gentlemen. Grub? -George, sir! but I've something below in my cabin that will fairly make -your mouths water. Leave her there, bo'sun, and signal over to the -skipper that all's well, and that the prisoners are busy putting their -teeth into the best food we've got, for they are simply famishing." - - - - -CHAPTER XVI - -THE BEGINNING OF HOSTILITIES - - -"Now, you fellows can just sit right down there and let me have every -bit of the tale," said the American officer cheerfully, motioning Hal -and Gerald to two seats which were fixed against the side of the tiny -cabin of the torpedo boat. "I'm dying to hear all about your adventure, -and let me ask you to be particularly slippy, for as soon as the admiral -is informed that you've dropped in with the fleet, he'll be wanting you, -so as to get all possible information. Come now; the grub will be along -in a very few minutes, so you may as well fill in the time. I can tell -you, sirs, that I'm right glad to meet you." - -He stretched across the narrow swinging table, and shook both heartily -by the hand; then he shouted to a steward, and himself helped to place -food before the lads. - -"Beg pardon, sir, but the admiral aer a-waggin' ter yer ter send 'em -aboard," said someone at this moment, calling down the companion. - -"The dickens! Signal right back that they're famishing, and will be all -the better for a square meal," the officer exclaimed. "It's the truth, -after all," he added, with a smile. "I should be uncomfortably hungry if -I had taken nothing but thin air since the sun came up." - -Some pressed beef, bread and butter, and hot tea were placed upon the -table, and Hal and Gerald needed no second bidding to fall to. The keen -night air had indeed given them an appetite, to which long hours of -suspense and excitement had only added zest. They fell upon the viands, -therefore, with a will, and made the food disappear with great rapidity. - -"My! There's no doubt that you were hungry," remarked the officer, with -a smile. "Don't stop. Go right on, for there is plenty more if you need -it." - -At last they managed to satisfy their hunger, and then they gave a rough -outline of their adventures. They were in the act of completing the -story when the same voice called to them again. - -"Them signals aer a-waggin' fit ter split theirselves," the man cried. -"Reckon it erd be jist right ter send 'em aboard." - -"So; then we'll get under way. Get to your post." - -The torpedo boat quivered and throbbed from stem to stern as the screws -revolved in the water. - -"Say," said the officer, "there's steam and plenty of it in that old tub -of yours. Suppose we go aboard the flagship in it; it'll be the -handier." - -Hal and Gerald acquiesced, and at once stepped into the launch. A man -was left in charge of the wheel of the torpedo boat. Then two were sent -aboard the launch, one of whom dived into the engine-room; the lashings -were cast off, and they steamed alongside the huge vessel which flew the -admiral's flag. - -A monster she looked, too, for the _New York_ was one of the largest of -armored cruisers afloat. - -"Down below there! Hook on, and we'll bring you flyin' up," someone -shouted, and the tackle of the two falls began to descend, a sailor -clinging to the lower block of each. Hal was no seaman, and it was a -revelation to him to see the way in which the hooks were made fast, and -the launch, engines, and all, whisked aloft. A minute later he and -Gerald, together with the officer, were standing on the white decks of -the magnificent flagship _New York_. - -"Admiral's compliments, and will ye sthep below?" an Irish marine said, -saluting. - -"To be sure I will! Stay here till I come up again," replied the -officer, turning to the lads. - -As he left them for his interview with the admiral, another officer -approached. - -"Should say that this was irregular," he said, looking keenly at Hal and -Gerald. "Two prisoners left unguarded! But you'd be amazin' clever, I -reckon, to do us much harm. Hallo! What's this? I've a kind of -recollection of one of you. Now, where have we met?" - -"And I remember you; I saw you aboard the _Maine_," replied Hal quietly. - -"Why, the _Maine_! That you did, certainly. Are you not the Britisher? -You are, of course, but what are you doin' with this young fellow aboard -a Spanish craft?" - -This needed another explanation, which was barely completed when Admiral -Sampson, the commodore of the squadron of American ships, came up. - -"Congratulations, young gentlemen," he said, extending his hand in -welcome. "I have heard part of the story, and shall be glad to learn -more. Meanwhile, I fancy that a bath and some clean clothes will be more -in your line than anything else. Mr. Perkins, I'll be obliged if you -will hurry next time something turns up. This time it's different, for -they're excellent young fellows." - -The officer saluted, and at once descended the gangway, and entered a -boat which had been lowered, bestowing a wink on Hal and Gerald as he -did so. - -"Mr. Billing, you'll do me the favor of looking after our guests," -proceeded the admiral. "Fix them up, and bring them along to dinner -to-night." - -"Thankee, sir, I will," was the reply; then he turned to Hal and Gerald, -and led them below. - -"You've had a good square meal, I understand," he said, "so we'll see -right away what's to be done about togs. Come along here." - -He led them into a cabin, and began to ransack various drawers, -producing, after a long hunt, undergarments and a spare suit for each. - -"Perhaps you won't mind telling us what's going on?" said Hal. "We know -no more than that war was declared a few days ago." - -"Then I fancy that you are as well primed with information as we are. I -can tell you that this is a very queer war--in fact, quite the strangest -I have ever heard of. The truth is, that neither the Dons nor my country -are prepared for fighting; for, you see, ships are not sufficient to -enable a nation to carry on hostilities. An army to invade is wanted, -and where is ours to come from? Mind you, sir, I've not a morsel of -doubt that we shall raise all the troops we want, and that very quickly -too, for all America is buzzin' with enthusiasm at this very moment. But -you must understand that men who have not been trained to work together -stand a very poor chance when confronted with regulars. Then, again, -where would our supply department be? I can inform you right now that -there would be terrible confusion when it was found that a hastily -raised arm of the service was called upon to feed, say, twenty thousand -men, perhaps in Cuba, or elsewhere. - -"So it comes to this, that we must wait till all is ready ashore. -Meanwhile, the navy will have to do all the fighting, and, if only the -Dons show the spirit for which their ancestors were famous, we shall -have some very ticklish brushes with them. - -"After our forces are ready to move, and the various departments have -got into thorough working order, we shall want ships to carry them to -Cuba, or even to Spain, for all I know; and then I have a notion that -there'll be a heap of fun, and a mighty lot for all of us to do." - -"Then there is no chance of an invasion taking place yet a while?" Hal -asked. - -"No, that's just how it stands. But how does it interest you, -Mr.--er--er--oh, I can't remember your name. Anyhow, you're a Britisher. -How do you come into the quarrel?" - -"It did not interest me greatly till a few days ago," said Hal. "Now it -does. You see, these Spaniards have given us a very bad time. I must -admit that the greater part of the trouble has arisen through one Don in -particular, who is a very bad specimen of humanity. He attacked our -hacienda, and the next day did his utmost to have us shot as spies. In -fact, if matters had not turned out otherwise, you may take it that he -would be gloating over our deaths at this very moment." - -"George! That is most uncomfortable to think of!" - -"We had a precious near squeak for it," continued Hal; "and now you ask -how it concerns me. I am going back to the island, and, if I find that -all is secure at the hacienda, I shall join the invading forces." - -"Just to make matters even, I suppose?" laughed the officer. "I can -easily follow you. These Dons have given you and the youngster a warmish -time, and have roused you into a temper. You Britishers have the -reputation of being as easy-going as possible, and of being able to put -up with a heap; that is, up to a certain point. After that, we all know -that the old bull-dog nature comes to the fore, and then there's going -to be trouble. And so you've got to that point? Well, I am not a morsel -surprised, for there are few who would stand what you have gone through, -and forget in a hurry. In fact, I reckon that the majority would have -failed to come through at all. There's no doubt that you youngsters were -in an almighty mess. Say, sir, what was the name you mentioned?" - -"Hal Marchant." - -"Ah! So that is it. Well, sir, I'm pleased to meet you. I'm Billing; -Lieutenant aboard the _New York_. Lieutenant Samuel K. Billing." - -He held out his hand, which Hal took and shook with enthusiasm. - -"And so you have decided to join the boys?" continued the officer. "It's -the kind of thing that a lad of your sort would do, and I don't suppose -that you'll have much difficulty about the matter. But in case you have, -apply to me. I haven't forgotten how you came to the fore and helped to -dowse the magazines aboard the poor old _Maine_, and, if I can, I'll do -something to repay you. Come, think the matter over right now." - -He motioned both the lads to seats, and threw himself into another -opposite. - -"There," he said pleasantly. "Now, fire away." - -"You have asked me how you can help us," said Hal, after some moments of -silence. "It is very kind of you, and if you will arrange to have us -landed somewhere near Santiago, we shall be most grateful to you." - -"Can't be done. It is out of the question altogether," replied the -officer, leaning back in his chair, and shaking his head emphatically. -"See here, Mr. Marchant, you'll admit that we Amurricans have a -reputation for smartness. Well, whatever the Dons may be in ordinary -circumstances, they are fully alive to the situation just now, and have -their eyes very wide open. Christopher, man! the coast is bristling with -guns and men, and it is no exaggeration to state that you could hardly -float a piece of bread ashore without its being discovered. That will -give you an idea of the vigilant watch that is being maintained." - -"But we must return to the hacienda. The safety of our friends demands -it!" exclaimed Hal hotly. - -"Is that so? What friends, may I ask, sir? Relatives, by any chance?" - -"Well, not exactly in my case," Hal answered, in some confusion. -"Gerald's father and sister live at the hacienda." - -"You don't say so!" the officer answered quizzingly. "You don't fear -that your pa's in danger, do you, Mr. Gerald?" - -"Yes, I fancy he is," replied Gerald. "You see, we are anxious about him -with those rascally irregulars about. Besides, there's Dora." - -"Oh, ho; there's Dora!" repeated the officer, smiling at Hal. "And so -you have determined to rush into all sorts of dangers, Mr. Marchant, -just on the chance of rescuing your friends from some scoundrels who, -after all, may never have been near the hacienda of which you speak. -Well, it's a fix, for you can't exactly fly ashore, and you'll be shot -so sure as you attempt to get there in a boat." - -"Then I'll swim," said Hal quietly. "I'll go overboard some day when you -are close inshore." - -"Yes, and what about the sharks? Those loathsome brutes are just -jostlin' one another round here." - -"I'll swim for Cuba all the same," replied Hal steadily. "I'll chance -the sharks, for I am convinced that real danger threatens our friends." - -"So bad as that, is it?" the officer exclaimed, lifting his eyebrows. -"Well, if you are set upon it, I'll do a trifle for you, but it won't be -yet a while. We're bound elsewhere, and will be cruising up the other -side of the island. But when the chance comes you shall go, and you can -trust Samuel K. Billing to help you." - -The young American officer, whom Hal had first met beside the magazines -on board the ill-fated _Maine_, and who had so miraculously escaped the -disastrous results of the explosion, had not exaggerated matters when -he declared that America was not ready for war. - -True, her people, the nation as a whole, and the newspapers for the most -part, had asked for war--nay, demanded it. Sympathy for the miserable -people in the concentration camps had first stirred them into action, -but the awful calamity on board the _Maine_, and the particular -circumstances in which the explosion had occurred, had roused their -anger and indignation. At their very door thousands of poor helpless -people were dying of sheer starvation, and of the hundred and one -diseases which follow inevitably where want and destitution have -undermined the constitution. That in itself was an offense against their -feelings of humanity. And there was no error in this case, for no lying -tales had reached their ears, but only the truth. They had not been told -stories innumerable of awful misery existing in Cuba when such was not -the case. No. There was no doubt that there was reason for intervention -between oppressor and oppressed, and America had espoused the cause of -the latter with great earnestness. - -She had insisted on war, and had embarked upon it, as the reader knows. -But under what conditions? Her navy was one of which she was justly -proud; her army, on the other hand, was far too small to undertake the -task which America had set herself--namely, the expulsion of Spain from -the Island of Cuba. Twenty-seven thousand officers and men were, -roughly, the army of this great country; but, though few in numbers, -they were, indeed, men to be proud of, for all were picked, and many -were accomplished in that most important branch of war--scouting. - -In addition, America possessed militia, though few of the battalions -were in an efficient state; and the reason of this was that a reaction -had followed the fierce civil war between North and South. There was no -longer need for soldiering, and trade occupied the attention of the -people instead. Had it been otherwise, the lads of the States are too -much like our own to have done otherwise than throw their hearts and -energy into the army, and fight for their country. And in this emergency -they came to the fore with a zeal and impetuosity which warranted the -statement of Hal's naval friend, to wit, that the whole of the American -nation was roused to enthusiasm. - -The sons of the States came forward in their thousands. Those of the -militia battalions who were still of the right age, and medically fit, -volunteered for active service almost to a man, and within a very short -space of time America found herself with a hundred thousand men added to -her regular army. The latter was sent down to the department of the -South, to Tampa in Florida, and the remaining volunteers were -transferred from the various departments into which the States are -divided, to certain training camps, from which they were to be sent to -Chickamauga in Tennessee, and from there, when efficient, to Tampa. - -And now, having hinted at the manner in which the army of invasion was -raised, we will turn to the navy, and to events in and around Cuba. - -"There, sir, that's just about where we are," said the American -lieutenant, who had introduced himself as Samuel K. Billing, throwing -himself back in his chair. "As I've hinted to you, the boys ashore are -drilling their boots off, and up to this it has been a naval war. On -April the 21st hostilities commenced, and America made a haul, for we -captured the _Cataluna_, with a cargo of mules, about to sail from New -Orleans to Cuba. Then Admiral Sampson--that's the commodore, you'll -understand--flew his signals, and out the fleet sailed from Key West. We -steamed to sea with orders to blockade the coast of Cuba from Cardenas -to Cienfuegos, that is right along east of Havana. Next day we fell in -with the _Buenaventura_, and captured her, sending her along home with a -prize crew aboard. That, sir, is all the news. Here we are, and here we -shall stay till the troops are ready. Lucky for you both that we -happened to put in an appearance! It was by the merest chance that we -came cruising down this way." - -No doubt it was remarkably fortunate for Hal and Gerald; but, though -Santiago with the neighboring coast was, from this day, efficiently -blockaded, the failure to carry the movement out before had allowed the -_Montserrat_, a Spanish liner, to approach the southern part of the -island, and land troops, ammunition, and stores at Cienfuegos, whence -they were conveyed to Havana. Beyond this nothing of importance had -occurred in the neighborhood, while thousands of miles away, in the -Pacific Ocean, an American fleet lay at anchor in Mirs Bay, on the -Chinese coast, ready to make an attack upon the Philippines, Spain's -stronghold in those waters. The fleet of which Spain boasted had gone to -St. Vincent in the Cape Verde Islands, and awaited events there. - -"And what will happen now?" asked Hal. "Are you likely to be sailing in -close to Santiago? If you are, I shall take my chance and hop overboard. -Besides, I'd forgotten, there's the launch. The commodore would allow us -that." - -"So he would, Marchant, and what would happen to you? Why, sir, that -little tub would be sucked up by a Spanish gunboat before you could -wink. And then----Phit! man, it would be all over with you! It is out of -the question, and you'll have to get the idea out of your mind for a -time. In the first place, we're not for cruisin' close in. We're bound -for Havana, and when we get there you will see some fun. There's a talk -of bombarding Matanzas, a coast town that comes next in size to -Havana." - -"Then you will have some fighting," said Hal. "I should like to be -there." - -"And so you shall, sir. You're guests aboard this ship, and if you want -to stay, say the word. The commodore is not the man to stop you." - -"Thanks, very much," answered Hal. "Until I can see a chance of being -landed near Santiago, I should certainly like to remain on this ship. -But why not attack Havana? It is the chief Spanish port." - -"And get badly knocked about!" exclaimed the lieutenant. "George, man! -There are mines to be thought of, and, besides, where should we be if we -got into the harbor? Fifty thousand Spanish troops would be confronting -us. No, Marchant, it is not to be thought of." - -No one could quarrel with this decision. Had America possessed the -necessary land forces, an attack might have been attempted; but, even -then, to try to enter a harbor over live mines would have been hazardous -in the extreme. - -Admiral Sampson, however, had decided to attack Matanzas, for it was -necessary to do something to calm the clamor of the American public. -Almost two weeks had already passed since the declaration of war, and no -success had been achieved, save the capture of a few merchant vessels. -In consequence, the people of the States were roused to anger, for they -had expected great things on the outbreak of war. - -But, meanwhile, the ship upon which Hal and Gerald were receiving -hospitality was steaming along the coast. - -"It'll be two days before we get right round," said Lieutenant Billing, -"so I propose that you young fellows get some sort of togs. The tailor -aboard will measure you for coats and things, and if we chaps weren't -able to dig out the unders, why, we wouldn't be any good. As you stand -you'll do for the commodore to-night, for on active service there is no -dressing for dinner. Come along with me, and I'll see what the tailor -man has to say." - -Hal and Gerald did as they were asked, and were very glad that their -naval friend had thought of it, for they were absolutely destitute of -belongings when they escaped from Santiago. Naturally, their flight from -prison, and their subsequent adventures, had not helped to improve their -clothes, so that, when they stepped aboard the _New York_, it was -coatless and bootless, and with only the remains of very dirty -plantation suits. Indeed, Hal was more like a coal-heaver than anything, -and the heat of the little stoke-hole had been so great that he had even -discarded his shirt, and kept on only trousers and vest. - -"New suit for two Britishers?" exclaimed the ship's tailor, who was a -typical Yankee. "Say, where on airth did yer get hold of them ere togs? -Oh, from the lieutenant? Wall, I'll fix yer up as good. That aer the -way. Hold yer arm out, so, and I'll take yer measure." - -He soon obtained all the necessary particulars, after which the -lieutenant led Hal and Gerald to the _New York's_ gunroom, where they -were introduced to the other officers. - -"Say, Mr. Marchant, sir," said one of them, "our friend here, the -lieutenant, has got the better of us. How was it that you came to be -aboard that old tank of a launch? Spin the yarn, like a good fellow, and -we'll feel obliged." - -There was nothing for it but to recount again how they had escaped from -the Morro Castle; and that same evening the commodore also insisted upon -hearing all the particulars of their adventures, and probed Hal so -astutely with questions that he drew from him the tale of José -d'Arousta's attack upon the hacienda, and the manner in which it had -been foiled. - -"You never let on about that, sir," said Samuel K. Billing -reproachfully, "and the admiral has scored one. Say, Mr. Marchant, you -seem unusually concerned about that Spaniard, and I don't wonder at all, -for he's a low-down sort of beggar; but how did it happen that you first -knocked up against him? Now, no hanging back, if you please, for if you -don't feel inclined to oblige me, there's Admiral Sampson, who won't let -you off." - -"Indeed, no. Come, Mr. Marchant, I trust you will give us the story," -chimed in the commodore. "This Spaniard seems to have some special spite -against you. If I remember rightly, he and his rascally accomplice would -have shot you in cold blood when the hacienda was taken. What was the -quarrel between you?" - -Nothing loath, for the officers seemed genuinely interested, Hal told -how José d'Arousta had first come across his path, and how, on three -successive occasions, he had been able to thwart him. - -"There's luck, they say, in the number three," remarked the admiral. -"Young, sir, I consider that you have done very well, and that you have -been ably helped by your friend. But luck may pull you through danger on -one occasion, while on another it leaves you in the lurch. Pluck and -strength of purpose are of far more use in difficulties, and when -combined with luck make the issue less doubtful. So, you see, I take it -that you both have a very good allowance of what we in the States call -'grit.' But for that I reckon you would have been shot this very -morning, for how else could you have succeeded in escaping from the -Morro Castle? As for that fellow of a Spaniard, I am not in the least -surprised that you feel uneasy about him. Beware of the man, is the -caution I would impress upon you. Three, I have said, is considered a -lucky number. Take care when you run up against him for the fourth time, -that he does not shoot you at sight. No amount of good fortune will -preserve a man when a revolver is fired at point-blank range. But there, -what am I doing? Giving advice to a youngster who, in spite of his few -years, has seen more adventures than many a man of forty. You've been -almighty spry, my lad, and will pull through, whatever the danger." - -"You may put it at that," exclaimed the lieutenant, who seemed to have -taken a particular fancy to Hal. "I can tell you, sir, that this young -guest of ours is as smart and as full of pluck as they make them." - - - - -CHAPTER XVII - -A BAPTISM OF FIRE - - -"This young guest of ours is as smart and as full of pluck as they make -them." - -These were the lieutenant's words, and those who had the fortune to be -acquainted with our hero could not deny their truth; for Hal looked a -particularly capable and sturdy young fellow two days after boarding the -_New York_. - -"You look a regular sailor," said Gerald, with a laugh. "When I saw you -walking the deck with our friend of yesterday, I took you for one of the -officers." - -"And that is what I should like to be," Hal answered briskly. "Have you -given a thought to our position, old man?" - -"No, I can't say that I have. Everything seems very jolly, though." - -"Yes, exactly; but we are guests aboard, doing nothing for our living." - -"That's the fortune of war. We could not help it," answered Gerald. - -"No, but I have made up my mind to do something to repay this kindness. -The Spaniards began the quarrel, and three days ago I threw in my lot -for good and all with America. Now, I said that I wanted to get to the -hacienda, for my idea is to see that all is right there, and then to -join the invading Yankees. Of course, if there is likely to be trouble -near Eldorado, I shall stay; but, otherwise, I shall do all that I can -for America. One who knows the country about Santiago should be -useful." - -"That I can quite understand," Gerald answered; "but how will you get -ashore?" - -"I do not know, but something may turn up shortly," Hal replied -hopefully. - -"Matanzas, for instance," said a voice at his elbow, with such -suddenness that both lads sprang round, to find themselves face to face -with Samuel K. Billing. "Say, boys," the latter continued, rubbing his -hands together with pleasure, "Matanzas has turned up. It's over there, -on the port bow. I tell you it's nearing a stiff naval action. The -commodore has decided to attack the place." - -Both lads turned their eyes to the shore, and, with the aid of glasses, -saw a low-lying town on the fringe of a bay, the entrance to which was -crossed by rocky reefs, through which, however, a wide and very deep -channel was left. To right and left forts could be seen, while on a -slope farther inland a host of men were busily erecting a sand-bag -battery. It was a fine morning, and the unruffled surface of the sea -showed the wind had dropped. - -"Look, there's Morillo Battery pointing out right clear between the -headlands!" exclaimed the lieutenant, jerking his thumb in the direction -of a stone-faced fort far on the inland slope. "That promontory on the -right has a powerful erection known as Fort Maya, while on the left -there is another of just about equal strength, called Rubal Caya. All -are armed with modern quick-firing guns, so we may expect a peppering. -Say, boys, have you ever heard the sing of a shell?" - -"Never. What is it like?" Hal asked. - -"Poom! A burst of smoke from the distant gun, if black powder is used, -and then a faint kind of whisper, getting bigger every second till it's -just shrieking overhead. If she don't it's a dib, dib, dib in the water, -a bit of a splash here and there as the shell ricochets, and then plump -she goes to the bottom. Hallo! there's the signal flying to the -_Puritan_ and _Cincinnati_. We're steaming in. So long, till next time." - -He hurried off, leaving Hal and Gerald in possession of a pair of -glasses. For the moment they were occupied in looking at the other ships -in company with the _New York_, and at the latter herself. No one took -the least notice of them, and in consequence they walked the length of -the decks. What a fine cruiser the _New York_ was! From amidships three -mighty funnels poured forth volumes of smoke, while the steam sizzled -and roared into the air. From her masts bristled many quick-firers, -pointing from the tiers of batteries which are known as "fighting tops," -and which are slung at various elevations. And from the decks six long -cannon of eight inches' caliber grinned through the ports, the breeches -surrounded by eager gunners. Others stood at hand by the ammunition -lifts, prepared to supply more cartridges. On the bridge walked the -admiral and his officers, smart, cool, and collected, and with eyes -fixed upon the distant shore. - -Poom! A flash and a billow of smoke burst from Point Maya, and out flew -a shell, singing merrily, till it plunged into the sea some distance -from the _New York_. - -"The ball opens," said Hal quietly. "Wait till we are closer in. Then it -will be warm work. I reckon we are about six thousand yards from the -shore, and the Dons judged the distance badly." - -His words were cut short by a series of rapidly repeated reports from -the guns of the _Puritan_. Her quick-firers were at work, and found the -range almost immediately. Then followed two roaring explosions, so great -in volume that they smothered all the others, and deafened everyone -within hearing. - -"By Jove! the turret guns!" exclaimed Gerald, putting his fingers to his -ears. - -The _Puritan_ had, in fact, slewed her turret round, and discharged two -of her biggest shells, weighing a thousand pounds apiece. Instantly, up -went every glass on the ship, and all eyes gazed eagerly shorewards to -see what result would follow. - -"Hit! Hit! Right up against the battery! There, there, away to the -right!" cried Hal. "I saw the dust and bits fly sixty feet into the -air." - -In the direction in which he pointed, a dark brown column suddenly -spurted up into the air, and floated for some moments like a cloud in -front of the battery. Then, as the onlookers from the ships kept their -gaze fixed upon the shore, the column suddenly subsided, and when they -looked again there were the batteries, surrounded by trees and green -fields, while there was no sign of damage produced by the shells. - -"Hallo! They are opening on us, and here come the shells!" shouted -Gerald, a moment later. - -As he spoke, all the Spanish forts fired, and though none of the -missiles actually hit the _New York_, they hurtled unpleasantly close -overhead. - -"This is hot!" cried Gerald, wiping the perspiration from his forehead. -"Every time I hear that screech I want to bob badly, and my heart goes -down into my boots." - -"Yes, it's precious unpleasant," Hal agreed reassuringly; "but the Dons -are making bad practice, so we can feel pretty secure. Still, that -shriek is horrid. It knocks the courage out of a fellow, for, long -before one expects it, you can hear a gentle whistle in the distance, -gradually increasing till you'd think that the shell was close beside -your ear. Then, while you are still crouching and wondering where it is -going to land, you hear a dull poom! in the distance, a sharp report -sounds ahead or astern of the ship, and up goes a column of water. You -know that you are safe then, but it takes some time to get rid of the -feeling of funk that settles upon you when the guns begin to open. But -take a look through the glasses. Our shells seem to be plumping into the -batteries every time." - -The American ships were, indeed, making excellent practice, and within -fifteen minutes had silenced the batteries ashore, each mighty shell -blowing showers of débris into the air. Then they steamed away, their -guns being too hot to be pleasant, and now emitting only thin wreaths of -smoke. Rubal Caya, undaunted, threw one last missile, which missed, and -to it the _Monitor_ replied with a twelve-inch shell, which seemed to -wreck the battery. - -The losses of the Spaniards must indeed have been heavy, though they -were never accurately known. In any case the earthworks were -considerably battered. But this bombardment opened the eyes of many -people, for it proved that fortifications do not suffer very severely -under heavy fire. The heaps of débris flying into the air make it appear -as if havoc were being wrought, whereas the destruction brought about at -such very long ranges is nothing compared with that produced in the old -days of muzzle-loaders, round shot, and a point-blank range. - -"Wall, young sirs, we've had one day at it, and a precious hot one it's -been," remarked Lieutenant Samuel K. Billing, "and I reckon we've wiped -the eyes of the Dons. There's information to hand that one of our -gunboats got mauled a few days ago. So, you see, it's only right that we -should have the best of it to-day, and get some luck to make up for the -other. Say, Mr. Marchant, sir, how'd you and your chum care for a little -excursion? Just a game that's goin' to be started along the coast." - -"I am sure we should like it very much," Hal answered. "What exactly is -it?" - -"That's tellin', sir. You'd like to join, you say, and so you shall; but -keep it a dead secret. If the commodore knew that I had let the cat out -of the bag, it would be a case of an explosion bigger than those over -there." - -Hal and Gerald wondered what particular excursion they were to take part -in, but four days passed without anything happening. On the fourth -night, however, they were turned out of their bunks by their naval -friend again. - -"Say, boys," he said in a whisper, "the time's come along. Get on deck -right away, and make for the after gangway. There's a kettle alongside -that's smokin' like a kitchen. It's the _Hudson_, an armed revenue -cutter. Come, shake the sleep out of your eyes, or I withdraw my -promise." - -They needed no second bidding, but, jumping hastily into their clothes, -ran on deck. A rope ladder was hanging overboard, and they descended by -this means to the cutter, which was, in reality, a small gunboat. - -"Sheer off there!" someone cried, showing a light, and at once the -little vessel quivered as her screw revolved. Hal and his friend turned, -to find the lieutenant of the _New York_ standing beside them. - -"Naval instruction," he said, as if to explain his presence there. -"That's what I am flying after; trying to get hold of the games these -kettles play." - -"Humbug!" exclaimed another officer, approaching at the moment. "You -know as well as anyone that it is a lark, a bit of extra excitement that -you're wantin'. But you're forgetting, Samuel. Introduce me." - -"Right away, Lieutenant Ben Carson." - -They shook hands, and Hal inquired of the newcomer their destination. - -"We're bound for Cardenas," was the answer. "It's a bit of a warm place -to walk into. Reefs and that sort outside. There are three Spanish -boats, the same as this, in the harbor, and they are a nuisance. I'll -allow that they've proved too much for us up to this, but we'll do for -them this time. Say, Mr. Marchant, have you ever been under fire?" - -"Once or twice," Hal answered, "and I cannot admit that it was -particularly enjoyable." - -"That's so; I judge that there are few who revel in the experience," was -the answer. "But you must get used to it, and will have another chance, -for we're goin' into that harbor right now." - -That this was the intention of the _Hudson_ was soon made clear. Joined -by the gunboats _Wilmington_ and _Machias_, and by the torpedo boat -_Winslow_, she lay off the harbor of Cardenas till morning dawned. Then, -the men and officers having breakfasted, the little fleet steamed in, -piloted through a side channel in the reefs by a Cuban who was well -acquainted with them. - -"It's queer sort of work, this," remarked Lieutenant Billing, as the -little cutter rushed into the bay. "For instance, the main channel's -mined, and you'd get blown sky-high if you sailed that way. Then this -place is full of rocks, so the fellow who is commandin' has to keep his -eyes mighty wide open. But we're in the bay safe enough, and I guess the -fun will commence right away." - -At this moment the _Machias_ parted company, and steamed to the east, -towards Diana Key, where Spanish barracks had been erected. Very soon -her guns were heard in action, though not till hours after was it -learned that she had put the Spanish garrison to flight, and had sent -ashore an armed boat's crew, who hoisted the Stars and Stripes over -Cuban soil for the first time in the war. - -"Now the band will play," cried the lieutenant excitedly, as the -_Hudson_ steamed onward with her consorts. "Say, boys, we're after those -gunboats, and I expect the shells will be flyin' about our heads before -very long. But we've got to find them first; they'll be about this way -somewhere, but exactly where is the particular question. Now, where can -they have hidden themselves?" - -"What are those over there, then?" said Hal suddenly, lifting a pair of -glasses to his eyes, and directing them across the bay to a long, narrow -quay, constructed of stone, which projected far out into the water from -the coast-line. "I can see something lying behind there. Perhaps it is a -gunboat, for that is a likely place behind which to hide." - -"Perhaps it is--there is no saying; but I can't make it look like a -gunboat," was the answer. "Whatever it is, I reckon the _Winslow_ will -soon rout it out. If it's one of those craft, her quick-firers will get -to work precious soon, and I think that we shall have a rough time of -it; for she's behind the breakwater, while we are stuck out in the open. -That won't beat us, though, and if she's there we're goin' to have her." - -By this time the three vessels were well in the bay, and while the -_Wilmington_ lay to off the town, the _Hudson_ and _Winslow_ rushed in -towards the wharves in search of the Spanish gunboats. - -These were a constant menace to the Americans, for while they lay under -the guns of the forts it was difficult to get at them. And what splendid -opportunities of producing havoc amongst the ships of the enemy were in -the hands of their commanders! To bold, undaunted men, with plenty of -spirit about them, there was practically no limit to the damage they -might do. Themselves acquainted with the bay, and with every inch of the -formidable reefs that formed a barrier round it, knowing well every turn -and twist of the narrow and dangerous inlets and exits so much at their -finger-tips that the darkest night was no bar to their traversing them, -it was possible for them to keep Admiral Sampson's fleet in a state of -perpetual alarm. For who could guess when those long sleuthhounds of the -sea would leave their kennels beside the wharves, and slip out into the -open? And who could hope to follow those long black hulls racing through -the water? It was almost impossible to do so, and it is not to be -wondered at that many a look-out man, when staring into the darkness, -sent an alarm ringing through the American fleet when he had only -imagined that he had sighted a Spanish gunboat. Then guns would begin to -go off, and a perfect pandemonium would take the place of the silence -that had reigned before. On one occasion, too, owing to mistakes in -showing signals, the Americans almost fired on their own gunboats, which -were patrolling the seas around them. - -Meanwhile, the _Hudson_ and the _Winslow_ had been steaming closer to -the low stone quay which jutted into the water, and had separated so as -to form a smaller mark for the enemy, when there was a roar of exploding -artillery, and a hail of shells burst on and around the _Winslow_. - -"Hillo, these fellows are where you said!" shouted Lieutenant Billing; -"and what's more, the _Winslow's_ got badly hit, I fancy. Hooroo! we're -bearing down to her assistance." - -Slewing the helm round, the commander of the _Hudson_ rushed towards the -quay from which the guns were firing, using his own batteries meanwhile. -Hal, with a pair of glasses raised, watched the conflict, and distinctly -saw the Spanish gunboats firing over the top of the quay, while they -themselves were more or less protected by the stonework. - -"The _Winslow_ is disabled," he shouted, seeing the gunboat suddenly -swerve from her course, while a hail of shells burst about her decks. -"She's got her steering gear smashed. See, she's drifting nearer to the -quay." - -"Then we'll have her out of it," shouted the lieutenant. "Say, boys, get -to one of those guns, and lend a hand." - -He rushed forward, Hal and Gerald running to the after gun. Meanwhile, -the _Hudson_ bore down rapidly upon the disabled _Winslow_, and at once -found that she, too, had become a mark for the enemy. But, nothing -daunted, her commander kept her straight ahead, in spite of the bursting -shells, until quite close to his damaged consort. - -[Illustration: "HAL AND GERALD RAN TO THE AFTER GUN."] - -"Stand ready there to heave them a line," he shouted from the bridge. -"Now, I am going across her bows." - -He placed his mouth to the speaking-tube and called to his engineer to -cut off steam, while, with a wave of his arm, he directed his -quartermaster to steer the gunboat close beside the _Winslow_. As he did -so, a storm of shot and shell came spluttering around, churning the -water up as if huge hailstones were falling into it. It was a most -exciting moment, and to those who were watching from the deck of the -_Wilmington_ it appeared that all aboard the two boats must be doomed, -so close was the range at which the Spaniards were firing, and so heavy -the bombardment to which both the Americans were subjected. - -More than once was the line thrown, but it failed to reach. Then, as the -_Hudson_ struggled manfully to get nearer, she, too, became almost -unmanageable in the shallow water, rocking violently, and churning the -sea into foam with the frantic revolutions of her propeller. - -Bang! Boom! Smash! The sounds seemed to swallow her up, while the patter -of bullets beat a loud and unceasing tattoo on her deck and sides. -Crash! A shell had struck the rail close beside the gun at which Hal -and Gerald were helping, and, exploding with a violent concussion, -threw them to the deck. But they were uninjured, and at once sprang to -their feet again. - -At this moment a more fortunate throw of the line reached the stranded -_Winslow_, and a cable was rapidly passed from the _Hudson_ to her -consort, and made fast. Then, putting up her helm, she steamed away at -full speed, towing the wrecked gunboat after her till both were out of -range. And all the while the stern gun on the deck of the _Hudson_ -growled a reply in sharp and angry snaps, while the shells from the -_Wilmington's_ big pieces roared and screeched overhead, in many cases -to fall upon the stone quay, and injure it and the gunboats flying the -Spanish flag. - -"Guess that that is a bad business," said Lieutenant Billing. "Those -fellows have just pitched into us and knocked us about sadly. Jove, sir, -but we'll give it to them next time!" - -It was, indeed, a reverse for the American navy, but a very slight one, -for which the distinguished gallantry of the _Hudson_ and _Winslow_ more -than compensated. - -"I never thought it possible for men to live through such a storm of -shell," said Hal. "At any other time I should have been in a blue funk, -but there was so much to do that I had not time to think." - -"That's it," agreed Gerald. "When we ran to the gun, the crew, or part -of it, had gone farther aft to heave the line, so that our help was -badly wanted. Then, what with handing shell, and watching to see what -luck we had in hitting the Dons, I hadn't time for anything else. But it -was warm! I say, Hal, old boy, fetch me a glass of water. I feel rather -done." - -To Hal's astonishment, Gerald suddenly sat down upon a twisted rope -fender, and turned deathly pale. - -"What's the matter? What has happened?" demanded Hal anxiously. "Are -you hit, or are you simply shaken by the excitement?" - -"I'm hit--in here." Gerald bit his lips to suppress a groan, and pointed -to his side. Then, to his friend's consternation, he fainted dead away. - -"What is this? The youngster gone off! Been upset by the fighting and -noise?" asked Lieutenant Billing, hurrying up. - -"No, I fear he's wounded," Hal exclaimed. "Somewhere in the side, I -fancy." - -They ran to Gerald's help, and while Hal held his head on his arm, the -lieutenant tore his coat open. - -"A bit of shell struck him," he said quietly. "No wonder he feels queer. -Say, one of you men, drop below and bring up a basin of warm water and -some dressings. Another of you hop along to the steward and get some -spirits." - -He seemed to know exactly what to do, and, as soon as the things were -brought, poured some brandy into a tumbler, and, adding a little water, -emptied the contents in small quantities at a time down Gerald's throat. -Then he ripped the shirt open, and exposed an ugly gash over the ribs. - -"Guess one or more are broken," he said. "I don't profess to be a -doctor, but I should say that it's nothing out of the way. The loss of -blood has caused him to faint. Now, then, along with the basin." - -He took a piece of lint, and utilizing it as a sponge, bathed the wound. -Then he applied dressings and a bandage. By this time Gerald was showing -signs of regaining consciousness; he was promptly carried to a bunk, Hal -remaining by his side. - -Meanwhile the _Hudson_ and her consorts were running out of the bay, -through the narrow and dangerous channel. They left the town of Cardenas -in disorder, fires having broken out in some of the buildings. Outside -the barrier they hove to, and the wounded and killed, numbering six in -all, were then transferred from the _Winslow_ to the _Hudson_. - -"We're off to Key West, in Florida," said the lieutenant, coming down to -speak to Hal. "How's the youngster?" - -"Better, I'm thankful to say," was the answer. "He is conscious, and can -speak, but I've ordered him to be silent." - -"That is the best way, I reckon. Keep him so till we can get him to -hospital. That'll be by daybreak to-morrow." - -Running at full steam, the _Hudson_ made light of the journey to -Florida, and early on the following morning Gerald was slung into a -launch and conveyed ashore. Hal accompanied him, and having handed him -over to the tender care of a nurse, sauntered into the town. Flags were -flying everywhere, and the streets were thronged with townspeople and -shipping folk, all of them wearing miniature American flags in their -buttonholes. - -"What has occurred to cause all the excitement?" Hal asked of a man who -was seated outside a restaurant. - -"And don't yer know?" was the astonished answer. "Reckon America has -knocked spots off the Dons. Why, it aer more'n a week old. Here, look -thur, and you'll allow as there's reason to get a small piece uppish." - -He tossed a paper across to Hal, and began to sip his coffee. Hal opened -the sheets of closely printed matter, and found a complete page given up -to one subject. Across the top, in big, bold type, was printed, -"Glorious Victory! Dewey annihilates the Spanish fleet at the -Philippines! The battle of Manila! Full details! Wonderful gallantry -displayed by the enemy! Small American losses!" - -Instantly his attention was riveted, and he read the article from -beginning to end. - -That there should have been fighting at such a distance from America he -fully expected, for Spain possessed the Philippine Islands, which lie in -the neighborhood of Hong-Kong, and indeed had held them for not less -than three centuries, during which period she had made a rich harvest -out of them. When war commenced, an American fleet under Admiral Dewey -had been lying in Mirs Bay, close to Hong-Kong; while Montojo, the -Spanish commodore, was cruising close to the islands. Evidently they had -met, and the newspaper had a description of the battle. Hal ran his eye -rapidly down the columns of print. - -"A glorious victory has been won for our nation this day, the 1st of -May," he read. "Admiral Dewey, who, with his fleet of four cruisers, two -gunboats, a dispatch boat, and store ships, has been lying snugly in -Mirs Bay, awaiting events, sailed from his anchorage on Wednesday, April -27th, and arrived off Manila Bay on the 30th. - -"The Spanish admiral had barely entered, having cruised up to Subic Bay -to examine its defenses. Following in his wake, Dewey boldly steamed -into Manila Bay, which, as our readers will doubtless know, is some -thirty miles wide. It was a night of intense excitement. Not an -unnecessary sound was made, the engines worked at their slowest, and -every light was masked. Breathless with longing to be up and doing, and -yet held quiet and still by love for their country, the crews, grouped -round their guns, waited for something to occur. - -"Like a column of ghosts the mighty battleships, cruisers, and gunboats -forged ahead, a line of a mile and a half in length, at least. Led by -the _Olympia_, the flagship, they entered the deep channel and steamed -steadily past Corregidor Island. Not a sound broke the stillness; not a -light was to be seen. One, two, three fine ships stole by, and yet there -was no alarm. Were the Spaniards dozing? Hark! What was that? - -"Another and yet another of Dewey's ships passed the forts. The sixth, -the _Boston_, was abreast, when suddenly the darkness was cleft in twain -by a mighty flash, while a loud report echoed from the island. - -"'Ah, that aer more like it!' exclaimed the lads. 'That'll relieve the -suspense. Swish! Aint that a shell?'" - -"It was indeed a big shell, but it whizzed harmlessly overhead, to be -answered next moment by the guns of the _Raleigh_, _Concord_, and -_Boston_. Unscathed, with not so much as a rope shot away, the fleet -pushed into the bay, and, turning northeast, steamed at a pace only just -sufficient to maintain steerage way. Hour succeeded hour, and, instead -of lessening, the excitement became even more intense. The men were -ordered to sleep beside their guns, but who of them could be expected to -obey? It was a physical impossibility. They lay on the hard decks, -perspiring in the heat, and maintaining for the most part a grim -silence. - -"At last, when a weary age seemed to have passed, the east suddenly -flushed rosy red in the light of another dawn, the last that many a poor -Spaniard was to see. As the daylight grew, the distant coast-line, rocky -headlands, and gorgeous patches of fresh green rose up out of the mist. -Then, away in front, the town of Manila came into view, and a gasp of -astonished delight burst from the American crews, for there was the -enemy's fleet, part drawn up across the entrance of Cavité Bay, and -under easy steam, while the remainder were moored farther in. - -"Still, not a sound broke the silence, save the gentle, half-mournful -throb, throb of the engines. Grimly, steadily, and with earnest purpose, -the fleet, led by Admiral Dewey, bore down upon the enemy--the spangled -banner that we love floating slowly in the tropical breeze. - -"Clinkety-clink! the engine dials rang out eight knots ahead, and away -steamed our vessels straight for the Spaniards. Boom! boom! Splash! The -water of the harbor boiled in foam, and rose in an enormous pinnacle -dead ahead of the _Olympia_, and then subsided as the ship rode proudly -on, for the Dons had exploded their only mines unsuccessfully. Still not -a sound, save that monotonous throb, throb. At last a gun report was -heard, then another, and within a minute the Spanish ships were all -engaging our fleet, their shells hurtling and buzzing everywhere. And -from the Americans as yet not so much as a shout. But there is a limit -to human patience. A burly giant, stripped to the waist, climbed on to -the mounting of the big gun in the stern of the admiral's ship, and, -waving his cap, shouted, 'Boys, remember the _Maine_!' It acted like -magic. The shout was taken up from end to end of the fleet, and seemed -to spur the admiral on to action, for a minute later the big turret guns -thundered, and were very quickly followed by a perfect hurricane of -shell. Shifting his course, the commodore turned, and, followed by his -consorts, moved down the whole length of the Spanish line. Then he -steamed back again, using his other guns. - -"Five times did he traverse the line, drawing nearer every time. Two -hours had passed like so many minutes, and by that time every Spanish -ship was ablaze, and sinking or deserted by her crew. Then the fleet -drew away, and, it is reported, steamed to Cavité, where the arsenals -and shipping were destroyed. - -"The Spaniards are said to have fought with heroic courage, and to have -manned old and obsolete ships armed with useless guns. This would appear -to be correct, for our losses amount to eight wounded, while one man -died of heat-stroke. The Spaniards are said to have suffered very -severely. - -"Further particulars are expected every moment, but what has already -reached us across the wires is sufficient to show that Dewey has crushed -the naval power of Spain in the Philippines. - -"Let us hope that the war is already at an end in that quarter of the -globe." - -"Phew! what a victory!" said Hal, lifting his eyes from the paper. - - - - -CHAPTER XVIII - -A DESPERATE UNDERTAKING - - -A gigantic success had indeed been scored for America by Admiral Dewey -and his fleet, and it need scarcely be mentioned that east and west, -north and south, he was a hero throughout the States. For the moment the -interest of the nation was transferred to another sphere; the China seas -claimed the earnest attention of all. Indeed, when fuller details were -to hand, it was more and more apparent that the action in Manila Bay had -been of the utmost importance; and before proceeding to detail the -doings of Hal, it will be as well to describe the situation more -precisely. - -One would have thought, considering the importance and value -commercially of the Philippines, that Spain would have strained every -nerve to bring their defenses to a pitch of perfection which would have -defied the might of America. But this was not the case, for just as the -United States was deficient in men ashore, so was Spain hopelessly -obsolete with regard to her sea-power. Though war had been expected for -many months, and, indeed, had been imminent, no effort had been made to -supply the Philippines with a modern fleet. Admiral Montojo, the sailor -who commanded in the China seas, had but a poor squadron of vessels to -depend upon, and it will be scarcely believed that, of the nine which -sailed under his orders, one at least was unable to put to sea, for the -simple and deplorable reason that her boilers were worn out and would -not raise the necessary steam. Of the others, all may be described as -obsolete in defenses and in armament. Whereas Admiral Dewey boasted of a -fleet of six up-to-date ships, heavily armored, and with steel -under-decks, in the case of the cruisers, which would give ample -protection to the engines, the Spanish vessels had little more than thin -iron plates to depend upon. In fact, in all that goes to make a fleet -efficient and dangerous the Spanish ships were wanting. The American -ships hopelessly outmatched Admiral Montojo's command in speed, -protection, and gun-power. - -The last mentioned, though not touched upon before, was not the least in -importance, and here again Spain showed herself quite obsolete. Her guns -were, almost without exception, old and practically useless. In -addition, ancient and fairly modern cannon were placed in ships side by -side--a terrible mistake, and one destined to cost their crews dear when -the time for fighting came, for the task of selecting and supplying the -various forms of shell and powder would be no light one. - -Nor was it merely in point of fleets and armaments that the Spaniards -failed. Knowing his ships to be hopelessly outmatched, it is a matter -for wonder that the admiral did not sink them in the bay, after having -removed all the guns and stores. Had he done so, he would have joined -forces with the commander of the troops stationed in the environs of -Manila, and with him could have given a decided check to the Americans -when they attempted to land. Again, failing this, he might have -withdrawn with all his ships to the numerous creeks which cut between -the Philippines, and, lying hid there, might have sallied out at any -moment, and taken Admiral Dewey unawares, thereby doing good service for -king and country. - -However, we have seen that he chose to set his face to the enemy, and -one can only admire the courage of the man, and of all those who helped -him during the engagement with the Americans. Defeat was certain, and -death not improbable. - -Indeed, when full details came to hand, it was only wonderful that any -had escaped with their lives, for the Spanish fleet was taken unawares. -Only half of the ships had steam up at the moment, while three were in -the hands of the dockyard staff, undergoing repairs. Those that were -ready steamed out to the open water, and formed in line of battle across -the opening of Cavité Bay. As they took up their positions, Admiral -Dewey and the American fleet swerved and ran down the line. - -Twice did the fleet pass along the Spanish line, and by then the _Reina -Cristina_, the flagship, was in flames, and had lost some fifty of her -crew in killed, while the greater number were wounded. The other ships -had fared as badly, and had been riddled with shell. Indeed, while the -American fleet had been struck in all some dozen times, the _Reina -Cristina_ alone had been pierced by more than seventy missiles. By the -time Admiral Dewey had passed down the line for the fifth and last time, -the Spanish ships were burning and sinking in all directions. - -Seeing that all was lost, Admiral Montojo, who had, after the fire on -board the flagship, transferred his flag to a small cruiser, gave orders -that all who were able were to scuttle their ships and abandon them. The -command was reluctantly carried out, the wounded being taken ashore and -placed in the villages, while the uninjured marched for Manila, bearing -with them their arms and the breeches of their more or less useless -cannon. - -Having thus put out of action Admiral Montojo's whole fighting force, -the Americans drew off for breakfast, and, having refreshed themselves, -steamed into Cavité Bay in two lines. Here they met with little -resistance, and in a very short while had silenced the shore batteries. -When at last they drew off for the night, the naval arsenal at Cavité -was in their hands, all the shipping within the harbor was in flames, -while the town of Manila itself lay under their guns. Indeed, the might -of Spain was broken in the seas which surrounded the Philippine Islands. -But there the victory stopped, for by this time the American fleet was -sadly short of shell and powder, and in addition there were no troops at -hand to invade the island. Consequently, as the Spanish commander -refused to surrender, Admiral Dewey found himself in a dilemma, in which -we will leave him for the moment, while Hal Marchant and his doings -claim our attention again. - -Three days after landing at Key West he went aboard the _Hudson_ again, -and in due course stepped upon the deck of the flagship, the _New York_. - -"How's the youngster?" asked his naval friend, shaking Hal by the hand. - -"Doing well, I am glad to say. But he'll be in hospital for a month." - -"And by then this war will be over," was the answer. "Our troops are -getting into fighting order away over in the States, and before long -they will be sailing for Cuba. Then I fancy two weeks will settle the -Dons." - -"And what is to happen in the meanwhile?" asked Hal. - -"That's not easy to answer right now. The Philippines are going to be a -bother, and may even delay the invasion of Cuba, for it seems that the -natives there have made up their minds to be free of Spaniards and -Americans too. That, of course, is clearly out of the question, and I -believe a part of the force prepared for Cuba will be sent to the China -seas. You see, Cuba will be freed and given independence, but with the -Philippines it is a different matter. Up to this we Americans have held -aloof from foreign conquest, but now it is necessary that we should have -some possession in the East, for it is there that trouble with other -nations is likely to arise in future. So, no doubt, we shall just go for -these insurgents tooth and nail, till they think better of it and accept -us as their masters. - -"Another matter also is engaging our attention. Everyone in the fleet -has to be precious spry, for Admiral Cervera has sailed with a Spanish -fleet from Cadiz, and some say has already left St. Vincent for these -seas. I need not tell you that Admiral Sampson hopes to catch him, and -is disposing his vessels so as to watch all the approaches to Cuban -waters. If we fall in with the hostile fleet, there will be a general -action, and I tell you, sir, that the Amurricans will win. At any rate, -you won't find a single commander who will strike his flag. - -"In the meantime, and while we are keeping an eye open for Cervera, we -are to make an attack upon San Juan, which, I dare say you know, lies -very close to Cuba. It is a most important station, situated on the -coast of Puerto Rico, one of the Caribbean Islands, and if in our -possession would be an excellent base at which to concentrate our forces -for the invasion of Cuba. If Cervera were to slip in there, his gunboats -would make things very hot for us. Hillo! Time's up. I ought to have -been on the bridge ten minutes ago. So long, Marchant, and let us hope -that we have some fun to look forward to." - -He nodded gayly to Hal, and ran up on to the bridge, looking -particularly smart and sailor-like in his white suit and his -linen-covered cap. - -Hal paced up and down the deck for some time, closely observing the -other vessels. Then he dived down to the gunroom to consult the papers. -Already he felt quite at home, and like one of the officers, for he had -been made an honorary member of the mess, and was in receipt of -sufficient remuneration to pay his way. Indeed, by a friendly -arrangement, he had been engaged as guide, in the not unlikely -eventuality of a party of sailors being landed at Santiago. And so long -as he remained on the ship, this arrangement was to be in force; but he -had been careful, when accepting the post, to stipulate that, should an -opportunity occur for him to land at Cuba, he was to take it at once, -promising that he would return at the earliest moment, if it were -possible, and if not, that he would transfer his services to the troops -when they landed to invade the island. - -"I've had orders from the commodore to make things agreeable to you," -said the paymaster of the ship, soon after Hal came aboard. "Somehow, he -seems to fancy that you're mad keen to slip ashore, and if that is the -case, you're to go when you like. Up till then, you'll be ready to land -and show the boys round at any moment. In return there's free rations -with the officers, and so much allowed for extra tobacco and the like. -If you do slip ashore--and I think you won't, because it is the kind of -thing that a madman would do--then you've got to promise to come back to -the ship as soon as you can, or to fall in with the troops. Now, do you -jump at it or not?" - -"The terms will suit me very well," Hal answered readily, only too -thankful to feel that he was no longer a guest, but had some right on -the ship. - -And now for many days nothing of importance occurred. As predicted by -the lieutenant, a bombardment of San Juan was attempted, but with -negative results, and thereafter the fleet, sailing under the orders and -flag of Admiral Sampson, patrolled the seas in and about Cuba, keeping -a bright and anxious look-out all the while for the appearance of -Admiral Cervera's warships. - -Occasionally trifling engagements took place, and the Dons, looking from -their forts, seldom failed to spy one or more of the blockading fleet in -the offing. But no real success worthy of the name was gained on either -side. An attempt on the part of the Americans to cut the cables was -frustrated by the Spanish, who in this and in other engagements proved -that a few, at least, of those who garrisoned the island were efficient. -On the whole the Dons scored, but not to any marked degree. Then an -event occurred which altered the plans of America, and caused Hal once -again to run into danger. - -"We've had news that Cervera sailed with his fleet from St. Vincent," -said his friend the lieutenant one day, coming forward with a message -just received on the flagship by semaphore. "The Spanish admiral hauled -up his anchors and got the steam turned on somewhere about April 28th. -Since that he's been lost. No one has so much as a notion where he's -been, and I tell you the whole American fleet has been watchin'. Now the -tale comes that the _Maria Teresa_--that's the flagship--and three other -cruisers, with three destroyers that were built for the Dons some time -ago by Britishers over in England, have hoodwinked the whole lot of us, -and have slipped safely into Santiago. Mind you, it is not likely, but -it's possible--quite possible; though, how on earth he managed to get -through, without being discovered, is more than I can guess." - -"Then I suppose that Admiral Sampson will order his fleet to Santiago?" -said Hal. - -"So, young man; you'll be a naval expert before you've left us. We're -right now for the place, and I should fancy that Havana will be left in -the cold." - -"I'm very glad you are returning to my part of the island again," said -Hal in tones of pleasure, "Now I shall have a chance of slipping -ashore." - -"That you may," was the reassuring answer. "If Cervera's fleet is really -there, we shall be doin' somethin', you may be sure. Most likely there -will be a landin', but it's too early to say for certain. When it does -come along, though, my promise is a promise, and I'll stick to it and -give you a helping hand." - -Hal had to be satisfied with this, and spent the hours that intervened -before the _New York_ reached the neighborhood of Santiago in wandering -aimlessly up and down the deck, wondering all the time what had happened -at the hacienda during his long absence. - -Even when the green-clad hills of Eastern Cuba were in sight he was -still far from his object, for as yet there was nothing more than -rumor--rumor which too often misleads or deliberately lies--to show that -the Spanish fleet had arrived. Evidence there was already to hand which -showed that Admiral Cervera had sailed straight from his station in the -Cape Verde Isles to Martinique, and from there to Curaçoa. From that -moment he had been lost. Rumor, as has been said, described his arrival -in Santiago, and, indeed, the news was published in Spain, the -government at Madrid declaring it to have been received direct by cable -from Cuba. But it is not well always to believe the report of an enemy, -for this might, after all, be only a simple and harmless _ruse de -guerre_. And so for many days the American fleet under Sampson patrolled -the seas, while Admiral Schley, who had also come upon the scene with -another fleet of proud vessels flying the Stars and Stripes, sailed -along the southern coast, reconnoitering every harbor. - -"I can't get to the bottom of these Dons," said Lieutenant Samuel K. -Billing in grumbling tones one day, as the _New York_ lay to on the -ocean, slowly drifting along the coast. "Here we are, longin' to know -what's happened to Cervera, and just doin' nothin'. And how are we to -obtain information? I guess that a bold course would suit the case -better than anything. Just sail right in to a close range, so as to -search the whole of Santiago with our glasses." - -"That does sound the most sensible course," Hal agreed. "At any rate, it -would save all this unnecessary delay, and would keep the American -people in better humor. They must be very anxious for stirring news away -in the States." - -"So they are. But look here, Marchant; if Cervera is really in there, -why does he not make a rush at us? That is what leads me to doubt -whether he's in the island, or, rather, in the harbor; for if he were -anchored in Santiago Bay, and just took the trouble to send out his -destroyers, why, we should be most uneasy." - -This, indeed, was the argument used by many. If Cervera--who was known -to have three British-built destroyers with him--were really in -Santiago, why, then, did he lie hidden and skulking in there? Why did he -not take advantage of his strong position, and of the uncertainty -covering his whereabouts, to steal out at night and fall upon the -American ships which patrolled the open sea? A bold man with such -possibilities before him, and with such obvious advantages, might well -do much for the country he served, and wreak havoc in the ranks of the -enemy's fleet. What did it mean to one acquainted with the noble -profession of a sailor? Risk? Yes, certainly; but imagine what glory and -what honor if success were to crown his efforts! Choosing some densely -dark night, and with all lights carefully dowsed, the commander of one -of those low, rakish-looking destroyers might easily run from the -harbor, dash amongst the enemy, and discharge torpedoes right and left. -What if the bag were only one proud ship each night? It would still be -a fine result, and the loss of confidence amongst the Americans, even -with their iron nerves, would be an advantage to the Spaniards in future -conflicts, for nothing tells upon the fighting qualities of a force, -whether on land or at sea, like constant harassing tactics, and fear of -attack which comes only when it is least suspected, and so suddenly as -to make retaliation impossible. - -In spite of all the possibilities, there was not so much as a move from -the harbor, and even when a transport, laden with coal, was held up just -outside and within shot of the batteries on Morro Castle, there was no -sign of help, and no destroyers ran out to attack the American ships. - -And yet, incredible though it may seem, Cervera had reached Santiago as -early as May the 18th, though it was not till the end of the month, when -Admiral Schley and his consorts made a reconnaissance in force, that it -was definitely decided that the long-lost fleet was there. Day after day -he had been lying hidden behind the promontory, with steam always up, -and yet undecided how to act, and never venturing to leave the harbor. -Truly a policy that was scarcely likely to win honor and possessions for -his country! - -It was a day of excitement and high hope when at last Cervera's -whereabouts was known to the American fleet. - -"George! But now it will be a game!" exclaimed Lieutenant Billing in -delight. "Marchant, there'll be a chance for you yet. Wait till we've -whopped this fellow to pieces, and then you shall go ashore." - -"But how will you whop him?" asked Hal. "You have him safely in the -harbor, I'll allow; but to reach him is another matter." - -"That it is, and I ought not to have talked about knocking him to -pieces. But I meant this. There he is, and there he'll stay. Do you -follow? We're goin' to put a cork in the bottle." - -"A cork? But how?" - -"Like this," the lieutenant explained. "Santiago, as you must know -mighty well, has got a long, narrow channel leadin' to the sea. Well, -the water is not extraordinarily deep, and I reckon that a ship sunk -sheer across the opening would act as a bung. We can't get in, as you've -mentioned. It isn't exactly the kind of job an admiral would fancy, for -there are mines placed everywhere in the fair way, to say nothing of the -guns linin' the sides." - -"Yes, they've mines, I know," Hal interposed, with a smile, remembering -his own experience. - -"So you do, young fellow. I was forgettin'. Well, we don't take kindly -to the notion of walking straight in, so, if the gate is shut tight, it -won't matter at all to us. But to the Don it will. He'd be just like a -fly in a bottle, and he'd be as much ours as if he sailed out right -away, and got knocked to pieces with our shells." - -"Yes, I can see that," Hal agreed. "Once he allows himself to be shut -in, he will be out of the game altogether. He will be harmless to you, -and a dead loss to his own side. In fact, the Spanish fleet will cease -to exist." - -"Put very nicely, and that is the case," the lieutenant answered. "But -now, about this bung. Lieutenant Hobson will put it in position. He's a -kind of specialist in naval construction, and this bottlin' game is his -plan from the very beginnin'. I can tell you that he's a very fine -fellow." - -"Why, it will be a most risky undertaking!" exclaimed Hal. "To block the -opening efficiently, the ship will have to be sunk close under the -batteries. It will mean certain death for all." - -"Well, it may," was the answer. "It is frightfully risky, I'll allow; -but it is not certain death. You see, the darkest night will be chosen, -and every man will be wearin' a life-belt, and will have a raft close -handy to swim to. Supposin' the guns do go off, the chances are that no -one will be hit. But those torpedoes will be precious nasty, I'll agree. -They'll kill if anything does. Yes, now that I come to look into the -matter more closely, I'm inclined to fall in with you, young Marchant. -It is bound to be very risky; but then, Hobson is a fine, gallant -fellow!" - -He spoke in tones of the utmost pride, and well he might, for the -officer to whom he referred, though only twenty-eight years of age, had -already attained to no mean reputation in his profession. And who but a -bold and resolute man could have volunteered for such an undertaking as -that proposed? Surely no weakling could expect to carry it out, while -for a coward to attempt to take part in it, and, more than all, to lead -what was no better than a forlorn hope, was ridiculous, and utterly out -of the question. - -Lieutenant Hobson had a fine spirit, and a glance at his face was -sufficient to show the class of man he was. "I leave myself without -anxiety in the hands of Almighty God," he wrote, when setting out for -the war, and he entered upon this hazardous and all-important enterprise -in the same condition of tranquil and absolutely fearless confidence. - -"Yes, he must be a plucky beggar," Hal agreed. "I wonder -whether--er--er--er----" He became suddenly silent and thoughtful. - -"Well, what is it?" the lieutenant exclaimed. - -"I was wondering whether I could go with Hobson," Hal said quietly. "You -see, it would be doing something for the cause, and for my bread and -butter, and it would give me the opportunity for which I have been -longing, and enable me to reach the island." - -"Yes, and of bein' shot," the lieutenant answered sharply. "Say, -Marchant, don't you do somethin' that's mighty silly. All the volunteers -that go with Hobson will be made prisoners as sure as eggs. They'll run -a chance of bein' shot as well. Now, if you were captured with them, -that rascal of a sweep--what's his name? d'Ar--d'Arousta; yes, that's -the fellow--would spot you at once, and then--click! It would be all up -with Mister Marchant, I reckon." - -"It might," Hal replied thoughtfully; "but I'll take my chance. Will you -help me to join as one of the volunteers?" - -"Why, man alive, you're just askin' too much," the lieutenant answered -hotly. "When volunteers were called for, how many do you think stepped -out? Every mother's son aboard the whole combined fleet! Every one of -them, I tell you, and a precious fine hullabaloo they're kicking up too, -now that the matter is settled. You see, only seven boys are wanted, so -there's that same number walking about just now as proud as peacocks. -And there's hundreds more, officers and men, who are sayin' all that's -black, and grumbling atrociously. Seven is the number, young Marchant, -and you'd better remember it." - -"I will, and I'll be the eighth," said Hal in the same quiet voice. -"Look here, Billing, I'm very anxious to get ashore. Will you, like a -good fellow, contrive to get me included in the expedition?" - -"I'll try, and I can't say more than that," was the answer, given with -obvious reluctance and hesitation. "Tell you what it is, Marchant. For -one of your country, you're one of the best fellows I know. I've taken a -fancy to you, and now you've the cheek to ask me to help to get you -killed! That is playing the wrong game." - -"Nonsense! It is not so bad as that," Hal replied, with a smile. "All I -ask is that you will help to get me aboard Hobson's ship. I'll manage -the rest." - -"Well, I'll see." The lieutenant nodded and walked away, leaving Hal -sunk in a brown study. - -"It seems a chance," he said thoughtfully--"a chance in a hundred. Every -day out here I get more anxious about the hacienda, about the safety of -Mr. Brindle and Dora. I've promised to fight with the Americans, and no -doubt I shall have to run many risks. This is a big one, but not greater -than that which I took when escaping from the island. In that case, my -knowledge of Santiago helped me to get away safely, and I see no reason -why it should not aid me in reaching the land and stealing into the -forest without being observed. They say that every foot of the coast is -watched, but it is more likely that all eyes will be fixed in the -direction of the harbor entrance, where the ship is being sunk; so that -a single individual might easily evade the sentries. Yes, I know the -harbor, and will willingly take the risk. The job now is to make -arrangements to go, and if the worst happens, and I am refused -permission, I will slip overboard and swim to the vessel selected as the -bung, and climb aboard her as best I can." - -That an attempt to close the entrance to the harbor of Santiago was -about to be made was already public property in the American fleet, and -everyone watched the preparations for the event with the greatest -interest. Lieutenant Hobson, with a large force of men, was busily -engaged upon a big tramp collier, the _Merrimac_, which was destined to -be sunk across the entrance. For this purpose, a row of ten miniature -torpedoes was fitted along the port-side of the steamer. They were each -loaded with eighty-two pounds of gunpowder, and were connected by means -of wires with a battery placed on the bridge. Pressure upon a simple -button would fire them, and, it was hoped, would blow such a hole in the -vessel's side that she would sink immediately. - -Then their duties were carefully assigned to the seven men. Two were -told off for the engine-room, and the remainder were to be on deck. At -the critical moment steam was to be turned off, and the fore and after -anchors cut away from their lashings and dropped. Then the sea-cocks -were to be opened wide, and the wheel lashed. By that time all but one -would have dived overboard, and would have swum to the dinghy, which was -to be towed behind the ship, and would contain life-belts and rifles. - -And then would come the final act. Hobson, the last upon the ship, would -press the button and explode the torpedoes, and follow his men into the -water. All were to be dressed in underclothes only, with revolvers and -ammunition strapped round their waists in waterproof belts. - -"It's the finest thing that was ever thought of," said Lieutenant -Billing enthusiastically, a few hours before the attempt was to be made. -"If it does not succeed--and I tell you that that's likely--it will -deserve to be remembered. I guess that the Dons will concentrate every -gun on the _Merrimac_, and though it will be dark at the time, their -searchlight will help the shootin'. So every one of the boys will have -to run the chance of being shot. Are you still anxious to go?" - -"I am," Hal answered, with determination. "I have thought the matter -over, and have fully made up my mind to risk it. If Hobson and his men -undertake it cheerfully, why should not I?" - -"That just depends on the stakes," the lieutenant replied with a sly -smile. "You see, our boys will be doin' somethin' for their country. -They will be patriots, you understand. Now, with you it's different. You -are wantin' to get ashore to see how your friends are doin'. I suppose -they are particular friends. Anyway, the attraction must be very -strong." - -"It is," Hal murmured. "But what have you arranged?" - -"Just this. I'm sure to go aboard the _Merrimac_ with orders before the -evenin' is done. I'll take you along too, and when you are there you -must just manage for yourself, and, whatever happens, Hobson must never -know." - -"He shall not," Hal answered readily. "I'll hide away, and when we reach -the channel, I will swim for land, leaving the others to make for the -dinghy." - -"Well, I hope it'll come out as rosy as that," the lieutenant replied. -"Now, you get right down into my cabin; you'll find two bundles there, -tied to a belt. One's a revolver and cartridges; the other is food. -You'll want both. No more now, young fellow. I am not going to have any -thanks for helping you to get killed. Here's good luck to you." - -He shook Hal heartily by the hand, and then hurried away. As for the -latter, he at once followed the instruction given him, and then, -carrying the two parcels, went to his own cabin. - -"I'll make all ready for a swim," he murmured, turning the contents of a -drawer on to the carpet. - -There were some thin cotton suits, and he at once selected a coat and -the lightest pair of trousers, tearing these across at the knees, so as -to make them like football knickers. Then he threw off his outer -clothes, and having donned the ones he had just selected, put on his own -suit over them. A minute later he was ready, the belt attached to his -waist and out of sight, and the parcel of food beneath his coat. - -Just as dusk was falling, a marine came to call him, and on ascending to -the deck he found the lieutenant waiting. They at once went over the -side into a cutter, and were rowed across to the _Merrimac_. - -"There she is," whispered Lieutenant Billing, as her enormous hull hove -in sight. "Good luck, Marchant! Just you slip aboard after me, and look -round for yourself. So long to you." - -"Right; I know what to do. Good-by, and thank you very much." - -Hal stretched out his hand, and gripping the lieutenant's, pressed it -warmly. Then he clambered up the swaying rope ladder on to the deck. By -this time night had fallen, and as it was necessary to have no lights -burning, the ship was in darkness from stem to stern. Hal at once -crossed the deck, and, feeling his way along the engine skylights, came -to a wide, open companion way. He slipped down the stairs, and at once -found himself in a small saloon. Then his fingers touched a handle, and, -turning it, he entered a small cabin, through the unshaded porthole of -which he caught a glimpse of distant lights, twinkling faintly from the -ships of Admiral Sampson's squadron. - -"This will do for me," he murmured in tones of satisfaction. "I'll lie -here till the hour for action arrives." - -He sat down and kept a watch out to sea. Occasionally he heard footsteps -overhead, and once the low murmur of voices, evidently from men lying -alongside in a boat. But soon all was quiet, save for a low grating -sound which now and again reached his ear, and told him that the stokers -were at work. Hour succeeded hour, and still he remained in the cabin, -though he was becoming more and more restless and troubled, for the -_Merrimac_ did not move. At last, when midnight was past, her anchor -was hove up, and she steamed away for Santiago, her departure having -been delayed, as all was not ready for the enterprise at the appointed -time. - -Hal at once sprang to his feet, and, having seen that his revolver was -well secured, and the parcel of food tied to his belt, he pulled off his -outer clothes and stood up in the thin cotton ones which he had -selected. But, after all, he was to be disappointed, for suddenly there -was the panting of machinery, and a low black hull rushed past, leaving -a trail of fiery sparks behind it. - -"_Merrimac_, ahoy!" someone hailed. "Admiral's orders that you put about -at once and drop anchor over the old moorings. The dawn will break -within an hour." - -The torpedo boat at once sheered off, and as he watched from his -porthole, Hal saw her swing round with a rush that sent her swaying and -dipping into the oily sea. - -"Off till to-morrow," he murmured. "Very well, it is disappointing; but -I must make the best of it, and as I am here in a comfortable cabin, -why, I shall stay here. I have grub with me, and there are blankets on -the bunk. I'll just see what can be done with the door." - -He fumbled at the handle, and discovered a key and a latch, which he -fastened. Then he lay down on the settee, and covered himself with a -rug. A few moments later he was asleep, worn out by the excitement of -anticipation, and by the long vigil which he had kept. - -When he awoke, the sun was going down, and another day was almost gone. - -"Now for it!" he exclaimed. "I'll just indulge in a meal, and will then -prepare for a swim." - -He undid the parcel, ate heartily of biscuit and meat, and, after -carefully reconnoitering, popped into the saloon, and obtained a drink -from a small filter. Then he locked himself in the cabin again, and -packed up the remains of the food. A few hours later the moorings were -quietly dropped, and in trying silence the _Merrimac_ steamed away for -Santiago upon as adventurous an expedition as was ever contemplated. - - - - -CHAPTER XIX - -FORTUNE FAVORS THE BRAVE - - -Well might it be said that the good wishes and anxious thoughts of -hundreds followed the gallant Hobson and the meager crew of the -_Merrimac_ as she steamed towards Santiago. High hope of success, -apprehension increased by the darkness and uncertainty as to her -whereabouts, kept everyone in a fever. No one could sleep, and from the -open ports, and from the silent and darkened decks of battleships, -cruisers, and gunboats, a thousand and more pairs of anxious eyes stared -into the gloom. - -"Where was she? Had she run aground? Had she lost her bearings in the -darkness? Hush! Did anyone hear that? What was it then? Oh, only -escaping steam? What a relief to think of it!" - -The questions were passed along the decks, time and again, and for the -most part left unanswered. Then, as each man became silent in despair of -hearing anything, a faint, almost inaudible hail came across the heaving -water. - -"Hark! Huss-s-s-h! Did anyone hear that? What was it? Discovery?" - -Almost instantly a spout of flame shot from a cliff beneath the Morro -Castle, cutting the darkness in twain as with an arrow, while a -deafening report set the air throbbing and reverberating. Another -followed, and then a third, and within a few seconds a line of flaming -dots cut along the dark hillside, while shells flashed brilliantly red -in the air as they shivered into a thousand pieces. Nor was this all. -The torpedo-boat _Pluton_ was patrolling the entrance, and at once added -the sharp, angry snap of her quick-firers to the din, while guns from -another battery ashore, and from the _Reina Mercedes_, a battleship -anchored within the harbor, played upon the black hull of the devoted -_Merrimac_. Add to this a couple of torpedoes, which were discharged in -her direction, and some idea can be obtained of the terrors that -assailed her. - -Meanwhile Hal had been by no means idle. No sooner had the moorings been -dropped, than he opened the cabin door and went into the saloon. - -"I'll just stay here till I think we're getting close inshore," he -murmured; "then I'll get on deck. Let me think. The small torpedoes are -placed to port; that means that I must get away to starboard to escape -the explosion. Hobson stays on board for that, and so shall I. When she -begins to sink, I shall go overboard, and swim straight for the shore. -By Jove! I forgot a life-belt, but perhaps there's one in the cabin." - -He ran back, and felt above his head for the racks upon which the belts -are usually placed. A low cry of pleasure escaped his lips, for the very -thing he wanted was there. Taking it down, he promptly slipped his arms -through the slings and quickly buckled the belt on. Then he crept to the -companion-way, and sat down upon the bottom step of the ladder, where he -waited for what, in his overstrung condition, seemed to be hours. - -Bang! The report made him start to his feet, and stand there holding to -the rail, while the thump of his heart seemed to shake him from head to -foot. - -Bang, bang, bang! Crash! The _Merrimac_ shivered as a six-inch shell -struck her true in the center, and piercing her thin plates as if they -were sheets of tissue paper, exploded forward of the engines, blowing a -big gaping hole through the saloon in which Hal sat. - -"Another such as that, and I shall get caught down here," he thought. -"If I am to be hit, it will be better to receive the wound on deck, for -then, when she sinks, I may have a chance, and not be drowned like a rat -in a cage." - -He felt his way up the ladder, and crawled silently across the deck to -the starboard side, where he crouched close to the bulwarks. Above him -the bridge appeared dimly, and behind that a circle of sparks flew into -the air from the funnel. There, too, standing upon the frail support, -was the hero of the hour--Lieutenant Hobson, the gallant officer who had -devised the scheme, and begged, not in vain, to carry it out. - -More than once, as the guns on the hillside flashed, Hal saw his figure -silhouetted clearly against the light. He stepped from the side to the -center of the bridge, and, placing his hands to his mouth, so that his -voice should not be drowned by the din and uproar, shouted some order in -stentorian tones to the man who was stationed at the wheel. Then Hal -heard the tiller-chains rattling, and for an instant in the light of a -brilliant flash, which had darted suddenly from the battery stationed on -the frowning heights of Morro Castle, caught sight of the steersman -bending to his work, and putting all his power into the spokes. But the -_Merrimac_ kept steadily on, failing to answer to her rudder, which had -been smashed to pieces by a shell. At the same moment steam was turned -off, and the two men who had been stationed in the engine-room hastily -quitted it, and tumbled up on deck as fast as their legs would carry -them. - -"It's getting nearly time for the torpedoes," Hal murmured, "for I judge -that we must now be approaching the entrance of Santiago harbor. Ah! -what was that?" - -Two loud splashes reached his ear, coming from fore and aft, and a -moment's reflection told him that the anchors had been let go. But the -Americans were not to have it all their own way, for ill luck again -followed the _Merrimac_. A shell, unfortunate for them, but lucky for -the Spaniards had crashed into her stern at a most critical moment, and -had smashed her rudder into splinters; and now, when that defect might -have been remedied by anchoring fore and aft, and afterwards floating -her down to the entrance to Santiago, the anchors, in whose powers -Lieutenant Hobson's hopes were centered, failed to grip the bed of the -ocean, and in consequence the long black hull forged slowly on through -the water till it took the ground near Estrella Point. As it did so, -there was a series of loud and deafening reports as her intrepid -commander pressed the button and exploded his row of miniature -torpedoes. - -"That will finish her!" thought Hal. "I'll wait till she sinks lower, -and then I'll dive overboard. My best plan will be to swim away from her -as far as possible, though there will be no great danger of being -carried under as far as I can see, for the water here is very shallow, -and will scarcely cover her upper works when the keel is resting upon -the bottom. I'll just creep to the bows, so as to make it as short a -swim as possible." - -He rose to his feet and stole forward. But, unfortunately for Hal, a -strong tide was running, and floating the sinking _Merrimac_ free of the -land, it swept her into deep water. An instant later, a Whitehead -torpedo, discharged by the _Reina Mercedes_, which lay within the -harbor, rushed seething through the water at more than thirty knots an -hour, and struck the hull right forward almost directly beneath Hal's -feet. There was a terrific concussion, and a blinding sheet of flame -seemed to envelop the _Merrimac_. A column of water started high into -the air, while Hal was hurled overboard as if from the arms of a -Hercules. Indeed, so great was the shock that he lost consciousness, and -might very well have been drowned in that condition. However, the cold -water surging about him brought him to his senses almost instantly. Then -the instinct of self-preservation asserted itself, and, without exactly -knowing why, he commenced to strike out lustily, swimming away from the -shore, for he was almost too dazed to know what he was doing. - -Suddenly the clatter of quick-firers behind attracted his attention, -and, turning, he began to forge a way towards the shore. And now he had -cause to congratulate himself upon the fact that he had donned a -life-belt, for the shock of the torpedo explosion had sadly deprived him -of his strength. Indeed, but for the support he received, he would have -sunk there and then, and the name of Hal Marchant would have disappeared -from this narrative. He was not, however, the sort of lad to give in -without a struggle, so, clenching his teeth, he turned on his side, and -struck out with all his power. Something touched his hand--something -slimy and covered with weed--which he grasped with thankfulness. Then, -having rested for a moment, he dragged himself on to a mass of rock, -which jutted into the sea, and seated himself upon it, his head still -throbbing painfully, while his brain was dizzy and overcome by the crash -of the explosion. - -"This won't do," he said at last. "Dawn will be breaking before very -long, and it is quite time that I looked for a hiding-place. On the -appearance of the first ray of light I should at once be discovered if I -were still seated here. Besides, I must not forget that, once the -interest in the _Merrimac_ is gone, the sentries whose attention is -attracted just now to the entrance of the harbor will become more -vigilant in watching for the possible landing of enemies upon the -particular part of the coast intrusted to each man's care." - -He rose from his seat with an effort, for he was feeling thoroughly done -up. Then he groped his way across the rough surface of the rock, and, -having waded through a deep pool, was in the act of climbing on to dry -ground, when someone pounced upon him with a guttural exclamation of -delight, and he found himself in the arms of a Spanish sentinel. - -"Halt! cease from struggling, or I will kill you!" the man cried, -clutching him by the shoulder and endeavoring to place his bayonet -against Hal's breast. - -The point pierced the thin clothing he was wearing, and dug slightly -into the flesh beneath. - -"Halt, I say!" the sentry hissed. "The weapon points to your heart, and, -by St. James, I will thrust it home if you do but move an inch! -Surrender, I say!" - -"Never!" Hal answered hoarsely. Then, shaking the sentry's hand off, and -pushing his weapon aside with a hasty movement, he stepped back a pace, -and struck out blindly with all his might. His fist hit the Spaniard -full on the chest, and sent him staggering backwards, and his rifle -crashing to the ground. But he recovered himself in a moment, and threw -himself upon his prisoner with an exclamation of fury. - -"Pig! Villain!" he cried. "Yield, or I will toss you into the water, and -drown you like a rat." - -Clasped in each other's arms, they swayed from side to side upon the -rocks which fringe the margin of the sea. Then Hal's foot twisted upon a -stone, and both fell to the ground with a crash. - -What followed was a blank to Hal. He remembered nothing, and lay upon -the seashore silent and apparently lifeless for the space of more than -ten minutes. Then a puff of cold air fanned his cheek, and he suddenly -found himself lying with his eyes wide open, staring at the stars -above. - -"Hillo! What's this?" he murmured vacantly. "Stars! A clear sky! Where -is the cabin, then? Where is Billing?" - -He stretched out a hand, and touched something that was wet. Then his -fingers came in contact with a head of hair, and he withdrew them -instantly, with an involuntary shudder. At once the struggle with the -sentry flashed across his wandering mind, and brought him to his senses -with a start. - -"By Jove! I wonder whether he's hurt?" he said. "I'll see, and then cut -away for safety, for it will never do to remain here." - -He stretched out his hand again, and having discovered the sentry's arm, -placed the tips of his fingers on the wrist. But there was no movement -of the pulse, though he longed to feel it. Struggling into a sitting -position, he shuffled closer to the man, and listened to hear if he were -breathing. But there was not a sound; not even a sigh rewarded his -attention. - -"Poor beggar! Dead!" he exclaimed. "Well, it is the fortune of war, for -it was my life or his. I suppose he struck his head in falling." - -This was, in fact, the case, and to it Hal no doubt owed his life. But -he had no time to sit there and think. Dawn was dangerously near, and if -he was to reach a safe haven, he must be moving at once. - -"Ah, I've got it!" he exclaimed suddenly. "I'll change into his -clothes." - -He started to his feet, and going to where the body lay, undid the -buttons, and tore tunic and trousers off. The boots and socks followed, -and were rapidly transferred to his own person. Then he picked up the -rifle, and prepared to move away. - -"Supposing his comrades come in the morning and find him?" he suddenly -asked himself. "They will suspect that someone has landed, and borrowed -his clothes. I must tumble him into the water." - -He bent over the limp figure of the unfortunate sentry once more, and -carefully felt for a heart-beat. But there was none, and it was evident -that the man was dead. - -"It's not nice, I know," Hal murmured. "But it's for my safety, and -therefore must be done. He won't be any the worse off, poor fellow!" - -It was indeed a trying act for any young man to carry out, and it was -not without a fierce struggle that Hal at length overcame his -compunction. War was war, he told himself, and this kind of thing was -bound to happen. He must put aside all feelings of compassion and act -like a man. - -The thought braced his nerves, and dropping the rifle for a moment, he -stooped, lifted the lifeless form in his arms, and tossed it into the -sea. - -Then the necessity for instant action asserted itself, and picking up -the rifle, he turned inland, and struck boldly for the town, leaving the -_Merrimac_ sunk deep at one side of the channel leading to the harbor of -Santiago. - -Up and up the steep rocks he toiled, till he came to a deep gully, down -which a tiny watercourse tumbled towards the sea. He could feel shrubs -on either side, and thick grass beneath his feet. Then, as if fortune -had determined to follow him, the sky in the east commenced rapidly to -lighten, and so enabled him to see his whereabouts. - -"There is a thick mist, which will lie on the land till the sun is up," -he said with satisfaction. "That will give me time to hit upon a likely -spot. Ah! what is this? This should suit me." - -He suddenly espied a hollow in the midst of a mass of volcanic rock. It -was carpeted with grass, and was overhung by a few big-leaved rock palms -and ferns, all dripping with moisture. It was an ideal hiding-place, -and he promptly crept into it and sat down, hugging himself in his -borrowed tunic, for the morning air was bitterly cold. - -A little later the sun came up in all his glory, and, topping the -bowlders on either side, poured a flood of grateful heat upon him, -warming him, and drying the leaves and grass. - -Hal removed his wide-brimmed hat from his head, and cautiously looked -out towards the mouth of the harbor. - -"Ah! there is the _Merrimac_," he exclaimed, seeing the top of a mast -projecting. "Bad luck! it's in deep water on one side, so that the -entrance is not closed. Cervera will be able to come out, after all. But -it was a plucky attempt, and I only hope that Hobson and his men have -got safely away. Hillo! there's the raft, and I can see men clinging to -it." - -This was the case, for the explosion had swept the crew overboard, to -find that their dinghy had been smashed by a shell. But a long, -raft-like float had been prepared, and to this all swam. Even as Hal -caught sight of them, a steam-launch flying Spanish colors ran out from -behind the headland of cliffs, and steered towards them. - -"Prisoners at any rate," remarked Hal. "That is better than being -drowned, and I've no doubt that the Dons will treat them well, and -admire them for their bravery; for it was a plucky thing to do." - -Hobson and his men were, in fact, received in a most friendly manner. -Admiral Cervera was himself on board the launch, and greeted the -prisoners in the most courteous way. Then they were taken back to the -harbor and placed upon the _Mercedes_, where the best of treatment was -accorded them, Hobson being taken to the first lieutenant's cabin, -while the men were sent to the quarters for'ard, where they were regaled -with biscuit and coffee, with Spanish cigarettes to follow. - -So highly did Cervera think of their bravery that he promptly sent an -officer out to Admiral Sampson to acquaint him of their safety. - -Hal watched the launch take the eight men on board, and then turned his -eyes inland. - -High above him, and standing far back, was a battery with open -embrasures. It was partly masked in low bush, which extended down to the -gully in which he was lying. - -"If I wait till night and follow the stream, it will take me to the left -of the fort," he said, rising to his knees, and looking between the -leaves of the palm trees. "From there I will strike into the bush, and -follow its edge till I get behind Santiago. Then away for the hacienda." - -He lay back in his hiding-place, and, feeling secure from discovery, -opened his packet of food, and ate a hearty meal. A draught from the -stream appeased his thirst, which was great after the salt water he had -swallowed. Then he lay down, and, worn out by his exertions, fell -asleep. He awoke some hours later, when it was getting dark. - -"Now for it," he said. "I'm feeling as fresh as a daisy, and, after the -trouble I have been put to, mean to reach the hacienda. If anyone tries -to stop me, it will be the worse for him." - -He jumped to his feet, and looked hastily to his rifle, to make sure -that it was in good condition, and the bayonet fixed. Then he stole into -the gully, and waded up stream. It twisted and curved, bearing steadily, -however, to the left. At last, when Hal judged that he was beyond the -fort he stepped on to the bank, and struck off into the bush. - -"Now I'll go for the mules," he said, suddenly recollecting that when he -and Gerald left the hacienda on their way to Florida for the purpose of -fetching more negroes, they had placed their animals in the hands of an -aged native living on the outskirts of the town. "The fellow we left -them with is sure to have taken good care of them; and if only the -Spaniards have not relieved him of his charge, I shall be able to get a -mount, and so reach the hacienda long before the dawn breaks." - -An hour later he was at the tumble-down cottage in which the native -lived, and, having roused him, quickly got him to understand that he -required the mules. A few minutes sufficed to saddle them; then he -mounted one, and, leading the other, set off towards Eldorado at a brisk -canter. - -"Halt dar! Who am dat? I fire if you come one step nearer!" a voice -suddenly cried out as he rode through the dense plantation of sugar-cane -which surrounded the hacienda. - -"Don't shoot, boys! I'm Hal Marchant. I'm dressed in Spanish uniform," -Hal shouted in reply. - -Then he heard a conversation being carried on in low tones, and a moment -or two later someone struck a match and advanced with it between his -fingers. The tiny, fluttering flame showed the burly figure of a negro, -clad in plantation clothes, and bearing a rifle slung over his -shoulders. - -"Come forward if you de boss," the man cried, "Seems I know de voice." - -"Of course you do, Jake," Hal answered, slipping from the mule and -stepping up to the man, who was now closely followed by others. "Look at -me carefully. Though I am disguised, you who knew me before will have no -difficulty in recognizing the overseer." - -There were at once shrill cries of delight from the negroes, and they -ran towards him with outstretched hands. - -"Sure you am de boss right 'nough," Jake cried, for it was he who was in -advance of the others. "Oh, won't de missie be glad! Quick, sar; you -come right 'long up to de hacienda, and not wait one little moment. All -say ebery day, 'Where am de boss Hal and de young master? Am dey killed -by de Spanish dog? Oh, where am dey, Jake?'--Jake him not know. No boy -know, and eberyone go 'bout wid sad heart, and tink dat José dog get -hold ob de masters and shoot. Tink never see 'em more. All de boys -plenty sad, sar, and de missie an' de boss more dan all. Come quick, -sar; eberyone be plenty glad." - -The good fellow held out his hand, and clasped Hal's with a fervor which -showed how genuine his feelings were, while the flickering and uncertain -light cast by a second match which one of the negroes struck at the -moment showed tears in Jake's eyes, for he was very fond of Hal. - -"Yes, I dare say that all will be glad," Hal answered gayly, "especially -when the news I bring of the young master is so good. But there, trot -along, Jake; I'm in a hurry to reach Eldorado." - -"Quiet there, my men! What is this sudden commotion? Who is that -standing there with the mules?" - -It was Mr. Brindle's voice which came through the darkness, and Hal at -once shouted to him. - -"It's Hal Marchant," he cried. "I'm just returning, and Gerald is well, -and in Florida at this very moment." - -"What? Hal again! Where on earth have you been? What has happened to you -both since you left us? Come into the hacienda at once. My dear, dear -lad, how rejoiced I am to see you again!" - -Mr. Brindle rushed forward and shook Hal eagerly by the hand, till his -arm positively ached. - -"What does this mean?" he asked, noticing the Spanish uniform. "Dressed -as one of the enemy! But not one, really, I am open to wager all that I -possess. Come in, though. You can tell the tale when we are seated." - -They hurried to the hacienda, and were just stepping upon the veranda, -and were close beneath a lamp which threw all its light upon them, when -Dora ran out, having been disturbed by sounds in the plantation. -Instantly her eyes fell upon Hal; she stopped abruptly, brushed her hand -across her forehead, as if uncertain of the reality of what she saw, and -then staggered towards him with a low, quavering cry upon her lips. - -"Hal--Hal Marchant back to life again!" she murmured doubtfully. - -"Yes, the same, safe and sound, too, and come back home again," said our -hero, advancing boldly and taking her by both hands. "Are you glad to -see me Dora?" - -It was a question that might well have been left unasked, for the truth -was clearly to be seen in her upturned face, which was flooded with the -light from the lamp, and showed eyes sparkling with joy, and overflowing -with tears of thankfulness, while her lips trembled with emotion as she -endeavored to speak to him. Poor Dora could not steady herself to do -more than whisper his name, but she did that which was far better, and -went a long way to make amends; for, like the brave, simple-hearted girl -she was, she straightway stood on tiptoe, and, placing a hand on either -shoulder, kissed Hal on the cheek. - -"There," she said at last, with a return to her old playful mood, "you -may see for yourself, sir, whether or not I am pleased and glad at your -home coming. Glad! I am overjoyed! A weight is lifted from my heart, -for now I know that you are safe, and a glance at your face is -sufficient to tell me that Gerald, too, is well." - -"Yes; he was wounded, but is recovering fast," Hal answered, still in -some confusion after his hearty welcome, and the honest way in which -Dora had shown it. "No wonder that you have been upset at our long -absence, and at receiving no news. We have had many adventures, and as I -can see that you are both longing to hear all about them, I'll run -through them right away. - -"Let me see; we had scarcely left the hacienda, when we were arrested as -spies in Santiago. Things then were bad enough, for we offered -resistance, and, I am sorry to say, damaged the face of the officer who -was foolish enough to attempt to arrest us. We were captured after a -chase, and then José d'Arousta turned up like a bad penny, and made the -aspect of affairs infinitely worse. We were found to be carrying arms; -and, in short, with that fellow's evidence against us, we were convicted -of spying, and were sent to the Morro Castle with the pleasant prospect -of an early breakfast, a short walk, and then death at the hands of a -file of soldiers. I need not tell you that we managed to get the better -of our captors, and escaped from our prison during the night. A launch -happened to be in the harbor, and we promptly steamed out to sea in her. -Since that we have been with the American fleet. There, you have it all, -I fancy." - -"Escaped! Slipped out to sea in a launch! Why, a prisoner in the Morro -Castle is deemed as secure as bullion in the strong rooms of the Bank of -England! And you two lads managed it? Splendid! Just what we might have -expected. Now I can understand the noise and excitement that occurred in -Santiago on the night of your arrival there. But tell us how it is that -you have been so long away." - -Mr. Brindle rattled off his remarks and his questions in a manner that -was most confusing, and Hal at once prepared to give a full account of -his adventures. - -"Come," said Dora, with a smile, "Hal is thirsty, and, no doubt, hungry -too. Let us take him in and give him something to eat and drink. Then -perhaps he will be good enough to satisfy our curiosity." - -"That I will!" Hal exclaimed. "I can tell you that I am as hungry as a -hunter or as fifty hunters, for the matter of that, for I have not -tasted more than a bite since I swam from the sinking _Merrimac_ twenty -hours ago." - - - - -CHAPTER XX - -THE INVASION OF CUBA - - -"And so you were aboard the _Merrimac_, and were one of that -extraordinarily gallant crew?" said Mr. Brindle, when Hal had at length -told all that had befallen himself and Gerald since they left the -hacienda to fetch more help from Florida. "Indeed, my lad, it seems to -me that you have seen more adventures and more of this war, short though -it has been, than anyone else taking a part in it. One thing strikes me -forcibly, and that is your determination to return to the hacienda in -spite of all difficulties. What made you undertake the task? Consider -the frightful risks you ran, for now that you have time to look into the -matter, and judge of the dangers that menaced you, you cannot but admit -that your life would have paid for it had you been captured. There is -not a man in Santiago who would not give you over to the authorities if -he happened to recognize you; while, had the military but laid hands -upon you, your fate would have been sealed, for they have a score to pay -off, and would take good care that you did not outwit them as before." - -"I don't know that the danger was so very great," Hal answered quietly. -"You see, Mr. Brindle, you have been like a father to me since I lost my -own. You gave me a home and employment when I was an outcast and in -want, and I should have been an ungrateful cur if I had not endeavored -to return your kindness in some way. You sent me on a mission to obtain -negroes to defend the plantation, and when I left you, you were in what -one would call a very sorry plight. Unfortunately, I happened to fall in -with that fellow José d'Arousta, who we all know bears the hacienda and -its owners little love. I failed entirely to carry out your wishes, and -have naturally been anxious to know how you were doing without the help -which you so sorely needed. Once we had given the slip to the Spaniards, -I felt certain that they, led by that fellow I mentioned, would do all -in their power to discover us, and one of their first actions would -certainly be a visit to Eldorado. The consequences might well have been -serious, and, as a matter of fact, I have imagined that all sorts of -evil things had happened. That is the reason why I have worked hard to -get here, for I felt that I must settle the question. As to the risk, -well, I admit that it was great, but it is past now, and I can afford to -laugh at the adventure. Now, as to why I failed to bring negroes when I -sailed to Florida with Gerald. No one, not even the President of the -United States, could have chartered a boat to bring them here, for -transport is at a premium; and, moreover, the Spaniards watch every foot -of the shore. You heard how one poor fellow spotted me in the darkness; -what chance, then, had I of landing with a batch of negroes?" - -"Not the smallest, my lad. There is no need for an explanation as to why -you did not carry out your mission, for we all know by now that what Hal -Marchant sets himself to do he does, if it is possible, in spite of all -dangers and difficulties. As a matter of fact, I recognized that your -hopes were doomed a few days after you had ridden away. And now let me -tell you how we have fared. When you awake to-morrow, and go out on to -the veranda, you will find that a great change has taken place about the -hacienda; for the beautiful Eldorado, of which we were so proud, is now -little better than a fort. Bags, in which tobacco leaves are usually -kept, have been filled with earth, and arranged outside the walls and in -front of every window. A double row protects the top of the veranda, -and, better than all, a tall tower surmounts the roof, and looks down -upon the clearing. Yes, we have been hard at work, I can assure you. To -begin with, while some felled the trees at the edge of the clearing, a -few, who could ill be spared, lay out in the forest and plantation, and -scouted round to warn us of the approach of the enemy. The remainder -worked--well, like the slaves they were once upon a time, or as their -fathers and mothers were before them. It is incredible to me even now -how they managed as they did; but, within a few days of your departure, -our defenses were completed, and not a moment too soon, as I will tell -you. - -"Not a week had passed when the outposts, which I had stationed away in -the forest, brought me word that a mounted party was approaching. I at -once concentrated my meager force amongst the trees, and awaited -developments. Then, as the strangers drew nearer, I sent forward a white -flag and demanded their business, informing them at the same time that I -was prepared to resist any violence. - -"As you might expect, José d'Arousta was the leader of the gang, and he -at once advanced to meet me, as unconcerned and as impudent as ever, and -to all appearance careless of the consequences. - -"'I carry a warrant here for the arrest of your son, and of his -accomplice, the Englishman, señor,' he said, in his suavest tones, not -forgetting at the same moment to lift his hat with a flourish. - -"'Indeed,' I answered; 'and for what reason have you been intrusted with -such a document?' - -"'Pshaw, señor, you cannot prevaricate with me,' he said disdainfully, -and with an aggravating sneer for which I could have struck him. But I -was careful to maintain a calm demeanor. - -"'Prevaricate!' I retorted. 'Surely José d'Arousta, the would-be thief, -is scarcely the man to say that to me. Prevaricate indeed! I will have -you know that I do not stoop to telling an untruth, even though a -regiment of Spaniards were at my door.' - -"At that our old friend lost his temper, for my words touched him on the -raw. - -"'You are telling an untruth,' he cried. 'You would have me believe that -the two for whose arrest I hold a warrant are not here. They are spies, -I tell you, and you are aware of it, for you must have sent them into -Santiago. That is where they were captured, in the very heart of the -town. Deliver them up to me, señor, or it will be the worse for you.' - -"You may guess, my lad, that my heart leapt to my mouth at his words. -You and Gerald captured! It was a shock to hear it. Next moment, -however, I was comforted by the reflection that, if he now asked for you -both to be handed over to him, you must have effected an escape. - -"'If they were indeed captured, Señor José d'Arousta can scarcely want -them delivered into his keeping now,' I said quietly; 'and if he does, -he should apply to his own countrymen. In any case, the lads are not -spies.' - -"'Señor,' he replied hotly, evidently having lost all patience, 'I ask -you again to hand them over. Where are they, I say?' - -"'And I answer, if you have lost them, find them for yourself. I will -give you no help,' I rejoined, in the same calm tones. - -"'I will," he cried angrily; 'I will take them now, at this instant, -from the hacienda, and then I will do as I promised, and set the place -flaring about your ears.' - -"'Then you will do so at your peril,' I answered with an easy smile. -'Here are some of my men. See, they are armed, and will fight for me -till I tell them to hold their hands. Now, draw back to your set of -scoundrels, and do your utmost.' - -"'You shall suffer for this, señor,' he shouted. 'I will shoot every -hand on the plantation, and then look to yourself and to the adorable -señora. Those who attempt to hinder the servants of his Majesty King -Alfonso of Spain must pay heavily for their temerity.' - -"I bowed haughtily to that, while he withdrew to his men. Then the whole -Spanish party put spurs to their animals, and came galloping towards the -hacienda. We brought them to their senses at once with a volley, which -emptied three of their saddles, sending the men crashing to the ground. -A second, equally well aimed, dispersed them, and when they fled back to -Santiago it was with their heads held less haughtily in the air. From -that day to this I have seen nothing of the pleasant José, nor has the -hacienda been attacked by any marauding Spaniards." - -"I am very glad to hear it," said Hal, in tones of satisfaction. "Had I -known it, I think that I should have waited longer before coming. But -anxiety for your safety got the better of my fears. Then, too, I had -intended to remain here in case you should need another rifle. But now, -with your permission, I will leave the island again and join the -Americans. I had no part in this quarrel between the two nations when I -left the hacienda, though I admit that my sympathies were strongly -inclined to the Yanks; however, my ideas are changed now. But for a -lucky escape, Gerald and I should have fallen as spies before the rifles -of a file of Spaniards. I seek no revenge for that, but it has made me -throw in my lot with your countrymen. I have seen some fighting with -them already, and now I hope to act as guide when they invade this part -of the island." - -"I cannot blame you for your resolution," Mr. Brindle answered. "Until -this struggle is settled one way or the other, none of us can return to -our usual employment; nor can we feel secure. I thank you, my lad, for -all you have done, and particularly for the thought which prompted you -to return to us in spite of such difficulties and dangers--dangers, by -the way, which would have deterred many a man of more mature years. You -find us very well able to look to ourselves, and you have relieved our -anxiety as to your own and Gerald's safety. Go, therefore, as soon as -you wish, and join the army of invasion. When the war is over, return to -us, for here is your home, and here you may be sure of a real welcome." - -He reached across the table, and shook Hal heartily by the hand, sending -a cup clattering to the ground as he did so. There was no doubt that -Hal's devotion had touched him deeply, and the same could also be said -of Dora. To hide the tears which would come when she thought of all he -had gone through, and of all the dangers he must yet encounter, she -knelt on the carpet and commenced to pick up the pieces of broken china -that lay scattered there; for Dora was, indeed, very fond of this fine -young fellow, who had come into the lives of the hacienda folk in such a -curious manner. - -"I am glad you agree," said Hal, returning his employer's grip; "and -now, as you throw no difficulty in the way, I will prepare to slip from -the island again. Of course I shall have to leave when the American -fleet is near, and, in any case, I must arrange to join the troops when -they reach Cuba." - -"Which will be shortly, I fancy," Mr. Brindle said, rising from his seat -and going to a bookshelf. "Here are the chief American papers up to a -few days ago. I do not pretend to know how they were landed, but I -secured them through a native, who is in communication with one of the -plantation hands. Evidently President McKinley and his government have -been hard at work, for troops, consisting of regulars and volunteers, -have been mustering and drilling everywhere. It is of course impossible -to create an army in a day, even though you happen to have some -thousands as a nucleus. Then, too, transport, engineering, supply, and -doctoring are items which cannot be arranged rapidly. It takes weeks, -sometimes months, to get these departments to work smoothly, a fact -which has only dawned upon our generals and people, and is no small -source of worry. Still, much has been done; for under General Miles, who -is the Commander-in-chief, chaos has gradually developed into some form -of order. Another seventy-five thousand volunteers have been called for -to make up the deficiency caused by the necessity of sending troops to -the Philippines. Now, I understand from these papers, Chickamauga and -Tampa are overflowing with troops, while other camps in various parts of -the States are in a similar condition. Transports lie at Key West ready -to carry the boys across the sea, and in that vast country everyone is -on the tiptoe of excitement at the thought of invasion at last, which no -doubt will take place in this neighborhood. The arrival of Cervera's -fleet has altered the sphere of action, which is unfortunate enough for -Spain, for the bulk of her troops are at Havana, where enormous -preparations to resist attack by land or sea have been made by Marshal -Blanco. Santiago is even now in a state of famine, and if our troops -land near, the town is sure to fall, and the Spanish colors give place -to the Star-Spangled banner. - -"Now I fancy that you have all the news. Fitzhugh Lee, a veteran of the -civil war, is one of our generals, as also is Joseph Wheeler. Theodore -Roosevelt has raised and equipped a cavalry regiment, which is likely to -lead the Dons a dance, for it is for the most part composed of cowboys. -Astor, another patriotic millionaire, has supplied a battery of -quick-firers, with men, horses, and equipment complete. Others have come -forward with money, and last, but by no means least, American women have -commenced to organize hospitals, so as to be ready for the reception of -sick and wounded, of whom there must needs be many, particularly of the -former, for it must be remembered that swamps are to be found everywhere -in this country, and that fever, combined with hardship and exposure, is -far more fatal to an invading army than are swarms of bullets and vast -masses of the enemy." - -This, indeed, is a wholesome truth that it would be well to remember -always. An army sent into the field cannot prosper and give a good -account of itself unless its more peaceful departments are in a state of -perfection. For supposing the transport and supply fail, where would all -the hungry men and horses obtain food? Grass can generally be had in -abundance for the animals, but even grazing is often scarce. As for the -men, they may by great good fortune pick up plenty to keep them going, -but the chances are, especially if they have entered the enemy's -country, that they will find little, and even then only after a long and -fatiguing search, during which they may suffer heavy loss by the fire of -the enemy. Therefore, the army which possesses an efficient supply -department, following ever upon its heels, will be far more capable of -success than an ill-fed force of men, who, after a long day in the -field, must perforce wander away to find food. Of no less importance, -too, is the medical department. Men who are exposed to hardship and -rough work will almost inevitably fall ill, and who is to look after -them, and those who are wounded in action, when they are helpless, if -organized hospitals, each with an efficient staff, are not attached to -the force? Men would die untended by the roadside, while the number of -sick would increase by leaps and bounds till they hampered the army, and -destroyed all hope of rapid movement, and therefore of success. - -Mr.Brindle had given most of the news, and to bring the events of the -war up to date it is necessary to add only a little. Fourteen thousand -men, together with the new Astor Battery, were sent to San Francisco, -and from there, owing to the lamentable want of transports, were -conveyed in batches to the scene of operations in and about Manila, in -the Philippines. This naturally caused delay, so that many weeks passed -before active measures could be taken. This expedition was commanded by -General Wesley Merritt. - -And now a small but extremely important incident had upset all -calculations. Cervera and his fleet had arrived at Santiago, and it was -at once necessary that the town and harbor should be subdued, and the -fleet destroyed. Admiral Sampson, who, after the _Merrimac's_ -adventurous voyage, had made several reconnaissances in force, declared -that to rush the entrance was impossible. He called urgently for troops, -and General Shafter was at once ordered to hold himself and twenty-six -thousand men in readiness to sail from Key West. - -Hal stayed at the hacienda for a week, and then he rode away for the -coast, still disguised as a Spanish soldier. - -Almost every night while at Eldorado he had heard the guns of the -American fleet playing upon Santiago and its forts, the noise on two -occasions, when the dynamite gunboat, named the _Vesuvius_, was in -action, being prodigious. When he arrived on the seacoast, he at once -hid in a big grove of palms. - -"From here I ought to be able to get some idea of the movements of the -fleet," he said, seating himself upon a rock, and lifting a pair of -glasses to his eyes. "It seems as if a landing were intended." - -He was not mistaken, for some cruisers were steaming slowly along the -coast as if searching for an opening. Suddenly they turned shorewards, -and their guns began to fire upon a small fort. - -"Now is my chance," thought Hal. "By riding hard I ought to be there in -time to join any landing-party that may be sent ashore. They have chosen -Daiquiri." - -He jumped into his saddle again and cantered off. An hour later he rode -boldly down to the shore, to a point from which a small pier projected. -A party of American marines had just landed, and Hal found himself at -once a prisoner amongst friends. - -"Why, who aer this? Come off that 'ere moke!" cried one of the marines, -grasping his bridle. "You must be the durndest fool as ever wur, or -perhaps you're what's wuss, and that's a cove what goes back on his -pards." - -"I am nothing of the sort," Hal answered, with a laugh. "I am British -born, and American just now for choice. You would do me a great favor if -you would drop the point of that bayonet, my friend." - -"Wall, that kind er knocks me all ter pieces!" the marine answered, -starting back in astonishment, while a roar of laughter burst from his -comrades. "A Britisher, and no durned son of a Don after all! At any -rate, hop off it right away, and come along slippy. You may be a pard, -as yer say; but then yer mayn't. Ef it aer that sort er way, it'll be a -case with yer." - -He took Hal by the sleeve, and conducted him to the officer in charge -of the party, where explanations were soon made and accepted. - -"Where are you going now?" the officer asked. "I presume you've come -here on purpose?" - -"Yes; I wish to get aboard the flagship," Hal answered. "I was there -before, and, in fact, only left a week ago, when I managed to get -ashore." - -"Ah, you did? Then come along right here, sir, and tell us how the Dons -are doin'. Then, if you wish it, I'll send you aboard the admiral's -ship. But if you'll take my advice, you'll remain with us. We're the -advance landing-party." - -"I will with pleasure," Hal replied; "and if you wish it, will act as -guide." - -"That would suit finely. Say, do you know Guantanamo, the port forty -miles east of Santiago?" - -"Yes; I have been there once. I rode from the hacienda to it, and -followed forest paths all the way." - -"Then you'll be very useful, for it's there that we're goin' to land. -We're here for the night only." - -This indeed was the case, and the marines encamped close beside the pier -that night, Hal taking up his quarters with them, and making use of the -opportunity to borrow a suit of American clothes; for it was no joke -being dressed as he was, and running the gantlet of the abundant chaff -which his Spanish uniform attracted. We will do him the justice, -however, to say that he made a very fine, soldierly looking fellow in -his unaccustomed kit, and would have taken first place for size and -general air of manliness among the Spaniards quartered in Santiago, or, -for the matter of that, in any part of the island. - -"You'd get copped as sure as eggs if you met any of the enemy," was the -remark which one of the marines made to him. "As soon as you'd put yer -head into one of the Dons' camps you'd find a tidy lot er bullets -fizzin' close by yer nose, for I reckon they don't show many of your -sort. There's somethin' about you, young mister, that looks like beef, -good old honest roast beef, the stuff that Britishers boast of, and the -same that them Froggies and others of the same sort sneer at, and jist -wish they could crow about. But get it off--I mean them togs, else -p'raps the sentry yonder will be makin' a mistake, and sendin' a plug of -daylight through yer." - -On the following day the marines re-embarked, and steamed along the -coast to Guantanamo, where three cruisers and two gunboats at once -entered the roads, and rapidly dispersed the Spanish garrison. Then the -_Panther_, a transport, carrying 850 marines, steamed in. The men at -once disembarked, Hal accompanying them. They encamped on a hill near a -village called Playa del Este, and pushed their pickets into the bush, -which grew down close to the water's edge. On their right, Caimamera, -another village, was in flames, having been deserted and fired by the -Spaniards. - -"Mr. Marchant," said the officer in charge, to whom Hal had been -introduced, "will you take a rifle and help the boys?" - -"Certainly," was Hal's ready answer. "I fancy that your men will soon be -engaged, for this place is surrounded by bush, as you can see for -yourself, and that is an ideal cover for Spanish irregulars, who, I may -tell you, are masters at that particular form of fighting, having been -taught many bitter lessons by the insurgents. There! Listen to that!" - -They went outside the tent, and heard the distant rattle of musketry, -and then the answering shots from their own pickets. Taking up a rifle, -and filling his pockets with cartridges, Hal at once ran up the hill to -join them. - -"Keep yer noddle low thar," a sergeant sang out to him. "The Dons aer -sendin' their bullets skimmin' over here, and it's odds yer don't quite -see from where. That's the ticket. Get low down, and keep a lively -look-out." - -Hal took the advice given him, and, copying the example of the sergeant, -threw himself down behind a rock. Then, dropping his rifle for the -moment, he commenced to build up a little breastwork, just like the -schantzes used by the Boers in South Africa. Having obtained excellent -cover in this way, he knelt up and stared into the bush. - -Ping! thud! A rifle flashed three hundred yards away, and the bullet -struck a foot or two to his right, sending chips of rock and a fine dust -flying into the air. Ping! phit! Again the rifle cracked, and all that -Hal could see was a dense mass of tangled green trailers and ferns. - -"Wait a bit," he murmured beneath his breath. "I see that big fern -moving. Why, as I live, it has crawled ten feet in the last half-minute. -There must be a man behind." - -He aimed carefully and fired. Instantly the waving fronds started high -into the air, and, falling asunder, disclosed a Spanish guerrilla -reeling blindly from side to side. Then he flung his arms wildly above -his head, and, twisting round in his agony, fell prone to the earth. - -[Illustration: "HE AIMED CAREFULLY AND FIRED."] - -"That aer one for you, pard," the sergeant cried. "Guess it wur a mighty -fluke." - -"Wrong, then," Hal answered. "The Spaniards have stuck ferns into their -hats, coats, and belts, and that is the reason why you do not spot them. -It's a very old trick of theirs, and one that they learned from the -Cubans. Watch for moving leaves, and pull your trigger with the sights -leveled three feet beneath." - -"So! aer that it?" the sergeant answered wonderingly. "You're mighty -cute, young feller. Hillo! Durn me, but thar aer a fern on the walk." - -He rose to his knees, and, sighting carefully, pulled his trigger very -gently. The report was followed instantly by a commotion amidst the -leaves, which suddenly fell to the ground. - -"That fetched home, I'm thinking," he cried. "Here goes for another. -Ah----" - -Hal turned his head, to see the unfortunate American suddenly collapse, -and lie motionless across the bowlder. A Spanish bullet had brought -quick revenge for the death of a comrade. - -"Poor beggar! The fortune of war," Hal remarked sadly. "Well, as he's -gone, I must act for both." - -He placed a cartridge in the breech and went on firing. Then he passed -the news that the Spaniards were, like Malcolm's army of old, decked -with boughs and leaves, along the lines of trenches which had been -thrown up hastily for the protection of the outposts. Hour after hour -the musketry duel continued, and so clever were the Spanish guerrillas -at taking cover that they forced the American pickets back to the main -body of the marines. About midnight Hal retired from the firing line for -refreshment and sleep. - -"What advice do you give about these fellows?" asked the officer. -"They're certainly clever at keeping out of sight, and there seems no -way of getting alongside them. We've four killed already, including our -surgeon, and if it wasn't for the bad shootin' of the enemy there'd be -heaps more." - -"I should say, turn on the electric searchlight till morning, and then -pound the bush with the guns of the ships," Hal answered. "If that does -not stop the firing, you'll have to choose between retiring and rushing -their cover." - -"We're not going to do the first, in any case," the officer replied -sturdily; "but that is a good dodge--to turn on the light. I'll signal -down for it," and he went away at once. - -Hal ate a meal of tinned meat and rusks, which he washed down with a big -draught of coffee from the lid of his canteen. Then he rolled himself in -a blanket which had been given to him, and quickly fell asleep, for he -was worn out with his long day in the trenches. But all night long the -musketry flickered along the hillside, and when morning dawned it was as -active as ever. Early in the day a band of Cuban insurgents joined the -invading Americans, and gave information of a Spanish camp four miles -away. - -"There's going to be a fight to-morrow," said the marine officer to Hal. -"We've just had orders to march out and attack this Spanish encampment. -Cubans will lead the way, so that we shall not be wantin' you as guide; -but if you'd care to come, why, you know you're welcome." - -"Just what I'd like. When do you start?" - -"Early dawn. We'll get breakfast for all hands, and then away, so as to -make a day's job of it. The ships are now going to throw shells into the -bush." - -He had scarcely finished speaking, when loud booming was heard from the -sea, and missiles commenced to hurtle overhead. Every corner of the bush -was searched by the exploding shells, but, in spite of the flying -fragments, the same desultory and harassing fire continued, for the -Spanish guerrillas clung tenaciously to their posts. - -Next morning a force of six hundred, including marines and Cubans, -marched from their bivouacs, Hal joining the party, armed as before with -a rifle. - -"I reckon we'll have to be precious wide awake," said his new friend. -"Cubans are out as scouts, but in this thick bush we want something in -the shape of a balloon. How far should you say we are from the Dons?" - -"They told us that the camp was four miles from us," answered Hal. "We -have been marching for an hour, so I fancy that we must be within half a -mile or less of the enemy. Hillo! Lie down quickly!" - -The silence of the bush, through which the troops were forcing a way, -was suddenly broken by the crackle of musketry coming from directly in -front. Fortunately, the marines were moving in open order, or otherwise -the losses would have been heavy. As it was, no one was hit, though -showers of leaves were stripped from the trees, and came tumbling in a -cloud to the ground, or upon the heads of those who happened to be -beneath. - -"A Spanish ambush!" exclaimed the officer. "Here, sir, hop along over to -the signaler, and tell him to let the _Dolphin_ know whereabouts they -are lying." - -"Right! I'll do it!" cried Hal. "You can expect me back shortly." - -He bent low in the bush, and ran to the left, to a knoll upon which a -signaler was stationed. On his right nothing but thick scrub was to be -seen, from which, however, the continuous ping of musketry rang, proving -that hidden foes lurked there. Straight ahead was the coast, towards -which a gunboat, the _Dolphin_, was steaming so as to aid the land party -with its guns. - -Hal at once gave his message, and watched the signaler wag his flags to -those on the gunboat. A few minutes later small shells from the -quick-firers began to fall into the cover in which the Spaniards were -lurking. Then rifle volleys were directed at them, searching every -corner. At length, unable to face the hail any longer, they broke and -fled. - -"After them! Charge! All together, boys!" shouted the officer in -command; and, springing to their feet, the whole party dashed forward. - -"Hold! Lie down, all of you! You'll get knocked to pieces by the -shells!" the officer shouted again; and, producing a whistle, blew a -shrill blast upon it. For the _Dolphin's_ guns were still playing upon -the bush, and to attempt to cross it would have been to incur heavy -loss. At length, however, the gunboat was signaled to cease fire, and, -at once rising to their feet, the whole of the invading force dashed -towards the Spanish camp. - -Rifle in hand, Hal ran ahead of the men, and alongside the officers, and -was one of the first to rush amongst the huts in which the enemy had -taken up their quarters. - -"There are Spaniards just in front!" he shouted. "At them! Let us have -some prisoners." - -"Hooroo, lads! Charge!" the officer shrieked at the pitch of his voice, -and at the order the men who were nearest swept like a torrent to the -end of the narrow and dusty little street. - -"Hands up! Surrender! You are prisoners," he commanded, coming suddenly -in sight of a Spanish lieutenant and some eighteen men. Instantly rifles -were dropped to the ground, and the small party of the enemy, who had -been unable to escape, held their arms above their heads in token of -submission. Then their young officer advanced, and with saddened face -and a sigh of resignation tendered his sword to the American officer. - -"We surrender, señor," he said, in very fair English. "The fortune of -war has smiled but blackly upon us." - -Hal only waited to see that the prisoners were safely taken, and to hear -the American officer make some consoling reply, before he again dashed -forward in pursuit of the enemy. Suddenly a rifle cracked from a hut in -front, and the bullet pierced the rim of his hat, whistling shrilly as -it hurtled by his ear. Then a Spaniard stepped into the open, and, -shooting a cartridge into the breech, took a calm and steady aim at him -again. The figure was at once familiar, and a turn of the head at that -moment disclosed the handsome but scowling features of José -d'Arousta. - -Hal did not hesitate, but, lowering his bayonet, he rushed full tilt at -his old enemy. There was a sharp report, the stunning effect of a -concussion close at hand, the shock of which can only be realized by -those who have been unfortunate enough to experience it, and he -staggered back, half dazed. Next moment, with an oath at his want of -success, José sprang behind the building into the bush, where he was at -once lost to sight. As for Hal, he was too stunned to be able even to -see for a few moments, so great was the effect of the rifle which had -been discharged at point-blank range. When he was able to look round, -not a Spaniard was in sight, but a poor Cuban, who had been at his side, -lay wounded at his feet, having been struck by the bullet which José -d'Arousta had intended for himself. - - - - -CHAPTER XXI - -NEARING THE END - - -Hal Marchant returned to Guantanamo with the marines after the -successful attack upon the Spanish camp, which was left a mass of flame -from end to end. Their arrival was greeted vociferously, for theirs was -the first real victory ashore. They found their comrades in a great -state of excitement, news having arrived of the army of invasion. It had -already embarked, and had actually sailed from Tampa. But, after all, it -proved to be a false start, for the very next day brought information -that the fleet of transports had been ordered back, for fear that -Spain's one remaining squadron of warships, which sailed under the flag -of Admiral Camara, should suddenly fall upon and annihilate it. - -This, however, proved to be a false alarm; and on Tuesday, the 14th of -June, the transports steamed away with their freight of men, horses, and -equipment for Key West, where they were joined by a powerful fleet of -warships, which were to act as escort. On board the troop-ships were -rather more than 15,000 officers and men, while 10,000 more were ready -for embarkation as soon as the transports could return to Tampa. - -Arrived off the southeastern coast of Cuba, after a delightful sail -extending over a week, the fleet lay to, while General Shafter, Admiral -Sampson, and their respective staffs went ashore at Asseraderos, and -there met General Garcia, who had been the recognized leader of the -insurgents for many years. It was an historical meeting, and at its -termination Daiquiri was finally settled upon as the point of landing -for the long-expected invading army. - -"Mr. Marchant, we're removing from here right now," said the marine -officer a day after the fleet of transports had been sighted. "Daiquiri -is the point of invasion, and we are to steam along in that direction. -But I don't expect that we shall have the luck to land; the -troops--lucky beggars!--will do that, of course. What on earth sent us -to Guantanamo and kept us there is more than I can say. What did we do -for the cause? Next to nothing, I guess. Just hashed up one of the -camps, and nearly got into a precious mess with those guerrillas." - -"It does seem strange that you were sent there," Hal agreed. "Here have -we been hanging on to the place and sacrificing valuable lives, and all -for nothing. However, the invading force is at hand, and the business is -to commence in real earnest. As to Daiquiri, its proximity to Santiago -must be the chief reason for its selection, for, situated as it is, it -will save a tremendous amount of bush fighting. Fancy marching from -Guantanamo through forest and scrub! Why, the Spanish guerrillas would -certainly deal with us as the Cubans have with them in former times." - -"That is about the truth, I fancy; but, anyway, we're clearing from this -right now, so pack up your kit and make all ready," the officer replied. - -That night Hal was on board the gunboat, and by dawn they were lying off -Daiquiri, surrounded by enormous transports, which were filled with men -in boisterous spirits. Beside the troopers the gunboat looked so small -that one might have thought she could be of no fighting value. And yet a -glance at the underwater fittings of the torpedo-tubes, and the -quick-firers upon her decks, showed that, though small in proportions, -she was a dangerous customer to deal with, and capable of sinking any -of the transports with the greatest ease. - -Grouped upon her deck, the marines shouted to their comrades, and looked -enviously in their direction more than once. Indeed, they were far from -pleased at having had to vacate Guantanamo, after having to fight so -stubbornly for it. The brush with the enemy had been keen while it -lasted, and had satisfied their martial ardor; but all were disappointed -with the order which had compelled them to embark again, and it was no -wonder that they asked indignantly why they had ever been sent there if -the town and position were not to be held. It was a sheer waste of time -and lives, and the men were amongst the first to recognize this. - -Meanwhile, General Garcia, with a rag-tag army of three thousand -insurgents, watched the point selected for the landing. They were all -fairly well armed, but, without exception, they were ragged to a degree, -and presented a half-starved appearance. - -June 22d broke fine and clear, and straightway a bombardment of the -various forts and villages along the coast commenced. - -"I imagine that we are knocking bits off the blockhouses, and holding a -general action all along the line, so as to mislead the Dons," said the -officer of marines. "Hillo! That was fine!" - -His exclamation was caused by the simultaneous lowering of boats from -all the transports lying off Daiquiri. Then men swarmed into them, and -as soon as they were filled, strings of the tiny craft were attached to -launches, which steamed at once for the coast, which had already -sustained a fierce bombardment. That evening some six thousand Americans -had landed, consisting, for the most part, of the division under General -Lawton. In addition, a portion of General Wheeler's brigade of cavalry -had disembarked, and with them had come a machine-gun battery. The -method of landing the artillery horses and transport mules was most -interesting. The animals were thrown overboard, and as they were -unhampered with kit or harness of any sort, they came through the ordeal -wonderfully. - -Hal, ever on the look-out for adventure, had not allowed the day to pass -without an effort to get ashore. Indeed, he contrived to find a vacant -place in one of the boats, and in due course landed at the tiny jetty -which projected from the beach into the sea. As he walked along it, -someone, dressed as a trooper, rushed frantically towards him. - -"Hal! It's Hal! By Jove, how glad I am! Hang it, old man, don't you know -me, or are you too proud? Where the dickens did you come from? I heard -that you had gone ashore in the _Merrimac_. Well, this is a day!" - -It was Gerald Brindle, looking strong and well again, but somewhat -bewildered and out of breath as he accosted his friend and shook his -hands up and down as if he would never cease. - -"Steady, old boy! Of course it's Hal! Look out, you're breaking my -fingers. There, that's very nice; and now, if you'll stop for a moment, -I'll tell you all that is worth telling." - -Hal wrenched his hand away, and, stepping a pace backward, stood looking -critically at his friend. - -Gerald was dressed in a uniform of khaki, not unlike that worn by the -British troops in South Africa, but differing in one or more important -respects. For instance, in place of the helmet, which is only required -in the hottest countries, the American troopers had wide-brimmed, thick -felt hats, calculated to withstand a fierce sun, and well able to -shelter the head and shoulders when a torrent of rain was descending. -Then, again, this felt hat had a decided advantage for men on active -service, for, when they were lying down and skirmishing, it would not -hit upon the back of the neck and be tilted over the eyes at the most -critical moment. Another difference was that the Americans wore a light -gaiter, instead of the puttee. - -Gerald, with his head-covering pulled rakishly over one ear, looked a -very smart and soldier-like young fellow, and seemed to be well able to -manage the rifle which he carried in one hand. - -"A trooper?" said Hal, looking at him closely. "Well, old man, you look -every inch of it. Supposing you tell me how it is to be done, so that I -may follow suit, and take my place at your side." - -"That's easy enough," answered Gerald: "The ranks are filled up, but -we'll find room for you; for I happen to know one of the staff officers, -who will arrange for it, if I ask him. Why, Hal, I have a splendid -billet! I am one of Roosevelt's own; one of 'Teddy's Terribles,' or -'Roosevelt's Rustlers,' as we are sometimes called. You must have heard -of us by now. We're the cowboy lot, and we've all sorts and sizes in our -ranks. Fellows who are out of all employment, and who have not so much -as a cent to bless themselves with, and others who are the sons of -millionaires, or millionaires themselves, with so much to jangle in -their pockets that they would not miss it if you took the average man's -yearly wages from them. But, whatever their wealth, they are all -rattling good fellows, and all bent upon fighting. But we've no horses. -That's the joke of this invading army. The fact is that transports are -scarce as it is, and none could be spared for the mounts. However, we -weren't going to allow that to stop us, and here we are, ready to have a -fling at the Dons on foot, if need be." - -"So you are one of the 1st United States Cavalry, sometimes known also -as the Rough Riders, or by the other terms that you mentioned?" said -Hal. "Gerald, I'm for it, too. We'll see this war through together." - -"Right, that we will," Gerald answered eagerly. "Look here, we'll just -take the bull by the horns, and arrange the matter at once. Let's go -right away to the staff officer." - -Hal agreed, and they at once ascended the steep slope leading to the -camp, till they came to a pile of ammunition boxes, beside which a pole -was erected, bearing a piece of crimson bunting, while beneath it stood -an officer whose uniform proclaimed that he belonged to the staff. - -"Well, Mr. Brindle, what is this?" he asked, with a smile. "Introduce -your friend." - -"He's Hal Marchant, the fellow who sneaked on board the _Merrimac_ when -she was about to be sunk off Santiago. You will remember, Captain -Cromer, that the tale leaked out, and that Lieutenant Billing was said -to have come in for a wigging." - -"That was so. So you're that fellow, are you?" the officer asked, -looking closely at Hal. "Now, what's wanted? I know your sort very well. -You're dying to be right in the very thick of it; isn't that somewhere -near the case?" - -"It is the very thing!" Hal exclaimed. "I am anxious to join the Rough -Riders till the campaign is over." - -The staff officer thought for a few moments, during which he regarded -the two lads with some curiosity and amusement. Then he produced a -notebook, and hastily scribbled a few lines. - -"Want pay?" he asked suddenly. - -"No, not a dollar," Hal answered promptly. "I want all the fun, -though." - -"Then slip along right now with that to General Wheeler's brigade major; -I fancy it will just settle the matter for you, so that he'll allow you -to go with the boys." - -He nodded, and turned to give some directions to an orderly who had just -approached, while Hal and his friend hurried off as fast as their legs -would carry them. By early morning the former was a temporary trooper in -the celebrated Rough Riders. - -"I suppose we shall be moving very soon," said Gerald, as he and his -friend sat down for a meal. "There is one thing, though, that may delay -us. You see, things were so rushed at Tampa that all the equipment most -wanted is down at the bottom of the hold, while perfectly useless stuff -is at the top. But I hear that they are working very hard to set matters -right." - -This, in fact, was the case. Disembarkation of stores had been going on -day and night, not only at Daiquiri, but also at other parts of the -coast. The invading army consisted of three divisions--each split up -into three brigades--and of a cavalry brigade. While the second division -and the horseless cavalry had been landing at Daiquiri, the first -division, under General Kent, had begun to disembark at Siboney. -Meanwhile, General Shafter, the Commander-in-chief, had his quarters -aboard the transport _Segurança_. - -The very day upon which Lawton's division landed, he pushed forward with -the greater part to some wooded hills northwest of Daiquiri, which he -occupied without firing a shot. As for Hal and Gerald, with their -comrades of the cavalry, they left camp early on the following morning, -and marched to Siboney. By the time they reached the latter place, both -lads were on excellent terms with their fellow-troopers. Indeed, Gerald -was already well known, and it wanted only a mention of Hal's -adventurous trip ashore in the _Merrimac_ to bring a crowd surging round -him, clamoring for all the details. - -"Tell yer this, you're born ter be lucky, that's how I size it," said -one big cowboy. "Yer see, since this war got started, you've seen a rare -lot er moves, and never got so much as pipped with a bullet. That jist -shows as you're kept for somethin' more perlite, so I tell yer I shall -keep as close alongside as I can squeeze as soon as the shootin' -starts." - -"Perhaps that might not be quite as secure a place as in front," Hal -answered, with a smile. "A Cuban ran beside me only a few days ago, and -the bullet which was intended to take my life picked the poor fellow -off." - -"So? Then I'll stick in front; but, all the same, I guess you're born to -be lucky." - -The cowboy nodded his head knowingly, and strode off. That night orders -were issued to the Rough Riders to prepare for active measures. - -"We are to advance against Sevilla, which is three miles away," said -Hal, having gleaned some tidings from one of the sergeants. "It seems -that all the Spaniards are falling back upon Santiago from the -blockhouses and outposts, and a few only are left at Sevilla to bar our -progress. Of course we shall soon brush them aside; though, if the -fighting is anything like last week's, we shall have our work cut out -for us, for it will be bush warfare every foot of the way, and the Dons -have shown themselves masters of that particular art." - -"And afterwards, what shall we have to face?" asked Gerald. - -"That is a difficult question to answer; but if your father is right, -some seven thousand half-starved Spanish regulars. They cannot hope to -resist for very long, for food has completely run out in Santiago. Even -now many of the civil population are said to be dying daily of -starvation in the streets." - -"Then the sooner we end their misery the better," exclaimed Gerald. -"Hillo; orders, I fancy!" - -A message from headquarters had just been brought to the troopers, -telling them to prepare to march on the following morning. - -"The Rough Riders and other cavalry are to advance early to-morrow on -Las Guasimas," said the sergeant who had brought the order. "The -regulars will march to the right, and will take four Hotchkiss -quick-firing mountain guns. Boys, we aer goin' ter turn the Dons out!" - -"Hooroo! By Jingo we aer," the men shouted. - -"We'd do it better if we had horses with us," one of them said. "Say, -pard, you've been having gay times with the enemy; what's your opinion -on the case?" - -"I fancy that we are better as we are," Hal answered, with assurance. -"You see, I know the country hereabouts; it is densely covered with -bush, in which animals would be worse than useless, for they would stand -clear against the green, and would show where we were lying. Without -them we shall be more efficient scouts." - -"Pass the word there for Trooper Marchant," the sergeant now shouted. - -"What is it? Here I am," Hal answered, stepping forward. - -"You are acquainted with these parts, I hear?" the sergeant answered. - -"Yes, I have ridden through the bush more than once. What then?" - -"The general'll be oblee-e-ged to yer ef you'll get ahead of the column -and lead the way. We're kind er strangers here, yer see." - -"I'll do what I can," Hal answered briskly, being overjoyed at the -prospect. "I suppose my friend can come along too? He knows the country -much better than I do." - -"In course he can. Now, you'll be ready early, that's the order." - -Hal nodded, and at once began to talk the matter over with Gerald. Next -morning they left the camp with six other men, and marched some five -hundred yards ahead of the main body. A Rough Rider, who had been a -cowboy right away in the west of North America, was put in charge of the -little party. - -"Now what aer the partic'lar jokes of these fellers?" he asked Hal, as -they pushed along the road. "Yer foller, ef it wur Injuns, or even bad -men of the prairie, I'd be onter their games quicken'n a knife. But -these here Dons most like has a way of acting out er the ordinary, that -aint easy ter catch hold of." - -"They have, certainly," Hal replied. "To begin with, from the experience -we had at Guantanamo I fancy you will find that the enemy will make a -stubborn fight of it. Then they will lie hidden in the bush, and, look -as you will, you will never see more than masses of moving green, for -they cover themselves with leaves and fronds of ferns." - -"Christopher! That aer the game? Wall, pards, whenever yer fall on a -movin' bush pull yer trigger at it quicker than yer can wink," cried the -cowboy. "Now we'll separate, so's to have about twenty yards between -each man. Me and this here pard'll work the center, and t'others can fix -onter the sides. When any of yer spots somethin' that's out of the -ord'nary, send the warnin' along, and let every feller mark it. Then -we'll bring a cross fire ter bear upon it that'll rip through the -leaves, and clean the Dons off the face of the airth." - -It was a good suggestion on the cowboy's part, and the scouts promptly -carried it out, Hal and his new acquaintance taking the central place. -And now the road became almost impassable, for rain had fallen, -saturating the ground and trees, so that after a few minutes' work in -the bush all the scouts were drenched from head to foot. - -"It aer moist," the cowboy, whose name was Harman, exclaimed. "But it's -warm, so it don't matter no more'n nothing. Say, aer that Spanish -fellers thur?" - -He pointed to a prominent hill in front, along the face of which were -rows of trenches, and, though the distance was great, it was not -difficult to decide that this was the enemy's position. - -"Yes, those are Spaniards," Hal answered. "But look out! If I am not -mistaken, the bush to the left is filled with guerrillas." - -Scarcely had he spoken when a volley burst from the scrub in front, the -bullets whistling overhead. - -"That aer partic'lar bad shootin'," said Harman. "They aer right off the -mark." - -"I don't think so," Hal answered quickly. "Look away behind; the Dons -have spotted the Rough Riders, and other dismounted cavalry, and are -firing long-ranging volleys." - -This indeed was the case, and the bullets which whistled overhead were -meant for their comrades in the distance. Meanwhile, the column, -composed of regulars, who were marching on the right, had come in touch -with the enemy, while the cavalry were closing up to them on the left. -Suddenly the quick-firing Hotchkiss guns opened from the bush, and -commenced to shell the Spanish trenches, the reports being the signal -for a general rifle engagement. - -"This is warm," Hal shouted, as a stream of bullets swept overhead, -lopping twigs and leaves from the cover. - -"Say, Harman, let us work over there into the bush. It'll be a better -place from which to fire." - -They gradually edged through the scrub, till they reached a lower -position, where they lay for a time, firing up at the ridge in front of -them, and at the hill upon which the main body of the enemy was -stationed. From there a machine gun was busily at work, scattering -missiles through the foliage, and Hal found it a new and somewhat trying -experience; for the distant rattle was accompanied by a rushing hail of -long-nosed bullets, which flew low, and swept every corner of the bush. -Then the noise would pass away, to be replaced by the zip-zip of -Mausers, and by the distant ping-ping of the reports. Soon the main body -of the cavalry came up, and, creeping along the ground, the whole force -advanced rapidly on the Spaniards, Colonel Roosevelt being some yards in -front of his men. - -"Reckon a rush'll do it, boys," sang out one of the sergeants. "Just -keep yer blinkers on the boss, and look out for a lively time." - -Indeed the moment had arrived for something besides firing, for, as the -cavalry advanced, the Spaniards had retired slowly and doggedly, firing -all the time. And now a wide clearing cut across the front of the -Americans. Suddenly Colonel Theodore Roosevelt was seen standing in it, -fearlessly exposing himself to the bullets, and holding a smoking rifle -in his hand. He pointed eagerly to a tumble-down sugar factory away in -front. - -"Boys, we'll take it," he cried. "Forward, the Rough Riders!" - -A shout rose from the troopers, and springing to their feet, they joined -in a mad rush up the hill, firing as they ran. A few shots answered, and -then the enemy was seen to be hastily retreating, and within five -minutes the factory was captured. At the same moment, the Spaniards -retired from the ridge and hill; and the Americans, after sending out -scouts and pickets, sat down to rest and talk of their victory. - -"It aer a reg'lar fine start off," said Harman, excitedly. "Right from -the commencement we've shook them Dons up. That aer better than being -pipped all over and getting forced to give back. It'll liven us all up, -and, you bet, we'll take Santiago so quick yer'll scarcely believe. My -aunt! Aint this fightin' the thing ter make yer blood warm, not ter say -boilin'!" - -"It aer all that, Harman boy," another trooper broke in. "It aer -scorchin', I'll allow. I tell yer, comin' along through the bush, under -a sun as hot--wall, as hot and hotter'n blazes, it fairly cooked yer. -Then, when the bullets came flickin' like so many flies--why, it kind er -made yer queer." - -"It did that," Gerald agreed. "My pal and I have compared notes. We were -roasting, it was so hot; but when the bullets began to rush, we felt as -if cold water had been poured down our backs. However, we got used to -it, and mighty quickly felt the broiling heat of the sun again." - -"Say, boys, did any of yer see them skunks of Cubans?" asked another -Rough Rider. - -"See 'em! Not much!" Harman exclaimed disdainfully. "They wur to have -come along to-day, but when we marched past their camp, not a single one -of the varmint moved. Jist fancy! We're here fightin' fur them critters, -too!" - -A murmur of indignation and disgust went round the circle, for already -the Americans had taken a dislike to the natives. They had begun to -discover that these dusky insurgents were very good at lying away at -safe but impossible ranges, and firing an immoderate quantity of -ammunition. And whenever there was a prospect of plunder with no blows -to be feared, the Cubans were much to the fore, as they were also if -there happened to be an opportunity of ill-treating Spanish soldiers. - -"Ugh!" exclaimed Harman in disgust. "These black critters aren't a patch -on the Dons, who aint bright specimens themselves, for they're fellers -one can't kind er understand, and then they've picked hold of such a -jabberin' lingo. But they can fight! Them aer little chaps aer tarnal -good 'uns with a rifle, and I reckon that away here in the bush they'd -take some beatin'; they'd knock spots off a Red Injun, and that's the -truth." - -A chorus of assent came from the men, who at once began to discuss the -remarkable pluck shown by the enemy. Then inquiries were made for a list -of casualties, but it was not known until later in the day that sixteen -had been killed on the American side, and fifty-two wounded. - -That evening the Rough Riders and other cavalry lined the ridge and hill -of Las Guasimas, and, looking across a patch of open country, could see -the hill and fort of San Juan, and, beyond that, Santiago with its -harbor and ships. El Caney, a village of small importance, which was -destined to become a point of attack, stood close to San Juan. - -"What will be the next move?" asked Gerald, as he and Hal sat down side -by side that night, and waited for their turn of sentry-go. - -"That is difficult to say," Hal answered thoughtfully, "but I fancy that -the first thing will be to feed the troops. It is a question which seems -to have been entirely forgotten. Then we must remember that the stores -are still aboard the transports, and if they have been packed as -carelessly as reported, days must pass before we get guns and sufficient -ammunition and food. In any case, before we advance on Santiago, there -should be a reconnaissance, and the approaches should be thoroughly -explored." - -That the latter was a necessary precaution the least experienced in -military matters will say, and yet, strangely enough, the necessity for -a careful survey did not seem to have struck the leaders of the American -troops. And this, no doubt, was one of the evil results of a hastily -organized army. Soldiering cannot be learned in a day, and amateurs -cannot maneuver troops when they have had no practice. From first to -last the Americans had suffered from the inexperience of their various -leaders. Troops had been concentrated in the southern camps of America, -where the heat was very trying, and had been kept there for a long time -inactive, and exposed to disease. As a result, many had died, while -other young fellows had returned home with health shattered--and this -without having fired a shot. - -Then, too, the commissariat arrangements had been indifferent, and quite -insufficient. Troops were indeed conveyed safely to Cuba, but after they -had had a taste of war, they were left in the heart of the unhealthy -bush, with nothing better to eat than salt pork and hard biscuit; -coffee, tea, sugar, and such necessaries were unheard of. - -And on the beach at Daiquiri and Siboney a growing pile of useless -articles collected, while cases of food were searched for--articles -which the wisdom of some inexperienced person had placed first of all in -the ship, when they should have gone in last. No wonder that the heat -and moisture soon found victims, for men cannot stand hardship and -exposure if they are ill fed. Indeed, the week's delay before fighting -recommenced laid the seeds of disease in many men. And then the fatal -moment arrived when lack of precautions on the part of those in -authority was to cost many a poor fellow his life in the attack upon San -Juan. - -Beyond Las Guasimas was an open stretch of country to which troops must -march by one of two roads that led through the bush and forest, and upon -the openings of these the Spaniards had naturally concentrated their -guns, with a certainty of shooting accurately, for the ranges were -known. On the American side, no attempt was made to open up other -tracks, and this proved disastrous to the men; for on the 1st of July, -when another forward move was made, many unfortunate troopers were -struck dead at the first volley. This was, indeed, a memorable day for -both attackers and attacked. Marching northwest from Las Guasimas, the -divisions separated, Lawton's, accompanied by four guns, making for El -Caney, a village of small proportions, and situated on an elevation. -General Kent's division, marching with the cavalry and Rough Riders, -made the fort and hill of San Juan their objective. In both cases open -country had to be traversed; but in the latter the troops had first to -make their way through a dense belt of forest which gave place to the -open quite suddenly, and only two tracks existed. - -To describe each phase of the big engagement would be to puzzle the -reader; for it was like a game of chess, the pieces being in this case -the various units going to complete the divisions, and the board an area -covering square miles. - -On the right, after nine hours' stubborn fighting with a force less than -a tenth of his own, Lawton's division captured El Caney, and some -hundred prisoners. - -In the center, Kent's men, with the dismounted cavalry, and our two -heroes, lay at the edge of the forest, suffering heavy loss for some -hours; for the Spaniards sent long-ranging volleys into the trees, which -did much execution. Then, too, their quick-firing guns had the range to -a nicety, and sent showers of shrapnel sweeping through the ranks. At -length, unable to bear this loss without retaliating, the Americans -burst into the open, and stormed the hill and fort, every man fighting -desperately. Indeed, when the day was done, victors and vanquished -admitted that both sides had shown undaunted courage. Undoubtedly the -Spaniards had fought a brilliant rearguard action, and their -stubbornness, and the fact that half their small numbers were killed or -wounded, showed the spirit which possessed them. - -As for the Americans, though many of them had been soldiers for only a -few weeks, they attacked with a courage and a sternness of purpose that -were truly admirable, and did credit to the stock from which they came. - - - - -CHAPTER XXII - -THE FLOWER OF THE HACIENDA - - -Two days after the memorable attack on San Juan the American cause -seemed in as hopeless a condition as possible. From El Caney to the -coast the troops held a long line of trenches and faced a series of -works, all of which were manned by determined, though half-starved, -Spaniards. To the north and west Santiago was free and open to the -enemy, while, where the invading forces besieged it, their line was so -thin as to be practically useless. To attempt now to press an attack -home to the walls of Santiago would be to court disaster, for large -re-enforcements were needed for such an action; while, if the Americans -could but hold the line that they had won, they would be doing well. - -The shortcomings of an army raised in haste were beginning to show. -Rations from the first had been poor, and as a natural consequence men -fell ill under the hardship and exposure. To these hundreds of wounded -were already added, and to attend to them all there was a medical staff -that was hopelessly insufficient. No provision, in fact, worthy of the -name had been made. No stretcher-bearer corps had been organized, and -when the wounded came crowding in, even drugs and dressings were found -to be lacking. Could anything be more discouraging? No wonder that -General Shafter thought the situation serious. No wonder that he -telegraphed urgently for re-enforcements. - -And now the strangest and most unexpected move in the campaign occurred, -and altered the prospect of the war. To describe it fully, one must once -more turn to Hal and Gerald, for this lucky pair had a splendid -opportunity of observing everything. Both had taken part in the attack -upon San Juan, and both had been wounded--Hal through the fleshy part of -the thigh, and Gerald in the hand. Some hours passed before either went -to obtain the services of the surgeon. - -"This is rather late, young fellow," the latter said to Hal, as he -rolled up his trousers and showed the wound. "I suppose you couldn't get -here before?" - -"Yes, we could have come earlier," Hal answered; "but you were busy, and -neither of us was badly hit. But I'd be glad if you'd look at my wound -now. It's painful and I feel feverish." - -"Which is exactly what I was thinking. Put that under your tongue, and -we'll see what the temperature is." - -An examination of the thermometer showed that Hal's temperature was -high, and a searching inspection of the wound revealed that it was -inflamed. - -"You are both feverish and out of sorts," said the surgeon, as he -dressed Hal's leg. "Both with flesh wounds, which will get worse if -something isn't done. I'll send you to the coast for a day or two. A -blow aboard ship will set you up again." - -Neither Hal nor Gerald objected, for it was already known that no active -engagements would take place till re-enforcements arrived, so that if -they went to sea for a day or two, they would lose none of the fun. They -trudged to Siboney, therefore, and that evening were resting on board -the gunboat _Gloucester_, a converted yacht, which happened to be lying -close in beside the town when they arrived. - -Many and eager were the questions put to them by the men and officers -aboard, and Hal and Gerald were treated like heroes. - -"Tell yer what, young fellers," said one of the men, "you boys ashore -aer havin' all the fun. Why, I'd pitch all these fine rations and easy -times ter Jingo, if I could slip ashore and see a trifle of the -fightin'. They say that San Juan wur hot. Away out at sea we could see -the Spanish shells burstin' like fireworks." - -"Don't yer grumble, Jimmy," another broke in reprovingly. "Up to a week -or more back, we sailors wur exceptional busy. P'raps we'll get a go in -again. Thur aint never no tellin'." - -How near he was to being a true prophet this sailor had no notion, nor -anyone else in the American fleet. And yet, on that very evening, -Admiral Cervera's fleet lay in the harbor of Santiago, with steam up, -ready to slip cables and run from the harbor. But for what reason? Were -not the Americans doing their utmost to capture the Spanish fleet? Then -why play into their hands, and rush from security to destruction? - -The question will probably never be satisfactorily answered. It is said -that direct orders were received from Madrid; but in any case, on Sunday -morning, the 3d of July, the whole of the Spanish fleet was observed -steaming out from the harbor in bright sunlight. Instantly, every man on -board the American ships was wide awake. - -"Hillo! What is happening?" an officer on board the _Gloucester_ -shouted, as a puff of smoke darted from the flagship. "A gun, by Jingo! -That's from the _Brooklyn_, the flagship while Admiral Sampson is away. -Tumble up there, boys! There's fun commencing." - -The bell to the engine-room at once sounded, and the _Gloucester_ began -to run towards the entrance of Santiago. Hal and Gerald immediately -forgot their wounds, and hastened to help the men serving the -quick-firers. - -"Steady there, all!" cried the commander of the _Gloucester_. "Our guns -are no good against battleships. Well wait for the gunboats. Evidently -the whole fleet is coming out." - -Led by the _Infanta Maria Teresa_, with Admiral Cervera aboard, a line -of Spanish ships sailed from Santiago harbor, and, turning west, steamed -off in single file. In all there were six, the two last being gunboats. - -"Those are our mark," cried the commander, pointing to the latter. -"We'll get after them at top-speed. Boys, you can commence with the -guns." - -Rushing forward at seventeen knots, the _Gloucester_ began to fire her -weapons, and soon shells were singing about the decks of the _Pluton_ -and the _Furor_, the two Spanish gunboats. Then a lucky missile crashed -into the engine-room of the latter, and in a moment she was a wreck, and -rapidly sinking. - -"Now for the other," shouted the commander. "Give it her all you know, -boys!" - -The men responded with a will, and with such success that the _Pluton_ -was soon in a sinking condition, and to save her crew was run upon the -rocks. - -"Now we will see what else can be done," the commander of the -_Gloucester_ cried. "Keep her straight along the coast, quartermaster. -Perhaps we shall be able to pick up some prisoners. Hillo! Our boys are -givin' it to the Dons." - -Admiral Schley's fleet was, indeed, handling the Spanish ships severely. -Steaming straight in for Santiago, the Americans had put their helms to -port as soon as they were well within range. Then their guns began to -roar, and soon they were obscured in big clouds of smoke. Running west -along the coast-line of Cuba, the _Infanta Maria Teresa_ and her -consorts returned the fire as vigorously as their poor armaments would -allow, and all the time rushed ahead at their fastest pace, hoping to -escape. - -"They'll do it," shouted Gerald, excitedly. "They've the lead, and will -get dead away." - -"Not a bit of it," Hal answered quietly. "We have some fast ships out -there, and the _New York_ is patrolling the coast higher up. Admiral -Cervera's fleet is doomed." - -"It aer that," one of the sailors standing near by burst in. "Them 'ere -ships won't run much more'n an hour. Look at 'em now, and the way the -shells aer strikin'." - -With eyes glued to glasses, or with hands held above the brows to keep -away the glare of the sun, every officer and man on the deck of the -_Gloucester_ followed the course of the naval battle with breathless -interest. - -The leading Spanish vessel, the _Maria Teresa_, was by now nearly six -miles from Santiago, but she stood not a ghost of a chance. Every -available gun was turned upon her, and she was struck by no fewer than -twenty-nine shells. The number of hits was actually small in comparison -with the guns employed; but they were crushing blows. Two enormous -twelve-inch shells crashed into her stern, shattering everything in -their course towards the bows. Eight-inch, five-inch, and six-pounders -exploded in every part, killing numbers of the unfortunate sailors. But -even now she was steaming as steadily as ever, and was pluckily -replying; for her armor casing had protected her water-line and her most -vulnerable part, the engines. However, she was not to escape, for the -woodwork caught fire, and as there was a great deal of it, and as the -water main had been cut by the shells, she was soon a blazing mass, -drifting hopelessly and helplessly towards the land. - -"There's work for us there, boys," cried the commander. "Those poor -fellows are roasting, so let us do what we can for them. Mr. Morton, -tell off a party to land in the cutter. Some of the Dons may swim -ashore, and I can see a crowd of those sneakin' Cubans there. Just pitch -into them if there's trouble." - -"Aye, aye, sir," was the hearty response. "You boys from the for'ard gun -'ll come with me." - -"I'd like to be one of the party, too, sir," said Hal, stepping forward. - -"And I also," Gerald chimed in. - -"What! you two wounded troopers? What would be the use?" - -"Wounded! I'd forgotten all about it," cried Hal. - -"So you had, and I believe you," the officer answered. "You've both been -working with our boys like bricks. You can take it that you are to -come." - -Highly delighted at the prospect, Hal and Gerald quickly provided -themselves with cutlasses. Meanwhile, the _Gloucester_ had been steaming -at half speed towards the unfortunate _Maria Teresa_. Already the -Spaniard was close in shore, but the gunboat drew very little water. -Steaming alongside the blazing war vessel, she lowered a boat and sent a -party aboard, while another went ashore. On the beach a number of ragged -Cubans were standing, and as the exhausted Spanish sailors swam to the -land, they fired at them or threw them back into the waves. Dashing -through the surf, the American sailors swept the insurgents on one side. - -"Back, yer black-skinned murderers!" cried one of the men, rushing at a -Cuban who was in the very act of dashing a poor Spaniard's brains out. -Then his fist shot out in truly British fashion, and next moment the -native went crashing to the ground. "Thur; lie still, yer sweep," he -exclaimed, standing over the man. "If yer just so much as lift yer -skinny finger, I'll smash you." - -He looked it, too, every bit of it, and the Cuban cowered, not even -daring to move. - -"Some of you lads just look to these blackguards," cried the officer. -"If they try any of their games, cut them to the chin with your -cutlasses. The others can bear a hand with these poor fellows." - -But there was little fear that the Cubans would attempt more violence, -for when blows were threatened all their courage oozed through their -fingers. They drew back from the beach and sat down, glowering at the -men who had come to the island to bring them freedom. As for the Spanish -sailors, they were taken on board the _Gloucester_, Cervera and his son -being amongst the number. As the former stepped on board, Commander -Wainwright advanced with outstretched hand. - -"I congratulate you, sir," he said heartily, "on having made as gallant -a fight as was ever witnessed on the sea." - -Meanwhile, the work of rescue from the _Maria Teresa_ went on. Flaring -from end to end, and with deck and side plates white hot from the -furnace raging within her, she slowly drifted nearer the coast, her guns -exploding as the flames reached them, and her ammunition bursting with -deafening reports. But the undaunted Americans stuck to her, and would -not quit till every Spanish sailor needing help was over the side. A -quarter of an hour later the _Almirante Oquendo_, which had also taken -fire and was sorely battered by shells, ran ashore a little farther up -the coast. - -"There are more to rescue there, boys," cried the commander of the -_Gloucester_; and at once the gunboat steamed towards the burning wreck. -Then again the same gallant and successful attempt at rescue was made; -but barely in time, for suddenly the flames reached the magazine, and -the _Almirante Oquendo_ blew up with a deafening roar. - -Quick to follow her fate, the _Viscaya_ also drove ashore, and became a -total wreck. The _Cristobal Colon_ was the last of Cervera's fleet, and -by now she, too, was in sorry plight. Escape, which had seemed possible -to her, was now out of the question, for the fast ships, the _Texas_ and -the _New York_, were rapidly overhauling her. Shells began to hurtle -above her decks and crash through her plates; and, finally, seeing the -hopelessness of the struggle, her commander struck his flag. But the -_Cristobal Colon_ was no prize for America, for already she showed a -list, and scarcely had all the prisoners been removed when she filled -and sank, this being due, it is asserted, to the action of one of her -crew, who opened the sea-cocks. - -One fine scene there was as this magnificent vessel surrendered, and it -deserves to be recorded. The commander of the _Texas_ stood on his -bridge, and silenced the cheers of his men. Then, lifting his hat -reverently from his head, he called upon each and everyone to give -thanks to God for this victory, and for his own safety through the -fight. - -Hal and Gerald did yeoman service on this memorable day, and it was not -till every Spanish sailor who could be rescued was aboard the -_Gloucester_ that they thought of themselves. Then, indeed, they -discovered that they were worn out, and that their wounds were unusually -painful. But a long sleep did all that was necessary, and fresh air -being added to it, they soon began to mend. A week later they were once -more with their comrades, the Rough Riders. - -"Back again, and seen the last of Cervera's fleet," said Harman, in -tones which showed that he was not exactly pleased. "I never did drop -upon such pards as you. Talk about fire-eaters! Why, I believe this -feller, Marchant, has smelt Spanish powder ever since the war started. -You're meant for something bad, that's all I can surmise. A chap that -goes all through this war, and only gets in the way of a single pip, aer -got somethin' coming." - -He nodded his head significantly at the lads, and grinned. - -"Wall, I'm kind er jealous, I own," he proceeded. "Here aer we, -a-kicking our heels in the trenches, and you chaps enjoyin' yourselves. -And the grub! My! I've had my teeth through some mighty queer stuff, but -some of the salt pork doled out ter us 'd make a nigger squint! It aer -that tough that the only comfort aer ter work it into sausages. But it -aint going to last for long, for this here row has got the heart knocked -out of it. There's been a palaver, and now there's an armistice, while -the bosses discuss terms. Santiago aer done fur, and if you take it true -from me, so aer the war. The Dons aer fairly pulled ter pieces, and aer -durned sorry fur theirselves." - -That this was the case was self-evident, and the capitulation of -Santiago came as no surprise. On Saturday, the 16th of July, the deed of -surrender was signed, and, led by General Shatter and his staff, the -American troops took possession of the town, which was filled with -starving soldiers and civilians. - -Courteous and truly honorable were the Spanish officers, and, looking at -their pallid faces and wan cheeks, the boys from the States realized -that these were foes indeed, and men of whom any army could be proud, -and whom any nation might hold in high respect. - -That same day Hal and Gerald heard news which upset them considerably, -for, just as evening was drawing in, Jake, the faithful negro who had -previously warned them, came into the camp, and fell exhausted at their -feet. - -"Quick, boss!" he whispered. "Dat bad man come again. De missie and de -master fighting for deir lives." - -"Where? At Eldorado?" cried Hal, his heart palpitating with fear at the -ominous words. "Here, some water, Gerald. Pour some down the poor -fellow's throat. That will pull him round, and help him to get his wind -again." - -Gerald swung his bottle to the front, and rapidly unscrewed the cork. -Then he poured some of the contents down Jake's throat. - -"Ise better now," said the negro, in stronger tones. "But don't wait, -boss. Jake look to himself. Ride quick for de hacienda, for dat bad man -come dere two, t'ree hour ago, and rush at it wid his men." - -"Then there must be no delay," cried Hal, rising suddenly to his feet -with a stern look upon his face. "Two or three hours ago! That time has -passed since José and his ruffians attacked Eldorado! Quick! There is -not a moment to be lost, and every second is of consequence. Here, -Gerald, you see to Jake's wants, and get the poor beggar on his pins -again, while I go across to our friend the staff officer and ask him to -do something for us." - -He turned on his heel at once, and hurried towards a stone-built house, -above which floated the directing flag, and above that again the -star-spangled banner. A moment later he was face to face with one of the -regulars who was stationed outside, and on mentioning his business, was -immediately ushered into an office where, seated at a table, was the -staff officer who had befriended him before. - -"Well," said the latter pleasantly, "had your fill of it already, and -come to cry off now that the fun's gone down?" - -"No, not that, sir," Hal answered promptly, and in a voice which was -somewhat agitated in spite of himself. "You've been so kind before, -that I have come to ask another favor. The truth is that I am in serious -trouble. Will you--can you help me, sir?" - -The officer, who was arranging some papers on the table, swung round and -looked at him curiously. - -"Phew! trouble!" he exclaimed, giving vent to a shrill whistle. "It's -bad, I reckon, for the lad who slips ashore on the _Merrimac_, and risks -his skin at the game, is not the one to be easily put out. What is its -nature?" - -Hal was not the lad to talk, especially when deeds were wanted and time -was of the utmost importance, so on this occasion he contrived to -explain the situation in a few short sentences. - -"I am to understand, then, Mr.--er--I don't remember your name--that -you've friends close at hand, who are bein' worried by a scoundrel," -said the officer. "And since you've mentioned it so particularly, I take -it that the girl has got something to do with the flurry into which -you've worked yourself. Now, what is in the wind? What are you asking -for?" - -"Give me thirty mounted men at once," Hal blurted out. "I promise to -return with them as soon as possible." - -"With what's left, you mean! Thirty mounted men! Well, I don't know that -I couldn't oblige you." - -He looked out of the window, and cogitated deeply for a few moments. - -"Yes," he exclaimed, as if he had suddenly made up his mind. "Look here; -take this order and go quickly." - -He hastily jotted down a few words to the officer commanding one of the -very few troops of cavalry whose horses had disembarked on Cuban soil, -and, having sealed it, handed it to Hal. - -"There, go! Get away as quickly as you can," he cried, "and the very -best of luck, for you deserve it." - -Waiting only to blurt out his thanks, Hal tore away, and soon presented -his message. Half an hour later a small company of horse cantered out of -camp, and took the road to Eldorado. In front and leading them rode a -sergeant, sitting his horse with the grace and easy swing of a practiced -cowboy, and on either side of him were Hal and Gerald. Two hours later -they were within a mile of the hacienda, and called a halt for a rest. - -"There aint no firing now," said the sergeant, going into a clearing to -listen. "No, there aint so much as a sound, so you can take it that they -aer alive and kicking. If these critturs we aer after had rushed the -show, there'd be sparks flying into the darkness by now, I guess, and -they'd be cooking their dinners over the flames. You can put it down -that things has quieted down for the night; but the row'll fizzle up -again in the mornin'." - -"Then do you suggest that we shall remain here?" asked Hal, who was -impatient to get on, and full of forebodings for the safety of his -friends. "Supposing that brute attacks during the early hours, he'd----" - -"That aer jist about his game," the American answered coolly, "and it'll -be for us to put a stopper on it. Say, you, sir, take it easy, and have -a blower here for half an hour or more. Then we'll walk on, and when -we're pretty close, we'll leave the horses, and skirmish up among the -trees. Bet yer bottom dollar we'll soon see how the worry lies." - -Accordingly, after resting themselves and their horses, the troop set -forward again, dismounting and leaving the animals in charge of one of -the men when some three hundred yards from the hacienda. Then Hal and -the sergeant crept to the edge of the clearing. - -"There's a fire burnin' away yonder," said the latter, pointing across -to the opposite side. "Reckon them skunks aer campin'." - -"There are some stone buildings on that side of the clearing," Hal -explained. "I expect José and his gang have taken shelter in them." - -"That's the ticket, and they're as safe behind the walls as it aer -possible ter be. But we'll turn 'em out, see if we don't. Say, will yer -lead some of the boys over yonder, so as ter cut in behind them -critters? If so, you'd better move off at once. When the light gets -brighter, keep yer eyes wide open, and let 'em have it full blaze. Mind -yer fire to the right, or else it'll be a case with us." - -Hal readily agreed, and hurriedly returned to the troopers. Then he and -Gerald, accompanied by ten men, crept round the edge of the clearing to -the farther side, and sat down to wait. At dawn some sharp reports rang -out from the stone buildings, and answering flashes could be seen -spurting from the sand-bag fort on the roof of the hacienda. - -And now Hal's work began. Creeping through the plantations, he at length -reached a spot from which it was possible to see the men who were firing -at Eldorado. There were thirty or more, led by a man dressed in draggled -white, whom he easily recognized as José d'Arousta. - -"We'll give them a volley," he said, turning to his comrades. "Then -we'll get at them full tilt. Fix bayonets, boys!" - -Not a word was said in answer, but there was the ominous click of steel -against steel. A moment or two later a volley was fired into the midst -of the Spanish guerrillas. - -"At them, boys!" cried Hal, springing to his feet. "Charge!" - -At his shout the troopers dashed forward, and the greater part of the -enemy at once bolted. Some, however, were too astonished to move, and -fell at the point of the bayonet. As for José d'Arousta, he died as he -had lived, a hard and cruel man, but one gifted with extraordinary -tenacity and courage. Dodging a bayonet thrust with the rapidity of -lightning, he sprang back a pace or two, and, drawing a revolver, fired -point-blank at the trooper who was charging by Gerald's side. - -"Take that, yer durned son of a Don!" cried the man, thrusting fiercely -at him again. "Ha! tit for tat, my sonnie!" - -The bayonet caught José full on the chest, and, thrusting right through -him, pinned him to the wall. A deathly pallor at once spread over his -face, his mouth gaped, and the revolver almost slipped from his -nerveless fingers. But the manhood in him forced itself to the surface, -and he lifted his head to glare at his enemies. Then an oath escaped his -lips as his glazing eyes fell upon Hal, and with a last effort he lifted -the weapon and fired. - - * * * * * - -Hal took no part in the further stages of the war. Indeed, there was -little else to happen, for the fall of Santiago had been the beginning -of the end. The American fleet being freed by the destruction of -Cervera's fleet, the Government at Washington threatened to send some -battleships to bombard the coast towns of Spain, and in the meanwhile -dispatched an expedition to Puerto Rico. Menaced by a revolution at -home, the Madrid Government finally gave way, and, on the 12th of -August, peace was patched up between Spain and America, the former -relinquishing her possessions in the Caribbean Sea. - -It came just in time to stop the campaign in Puerto Rico, where some -brisk engagements had taken place; but the news arrived too late, alas! -to save the many poor lads who had come from the States to fight for -their country, and who lay dying of fever near Santiago. - -Of the Philippines there is little to tell. Manila was captured on the -13th of August, and with it went Spanish rule. But not so the islands, -for, led by a native called Aguinaldo, the inhabitants, who had -previously rebelled against their old masters, now objected to the new, -and chose to fight for their freedom. Thus for many a long day the -Philippines remained in insurrection. - -And now to close this story. Struck in the ribs by José d'Arousta's -bullet, it was weeks before Hal was up and about; and he undoubtedly -owed his recovery to Dora's devoted nursing. No wonder that when at last -he tottered on to the veranda, he turned to her with a flush of pride, -and drew her arm beneath his own, saying to Mr. Brindle: - -"Dora has promised to be my wife some day, and to that I know you will -agree, for you have practically told me so. Congratulate me, for I am a -lucky young fellow. I left England friendless, I came to this beautiful -island as a stranger, and I have won the flower of the hacienda." - -"You have, my lad!" exclaimed Mr. Brindle, advancing with outstretched -hand. "Fortune, they say, favors the brave, and yours is well deserved, -for you have fought manfully UNDER THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER." - - -THE END - - - - - -End of Project Gutenberg's Under the Star-Spangled Banner, by F. S. Brereton - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER *** - -***** This file should be named 41425-8.txt or 41425-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/4/2/41425/ - -Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Mary Meehan and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at - www.gutenberg.org/license. - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 -North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email -contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the -Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |